summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/32721-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '32721-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--32721-8.txt10061
1 files changed, 10061 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/32721-8.txt b/32721-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f863fa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32721-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10061 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The History of Virginia, in Four Parts, by
+Robert Beverley, et al
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The History of Virginia, in Four Parts
+
+
+Author: Robert Beverley
+
+
+
+Release Date: June 6, 2010 [eBook #32721]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HISTORY OF VIRGINIA, IN FOUR
+PARTS***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Julia Miller, Christine Aldridge, and the Project
+Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from
+page images generously made available by Internet Archive/American
+Libraries (http://www.archive.org/details/americana)
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+ file which includes the original illustrations.
+ See 32721-h.htm or 32721-h.zip:
+ (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/32721/32721-h/32721-h.htm)
+ or
+ (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/32721/32721-h.zip)
+
+
+ Images of the original pages are available through
+ Internet Archive/American Libraries. See
+ http://www.archive.org/details/historyofvirgini00beve
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+ 1. Text in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_).
+
+ 2. Minor punctuation irregularities have been made consistent.
+
+ 3. A list of corrections and other notes appears at the end of
+ this text.
+
+
+
+
+
+THE HISTORY OF VIRGINIA, IN FOUR PARTS.
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+I. THE HISTORY OF THE FIRST SETTLEMENT OF VIRGINIA, AND THE GOVERNMENT
+ THEREOF, TO THE YEAR 1706.
+
+II. THE NATURAL PRODUCTIONS AND CONVENIENCES OF THE COUNTRY, SUITED
+ TO TRADE AND IMPROVEMENT.
+
+III. THE NATIVE INDIANS, THEIR RELIGION, LAWS AND CUSTOMS, IN WAR AND
+ PEACE.
+
+IV. THE PRESENT STATE OF THE COUNTRY, AS TO THE POLITY OF THE GOVERNMENT,
+ AND THE IMPROVEMENTS OF THE LAND THE 10TH OF JUNE 1720.
+
+
+by
+
+ROBERT BEVERLEY,
+A native and inhabitant of the place.
+
+Reprinted from the Author's Second Revised Edition, London, 1722.
+
+With an Introduction by Charles Campbell,
+Author of the Colonial History of Virginia.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+J. W. Randolph,
+121 Main Street, Richmond, Virginia.
+1855.
+
+Entered according to act of Congress, in the year 1855, by
+J. W. Randolph,
+In the Clerk's Office of the District Court in and for the Eastern
+District of Virginia.
+
+H. K. Ellyson's Steam Presses, Richmond, Va.
+
+
+
+
+THE TABLE.
+
+
+BOOK I.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+_History of the first attempts to settle Virginia, before the discovery
+ of Chesapeake bay._
+ PAGE.
+§1. Sir Walter Raleigh obtains letters patent, for making discoveries
+ in America, 8
+ 2. Two ships set out on the discovery, and arrive at Roanoke inlet, 9
+ Their account of the country, 9
+ Their account of the natives, 9
+ 3. Queen Elizabeth names the country of Virginia, 10
+ 4. Sir Richard Greenvile's voyage, 10
+ He plans the first colony, under command of Mr. Ralph Lane, 11
+ 5. The discoveries and accidents of the first colony, 11
+ 6. Their distress by want of provisions, 12
+ Sir Francis Drake visits them, 12
+ He gives them a ship and necessaries, 12
+ He takes them away with him, 12
+ 7. Sir Walter Raleigh and Sir Richard Greenvile, their voyages, 13
+ The second settlement made, 13
+ 8. Mr. John White's expedition, 13
+ The first Indian made a Christian there, 14
+ The first child born there of Christian parentage, 14
+ Third settlement, incorporated by the name of the city of Raleigh,
+ in Virginia, 14
+ Mr. White, their governor, sent home to solicit for supplies, 14
+ 9. John White's second voyage; last attempts to carry them recruits, 14
+ His disappointment, 15
+10. Capt. Gosnell's voyage to the coast of Cape Cod, 15
+11. The Bristol voyages, 16
+12. A London voyage, which discovered New York, 16
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+_Discovery of Chesapeake bay by the corporation of London adventurers;
+ their colony at Jamestown, and proceedings during the government by
+ an elective president and council._
+
+§13. The companies of London and Plymouth obtain charters, 18
+ 14. Captain Smith first discovers the capes of Virginia, 19
+ 15. He plants his first colony at Jamestown, 20
+ An account of Jamestown island, 20
+ 16. He sends the ships home, retaining one hundred and eight men
+ to keep possession, 20
+ 17. That colony's mismanagement, 21
+ Their misfortunes upon discovery of a supposed gold mine, 21
+ 18. Their first supplies after settlement, 22
+ Their discoveries, and experiments in English grain, 22
+ An attempt of some to desert the colony, 22
+ 19. The first Christian marriage in that colony, 23
+ They make three plantations more, 23
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+_History of the colony after the change of their government, from
+ an elective president to a commissionated governor, until the
+ dissolution of the company._
+
+§20. The company get a new grant, and the nomination of the governors
+ in themselves, 24
+ They send three governors in equal degree, 24
+ All three going in one ship, are shipwrecked at Bermudas, 24
+ They build there two small cedar vessels, 24
+ 21. Captain Smith's return to England, 25
+ Mismanagements ruin the colony, 25
+ The first massacre and starving time, 25
+ The first occasion of the ill character of Virginia, 26
+ The five hundred men left by Captain Smith reduced to sixty in
+ six months time, 26
+ 22. The three governors sail from Bermudas, and arrive at Virginia, 26
+ 23. They take off the Christians that remained there, and design, by
+ way of Newfoundland, to return to England, 27
+ Lord Delaware arrives and turns them back, 27
+ 24. Sir Thomas Dale arrives governor, with supplies, 27
+ 25. Sir Thomas Gates arrives governor, 28
+ He plants out a new plantation, 28
+ 26. Pocahontas made prisoner, and married to Mr. Rolfe, 28
+ 27. Peace with the Indians, 28
+ 28. Pocahontas brought to England by Sir Thomas Dale, 29
+ 29. Captain Smith's petition to the queen in her behalf, 29
+ 30. His visit to Pocahontas, 32
+ An Indian's account of the people of England, 32
+ 31. Pocahontas' reception at court, and death, 33
+ 32. Captain Yardley's government, 34
+ 33. Governor Argall's good administration, 34
+ 34. Powhatan's death, and successors, 34
+ Peace renewed by the successors, 34
+ 35. Captain Argall's voyage from Virginia to New England, 35
+ 36. He defeats the French northward of New England, 35
+ 37. An account of those French, 36
+ 38. He also defeats the French in Acadia, 36
+ 39. His return to England, 36
+ Sir George Yardley, governor, 36
+ 40. He resettles the deserted plantation, and held the first
+ assembly, 36
+ The method of that assembly, 37
+ 41. The first negroes carried to Virginia, 37
+ 42. Land apportioned to adventurers, 37
+ 43. A salt work and iron work in Virginia, 38
+ 44. Sir Francis Wyat made governor, 38
+ King James, his instructions in care of tobacco, 38
+ Captain Newport's plantation, 38
+ 45. Inferior courts in each plantation, 39
+ Too much familiarity with the Indians, 39
+ 46. The massacre by the Indians, anno 1622, 39
+ 47. The discovery and prevention of it at Jamestown, 40
+ 48. The occasion of the massacre, 41
+ 49. A plot to destroy the Indians, 42
+ 50. The discouraging effects of the massacre, 43
+ 51. The corporation in England are the chief cause of misfortunes in
+ Virginia, 43
+ 52. The company dissolved, and the colony taken into the king's
+ hands, 44
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+_History of the government, from the dissolution of the company to the
+ year 1707._
+
+§53. King Charles First establishes the constitution of government, in
+ the methods appointed by the first assembly, 45
+ 54. The ground of the ill settlement of Virginia, 45
+ 55. Lord Baltimore in Virginia, 46
+ 56. Lord Baltimore, proprietor of Maryland, 46
+ Maryland named from the queen, 46
+ 57. Young Lord Baltimore seats Maryland, 46
+ Misfortune to Virginia, by making Maryland a distinct
+ government, 47
+ 58. Great grants and defalcations from Virginia, 47
+ 59. Governor Harvey sent prisoner to England, and by the king remanded
+ back governor again, 47
+ 60. The last Indian massacre, 48
+ 61. A character and account of Oppechancanough, the Indian emperor, 48
+ 62. Sir William Berkeley made governor, 49
+ 63. He takes Oppechancanough prisoner, 49
+ Oppechancanough's death, 50
+ 64. A new peace with the Indians, but the country disturbed by the
+ troubles in England, 50
+ 65. Virginia subdued by the protector, Cromwell, 50
+ 66. He binds the plantations by an act of navigation, 51
+ 67. His jealousy and change of governors in Virginia, 51
+ 68. Upon the death of Matthews, the protector's governor, Sir William
+ Berkeley is chosen by the people, 52
+ 69. He proclaims King Charles II before he was proclaimed in
+ England, 52
+ 70. King Charles II renews Sir William Berkeley's commission, 52
+ 71. Sir William Berkeley makes Colonel Morrison deputy governor,
+ and goes to England, 53
+ The king renews the act concerning the plantation, 53
+ 72. The laws revised, 53
+ The church of England established by law, 53
+ 73. Clergy provided for by law, 53
+ 74. The public charge of the government sustained by law, 53
+ 75. Encouragement of particular manufactures by law, 54
+ 76. The instruction for all ships to enter at Jamestown, used
+ by law, 54
+ 77. Indian affairs settled by law, 54
+ 78. Jamestown encouraged by law, 54
+ 79. Restraints upon sectaries in religion, 55
+ 80. A plot to subvert the government, 55
+ 81. The defeat of the plot, 55
+ 82. An anniversary feast upon that occasion, 56
+ 83. The king commands the building a fort at Jamestown, 56
+ 84. A new restraint on the plantations by act of parliament, 56
+ 85. Endeavors for a stint in planting tobacco, 56
+ 86. Another endeavor at a stint defeated, 57
+ 87. The king sent instructions to build forts, and confine the trade
+ to certain ports, 57
+ 88. The disappointment of those ports, 58
+ 89. Encouragement of manufactures enlarged, 58
+ 90. An attempt to discovery the country backward, 59
+ Captain Batt's relation of that discovery, 59
+ 91. Sir William Berkeley intends to prosecute that discovery
+ in person, 60
+ 92. The grounds of Bacon's rebellion, 60
+ Four ingredients thereto, 61
+ 93. First, the low price of tobacco, 61
+ Second, splitting the country into proprieties, 61
+ The country send agents, to complain of the propriety grants, 61
+ 94. Third, new duties by act in England on the plantations, 62
+ 95. Fourth, disturbances on the land frontiers by the Indians, 62
+ First, by the Indians on the head of the bay, 62
+ Second, by the Indians on their own frontiers, 63
+ 96. The people rise against the Indians, 63
+ They choose Nathan Bacon, Jr., for their leader, 63
+ 97. He heads them, and sends to the governor for a commission, 64
+ 98. He begins his march without a commission, 64
+ The governor sends for him, 65
+ 99. Bacon goes down in a sloop with forty of his men to the
+ governor, 65
+100. Goes away in a huff, is pursued and brought back by governor, 65
+101. Bacon steals privately out of town, and marches down to the
+ assembly with six hundred of his volunteers, 65
+102. The governor, by advice of assembly, signs a commission to Mr.
+ Bacon to be general, 66
+103. Bacon being marched away with his men is proclaimed rebel, 66
+104. Bacon returns with his forces to Jamestown, 66
+105. The governor flies to Accomac, 66
+ The people there begin to make terms with him, 67
+106. Bacon holds a convention of gentlemen, 67
+ They propose to take an oath to him, 67
+107. The forms of the oath, 67
+108. The governor makes head against him, 69
+ General Bacon's death, 69
+109. Bacon's followers surrender upon articles, 69
+110. The agents compound with the proprietors, 69
+111. A new charter to Virginia, 70
+112. Soldiers arrive from England, 70
+113. The dissolution by Bacon's rebellion, 70
+114. Commissioners arrive in Virginia, and Sir William Berkeley returns
+ to England, 71
+115. Herbert Jeffreys, esq., governor, concludes peace with Indians, 71
+116. Sir Henry Chicheley, deputy governor, builds forts against
+ Indians, 71
+ The assembly prohibited the importation of tobacco, 72
+117. Lord Colepepper, governor, 72
+118. Lord Colepepper's first assembly, 72
+ He passes several obliging acts to the country, 72
+119. He doubles the governor's salary, 72
+120. He imposes the perquisite of ship money, 73
+121. He, by proclamation, raises the value of Spanish coins, and
+ lowers it again, 73
+122. Sir Henry Chicheley, deputy governor, 74
+ The plant cutting, 74
+123. Lord Colepepper's second assembly, 75
+ He takes away appeals to the assembly, 75
+124. His advantage thereby in the propriety of the Northern Neck, 76
+125. He retrenches the new methods of court proceedings, 77
+126. He dismantled the forts on the heads of rivers, and appointed
+ rangers in their stead, 77
+127. Secretary Spencer, president, 77
+128. Lord Effingham, governor, 77
+ Some of his extraordinary methods of getting money, 77
+ Complaints against him, 78
+129. Duty on liquors first raised, 78
+130. Court of Chancery by Lord Effingham, 78
+131. Colonel Bacon, president, 79
+ The college designed, 79
+132. Francis Nicholson, lieutenant governor, 79
+ He studies popularity, 79
+ The college proposed to him, 79
+ He refuses to call an assembly, 79
+133. He grants a brief to the college, 79
+134. The assembly address King William and Queen Mary for a college
+ charter, 80
+ The education intended by this college, 80
+ The assembly present the lieutenant governor, 80
+ His method of securing this present, 80
+135. Their majesties grant the charter, 80
+ They grant liberally towards the building and endowing of it, 80
+136. The lieutenant governor encourages towns and manufactures, 80
+ Gentlemen of the council complain of him and are misused, 81
+ He falls off from the encouragement of the towns and trade, 81
+137. Edmund Andros, governor, 81
+ The town law suspended, 81
+138. The project of a post office, 81
+139. The college charter arrived, 81
+ The college further endowed, and the foundation laid, 82
+140. Sir Edmund Andros encourages manufactures, and regulates
+ the secretary's office, 82
+141. A child born in the old age of the parents, 83
+142. Francis Nicholson, governor, 83
+ His and Colonel Quarrey's memorials against plantations, 84
+143. His zeal for the church and college, 84
+144. He removes the general court from Jamestown, 84
+145. The taking of the pirate, 84
+146. The sham bills of nine hundred pounds for New York, 86
+147. Colonel Quarrey's unjust memorials, 87
+148. Governor Nott arrived, 88
+149. Revisal of the law finished, 88
+150. Ports and towns again set on foot, 88
+151. Slaves a real estate, 88
+152. A house built for the governor, 88
+ Governor dies, and the college burnt, 88
+153. Edmond Jennings, esq., president, 89
+154. Alexander Spotswood, lieutenant governor, 89
+
+
+BOOK II.
+
+_Natural Productions and Conveniences of Virginia in its unimproved
+ state, before the English went thither._
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+_Bounds and Coast of Virginia._
+
+§1. Present bounds of Virginia, 90
+ 2. Chesapeake bay, and the sea coast of Virginia, 91
+ 3. What is meant by the word Virginia in this book, 91
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+_Of the Waters._
+
+§4. Conveniency of the bay and rivers, 93
+ 5. Springs and fountains descending to the rivers, 93
+ 6. Damage to vessels by the worm, 94
+ Ways of avoiding that damage, 94
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+_Earths, and Soils._
+
+§7. The soil in general, 96
+ River lands--lower, middle and upper, 96
+ 8. Earths and clays, 98
+ Coal, slate and stone, and why not used, 98
+ 9. Minerals therein, and iron mine formerly wrought upon, 98
+ Supposed gold mines lately discovered, 99
+ That this gold mine was the supreme seat of the Indian temples
+ formerly, 99
+ That their chief altar was there also, 99
+ Mr. Whitaker's account of a silver mine, 99
+10. Hills in Virginia, 100
+ Springs in the high lands, 101
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+_Wild Fruits._
+
+§11. Spontaneous fruits in general, 102
+ 12. Stoned fruits, viz: cherries, plums and persimmons, 102
+ 13. Berries, viz: mulberries, currants, hurts, cranberries,
+ raspberries and strawberries, 103
+ 14. Of nuts, 104
+ 15. Of grapes, 105
+ The report of some French vignerons formerly sent in thither, 107
+ 16. Honey, and the sugar trees, 107
+ 17. Myrtle tree, and myrtle wax, 108
+ Hops growing wild, 109
+ 18. Great variety of seeds, plants and flowers, 109
+ Two snake roots, 109
+ Jamestown weed, 110
+ Some curious flowers, 111
+ 19. Creeping vines bearing fruits, viz: melons, pompions, macocks,
+ gourds, maracocks, and cushaws, 112
+ 20. Other fruits, roots and plants of the Indians, 114
+ Several sorts of Indian corn, 114
+ Of potatoes, 115
+ Tobacco, as it was ordered by the Indians, 116
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+_Fish._
+
+§21. Great plenty and variety of fish, 117
+ Vast shoals of herrings, shad, &c., 117
+ 22. Continuality of the fishery, 118
+ The names of some of the best edible fish, 118
+ The names of some that are not eaten, 118
+ 23. Indian children catching fish, 118
+ Several inventions of the Indians to take fish, 119
+ 24. Fishing hawks and bald eagles, 121
+ Fish dropped in the orchard, 121
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+_Wild Fowl and Hunted Game._
+
+§25. Wild Water Fowl, 123
+ 26. Game in the marshes and watery grounds, 123
+ 27. Game in the highlands and frontiers, 123
+ Of the Opossum, 124
+ 28. Some Indian ways of hunting, 124
+ Fire hunting, 124
+ Their hunting quarters, 125
+ 29. Conclusion, 126
+
+
+BOOK III.
+
+_Indians, their Religion, Laws and Customs, in War and Peace._
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+_Persons of the Indians, and their Dress._
+
+§1. Persons of the Indians, their color and shape, 127
+ 2. The cut of their hair, and ornament of their head, 128
+ 3. Of their vesture, 128
+ 4. Garb peculiar to their priests and conjurors, 130
+ 5. Of the women's dress, 131
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+_Matrimony of the Indians, and Management of their Children._
+
+§6. Conditions of their marriage, 133
+ 7. Maidens, and the story of their prostitution, 133
+ 8. Management of the young children, 134
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+_Towns, Building and Fortification of the Indians._
+
+§9. Towns and kingdoms of the Indians, 135
+10. Manner of their building, 135
+11. Their fuel, or firewood, 136
+12. Their seats and lodging, 136
+13. Their fortifications, 136
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+_Cookery and Food of the Indians._
+
+§14. Their cookery, 138
+ 15. Their several sorts of food, 139
+ 16. Their times of eating, 140
+ 17. Their drink, 140
+ 18. Their ways of dining, 141
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+_Traveling, Reception and entertainment of the Indians._
+
+§19. Manner of their traveling, and provision they make for it, 142
+ Their way of concealing their course, 142
+ 20. Manner of their reception of strangers, 143
+ The pipe of peace, 143
+ 21. Their entertainment of honorable friends, 145
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+_Learning and Languages of the Indians._
+
+§22. That they are without letters, 147
+ Their descriptions by hieroglyphics, 147
+ Heraldry and arms of the Indians, 147
+ 23. That they have different languages, 148
+ Their general language, 148
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+_War and Peace of the Indians._
+
+§24. Their consultations and war dances, 149
+ 25. Their barbarity upon a victory, 149
+ 26. Descent of the crown, 150
+ 27. Their triumphs for victory, 150
+ 28. Their treaties of peace, and ceremonies upon conclusion
+ of peace, 151
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+_Religion, Worship and Superstitious Customs of the Indians._
+
+§29. Their quioccassan and idol of worship, 152
+ 30. Their notions of God, and worshiping the evil spirit, 155
+ 31. Their pawwawing or conjurations, 157
+ 32. Their huskanawing, 160
+ 33. Reasons of this custom, 164
+ 34. Their offerings and sacrifice, 165
+ 35. Their set feasts, 165
+ 36. Their account of time, 165
+ 37. Their superstition and zealotry, 166
+ 38. Their regard to the priests and magicians, 167
+ 39. Places of their worship and sacrifice, 168
+ Their pawcorances or altar stones, 168
+ 40. Their care of the bodies of their princes after death, 169
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+_Diseases and Cures of the Indians._
+
+§41. Their diseases in general, and burning for cure, 171
+ Their sucking, scarifying and blistering, 171
+ Priests' secrecy in the virtues of plants, 171
+ Words wisoccan, wighsacan and woghsacan, 172
+ Their physic, and the method of it, 172
+ 42. Their bagnios or baths, 172
+ Their oiling after sweating, 173
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+_Sports and Pastimes of the Indians._
+
+§43. Their sports and pastimes in general, 175
+ Their singing, 175
+ Their dancing, 175
+ A mask used among them, 176
+ Their musical instruments, 177
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+_Laws, and Authorities of the Indians among one another._
+
+§44. Their laws in general, 178
+ Their severity and ill manners, 178
+ Their implacable resentments, 179
+ 45. Their honors, preferments and authorities, 179
+ Authority of the priests and conjurers, 179
+ Servants or black boys, 179
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+_Treasure or Riches of the Indians._
+
+§46. Indian money and goods, 180
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+_Handicrafts of the Indians._
+
+§47. Their lesser crafts, as making bows and arrows, 182
+ 48. Their making canoes, 182
+ Their clearing woodland ground, 183
+ 49. Account of the tributary Indians, 185
+
+
+BOOK IV.
+
+_Present State of Virginia._
+
+
+PART I.
+
+_Polity and Government._
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+_Constitution of Government in Virginia._
+
+§1. Constitution of government in general, 186
+ 2. Governor, his authority and salary, 188
+ 3. Council and their authority, 189
+ 4. House of burgesses, 190
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+_Sub-Divisions of Virginia._
+
+§5. Division of the country, 192
+ 6. Division of the country by necks of land, counties and parishes, 192
+ 7. Division of the country by districts for trade by navigation, 194
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+_Public Offices of Government._
+
+§8. General officers as are immediately commissionated from the
+ throne, 196
+ Auditor, Receiver General and Secretary, 196
+ Salaries of those officers, 197
+ 9. Other general officers, 197
+ Ecclesiastical commissary and country's treasurer, 197
+10. Other public officers by commission, 197
+ Escheators, 197
+ Naval officers and collectors, 198
+ Clerks and sheriffs, 198
+ Surveyors of land and coroners, 199
+11. Other officers without commission, 199
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+_Standing Revenues or Public Funds._
+
+§12. Public funds in general, 200
+ 13. Quit rent fund, 200
+ 14. Funds for maintenance of the government, 201
+ 15. Funds for extraordinary occasions, under the disposition of the
+ assembly, 201
+ 16. Revenue granted by the act of assembly to the college, 202
+ 17. Revenue raised by act of parliament in England from the trade
+ there, 202
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+_Levies for Payment of the Public, County and Parish Debts._
+
+§18. Several ways of raising money, 203
+ Titheables, 203
+ 19. Public levy, 203
+ 20. County levy, 204
+ 21. Parish levy, 204
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+_Courts of Law in Virginia._
+
+§22. Constitution of their courts, 205
+ 23. Several sorts of courts among them, 206
+ 24. General court in particular, and its jurisdiction, 206
+ 25. Times of holding a general court, 206
+ 26. Officers attending this court, 206
+ 27. Trials by juries and empannelling grand juries, 207
+ 28. Trial of criminals, 207
+ 29. Time of suits, 208
+ 30. Lawyers and pleadings, 208
+ 31. County courts, 208
+ 32. Orphans' courts, 209
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+_Church and Church Affairs._
+
+§33. Parishes, 210
+ 34. Churches and chapels in each parish, 210
+ 35. Religion of the country, 210
+ 36. Benefices of the clergy, 210
+ 37. Disposition of parochial affairs, 211
+ 38. Probates, administrations, and marriage licenses, 212
+ 39. Induction of ministers, and precariousness of their livings, 213
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+_Concerning the College._
+
+§40. College endowments, 214
+ 41. The college a corporation, 214
+ 42. Governors and visitors of the college in perpetual succession, 215
+ 43. College buildings, 215
+ 44. Boys and schooling, 215
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+_Military Strength in Virginia._
+
+§45. Forts and fortifications, 217
+ 46. Listed militia, 217
+ 47. Number of the militia, 217
+ 48. Service of the militia, 218
+ 49. Other particulars of the troops and companies, 218
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+_Servants and Slaves._
+
+§50. Distinction between a servant and a slave, 219
+ 51. Work of their servants and slaves, 219
+ 52. Laws in favor of servants, 220
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+_Provision for the Poor, and other Public Charitable Works._
+
+§53. Legacy to the poor, 223
+ 54. Parish methods in maintaining their poor, 223
+ 55. Free schools, and schooling of children, 224
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+_Tenure of Lands and Grants._
+
+§56. Tenure and patents of their lands, 225
+ 57. Several ways of acquiring grants of land, 225
+ 58. Rights to land, 225
+ 59. Patents upon survey, 225
+ 60. Grants of lapsed land, 226
+ 61. Grants of escheat land, 227
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+_Liberties and Naturalization of Aliens._
+
+§62. Naturalizations, 228
+ 63. French refugees at the Manican town, 228
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+_Currency and Valuation of Coins._
+
+§64. Coins current among them, what rates, and why carried from
+ among them to the neighboring plantations, 230
+
+
+PART II.
+
+_Husbandry and Improvements._
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+_People, Inhabitants of Virginia._
+
+§65. First peopling of Virginia, 231
+ 66. First accession of wives to Virginia, 231
+ 67. Other ways by which the country was increased in people, 232
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+_Buildings in Virginia._
+
+§68. Public buildings, 234
+ 69. Private buildings, 235
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+_Edibles, Potables and Fuel._
+
+§70. Cookery, 236
+ 71. Flesh and fish, 236
+ 72. Bread, 237
+ 73. Their kitchen gardens, 237
+ 74. Their drinks, 238
+ 75. Their fuel, 238
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+_Clothing in Virginia._
+
+§76. Clothing, 239
+ Slothfulness in handicrafts, 239
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+_Temperature of the Climate, and the Inconveniences attending it._
+
+§77. Natural temper and mixture of the air, 240
+ 78. Climate and happy situation of the latitude, 240
+ 79. Occasions of its ill character, 241
+ Rural pleasures, 241
+ 80. Annoyances, or occasions of uneasiness, 243
+ Thunders, 243
+ Heat, 243
+ Troublesome insects, 243
+ 81. Winters, 250
+ Sudden changes of the weather, 251
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+_Diseases incident to the Country._
+
+§82. Diseases in general, 252
+ 83. Seasoning, 253
+ 84. Cachexia and yaws, 253
+ 85. Gripes, 253
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+_Recreations and Pastimes in Virginia._
+
+§86. Diversions in general, 254
+ 87. Deer-hunting, 254
+ 88. Hare-hunting, 254
+ 89. Vermin-hunting, 255
+ 90. Taking wild turkies, 256
+ 91. Fishing, 256
+ 92. Small game, 256
+ 93. Beaver, 256
+ 94. Horse-hunting, 257
+ 95. Hospitality, 258
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+_Natural Product of Virginia, and the Advantages of Husbandry._
+
+§96. Fruits, 259
+ 97. Grain, 261
+ 98. Linen, silk and cotton, 261
+ 99. Bees and cattle, 262
+100. Usefulness of the woods, 263
+101. Indolence of the inhabitants, 263
+
+
+
+
+THE PREFACE.
+
+
+My first business in the world being among the public records of my
+country, the active thoughts of my youth put me upon taking notes of the
+general administration of the government; but with no other design, than
+the gratification of my own inquisitive mind; these lay by me for many
+years afterwards, obscure and secret, and would forever have done so,
+had not the following accident produced them:
+
+In the year 1703, my affairs calling me to England, I was soon after my
+arrival, complimented by my bookseller with an intimation, that there
+was prepared for printing a general account of all her majesty's
+plantations in America, and his desire, that I would overlook it before
+it was put to the press; I agreed to overlook that part of it which
+related to Virginia.
+
+Soon after this he brings me about six sheets of paper written, which
+contained the account of Virginia and Carolina. This it seems was to
+have answered a part of Mr. Oldmixion's British Empire in America. I
+very innocently, (when I began to read,) placed pen and paper by me, and
+made my observations upon the first page, but found it in the sequel so
+very faulty, and an abridgement only of some accounts that had been
+printed sixty or seventy years ago; in which also he had chosen the most
+strange and untrue parts, and left out the more sincere and faithful, so
+that I laid aside all thoughts of further observations, and gave it only
+a reading; and my bookseller for answer, that the account was too faulty
+and too imperfect to be mended; withal telling him, that seeing I had in
+my junior days taken some notes of the government, which I then had with
+me in England, I would make him an account of my own country, if I could
+find time, while I staid in London. And this I should the rather
+undertake in justice to so fine a country, because it has been so
+misrepresented to the common people of England, as to make them believe
+that the servants in Virginia are made to draw in cart and plow as
+horses and oxen do in England, and that the country turns all people
+black who go to live there, with other such prodigious phantasms.
+
+Accordingly, before I left London, I gave him a short history of the
+country, from the first settlement, with an account of its then state;
+but I would not let him mingle it with Oldmixion's other account of the
+plantations, because I took them to be all of a piece with those I had
+seen of Virginia and Carolina, but desired mine to be printed by
+itself. And this I take to be the only reason of that gentleman's
+reflecting so severely upon me in his book, for I never saw him in my
+life that I know of.
+
+But concerning that work of his, I may with great truth say, that
+(notwithstanding his boast of having the assistance of many original
+papers and memorials that I had not the opportunity of) he nowhere
+varies from the account that I gave, nor advances anything new of his
+own, but he commits so many errors, and imposes so many falsities upon
+the world, To instance some few out of the many:
+
+Page 210, he says that they were near spent with cold, which is
+impossible in that hot country.
+
+Page 220, he says that Captain Weymouth, in 1605, entered Powhatan river
+southward of the bay of Chesapeake;----whereas Powhatan river is now
+called James river, and lies within the mouth of Chesapeake bay some
+miles, on the west side of it; and Captain Weymouth's voyage was only to
+Hudson's river, which is in New York, much northward of the capes of
+Virginia.
+
+Page 236, he jumbles the Potomac and eastern shore Indians as if they
+lived together, and never quarrelled with the English; whereas the last
+lived on the east side the great bay of Chesapeake, and the other on the
+west. The eastern shore Indians never had any quarrel with the English,
+but the Potomacs used many treacheries and enmities towards us, and
+joined in the intended general massacre, but by a timely discovery were
+prevented doing anything.
+
+Page 245, he says that Morrison held an assembly, and procured that body
+of laws to be made; whereas Morrison only made an abridgement of the
+laws then in being, and compiled them into a regular body; and this he
+did by direction of Sir William Berkeley, who, upon his going to
+England, left Morrison his deputy governor.
+
+Page 248, he says (viz: in Sir William Berkeley's time) the English
+could send seven thousand men into the field, and have twice as many at
+home; whereas at this day they cannot do that, and yet have three times
+as many people in the country as they had then.
+
+By page 251, he seems altogether ignorant of the situation of Virginia,
+the head of the bay and New York, for he there says:
+
+"When the Indians at the head of the bay traveled to New York, they
+past, going and coming, by the frontiers of Virginia, and traded with
+the Virginians, &c.;" whereas the head of the bay is in the common route
+of the Indians traveling from New York to Virginia, and much about
+halfway.
+
+Page 255, he says Sir William Berkeley withdrew himself from his
+government; whereas he went not out of it, for the counties of Accomac
+and Northampton, to which he retired, when the rebels rose, were two
+counties of his government, and only divided from the rest by the bay of
+Chesapeake.
+
+Page 266, he says, Dr. Thomas Bray went over to be president of the
+college in Virginia; whereas he was sent to Maryland, as the bishop's
+commissary there. And Mr. Blair, in the charter to the college, was made
+president during life, and is still alive. He also says, that all that
+was subscribed for the college came to nothing; whereas all the
+subscriptions were in a short time paid in, and expended upon the
+college, of which two or three stood suit, and were cast.
+
+Page 269, he tells of camels brought by some Guiana ships to Virginia,
+but had not then heard how they throve with us. I don't know how he
+should, for there never was any such thing done.
+
+Then his geography of the country is most absurd, notwithstanding the
+wonderful care he pretends to have of the maps, and his expert knowledge
+of the new surveys, (page 278) making almost as many faults as
+descriptions. For instance:
+
+Page 272, Prince George county, which lies all on the southside of James
+river, he places on the north, and says that part of James City county,
+and four of the parishes of it, lie on the southside of James river;
+whereas not one inch of it has so done these sixty years.
+
+Page 273, his account of Williamsburg is most romantic and untrue; and
+so is his account of the college, page 302, 303.
+
+Page 274, he makes Elizabeth and Warwick counties to lie upon York
+river; whereas both of them lie upon James river, and neither of them
+comes near York river.
+
+Page 275, he places King William county above New Kent, and on both
+sides Pamunkey river; whereas it lies side by side with New Kent, and
+all on the north side Pamunkey river. He places King and Queen county
+upon the south of New Kent, at the head of Chickahominy river, which he
+says rises in it; whereas that county lies north of New Kent from head
+to foot, and two large rivers and two entire counties are between the
+head of Chickahominy and King & Queen. Essex, Richmond and Stafford
+counties, are as much wrong placed.
+
+He says that York and Rappahannock rivers issue out of low marshes, and
+not from the mountains as the other rivers, which note he has taken from
+some old maps; but is a false account from my own view, for I was with
+our present governor at the head spring of both those rivers, and their
+fountains are in the highest ridge of mountains.
+
+Page 276, he says that the neck of land between Niccocomoco river and
+the bay, is what goes by the name of the northern neck; whereas it is
+not above the twentieth part of the northern neck, for that contains all
+that track of land which is between Rappahannock and Potomac rivers.
+
+How unfaithful and frontless must such an historian be, who can upon
+guess work introduce such falsities for truth, and bottom them upon such
+bold assertions? It would make a book larger than his own to expose his
+errors, for even the most general offices of the government he
+misrecites.
+
+Page 298, he says the general court is called the quarter court, and is
+held every quarter of a year; whereas it never was held but three times
+a year, tho' it was called a quarter court. When he wrote, it was held
+but twice a year, as I had wrote in my book, and has not been called a
+quarter court these seventy-nine years. The county courts were never
+limited in their jurisdiction to any summons, neither was the sheriff
+ever a judge in them, as he would have it, but always a ministerial
+officer to execute their process, &c.
+
+The account that I have given in the following sheets is plain and true,
+and if it be not written with so much judgment, or in so good a method
+and style as I could wish, yet in the truth of it I rest fully
+satisfied. In this edition I have also retrenched such particulars as
+related only to private transactions, and characters in the historical
+part, as being too diminutive to be transmitted to posterity, and set
+down the succession of the governors, with the more general incidents of
+their government, without reflection upon the private conduct of any
+person.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+The name of BEVERLEY has long been a familiar one in Virginia. It is
+said that the family may be traced among the records of the town of
+Beverley in England, as far back as to the time of King John. During the
+reign of Henry VIII, one of the Beverleys was appointed by the Crown a
+commissioner for enquiring into the state and condition of the northern
+monasteries. The family received some grants of church property, and one
+branch of them settled at Shelby, the other at Beverley, in Yorkshire.
+In the time of Charles I, John Beverley of Beverley adhered to the cause
+of royalty, and at the restoration his name appears in the list of those
+upon whom it was intended to confer the order of the Royal Oak. Robert
+Beverley of Beverley, the representative of the family, having sold his
+possessions in that town, removed with a considerable fortune to
+Virginia, where he purchased extensive tracts of land. He took up his
+residence in the county of Middlesex. Elected clerk of the House of
+Burgesses, he continued to hold that office until 1676, the year of
+Bacon's rebellion, in suppressing which he rendered important services,
+and by his loyal gallantry won the marked favor of the Governor, Sir
+William Berkley. In 1682 the discontents of Virginia arose again almost
+to the pitch of rebellion. Two sessions of the Assembly having been
+spent in angry and fruitless disputes, between Lord Culpepper, the
+Governor, and the House of Burgesses, in May of that year, the
+malcontents in the counties of Gloucester, New Kent and Middlesex,
+proceeded riotously to cut up the tobacco plants in the beds,
+especially the sweet-scented, which was produced nowhere else.
+Culpepper, the Governor, prevented further waste by patrols of horse.
+The ringleaders were arrested, and some of them hanged upon a charge of
+treason. A riot-act was also passed, making plant-cutting high treason,
+the necessity of which act evinces the illegality of the execution of
+these unfortunate plant-cutters. The vengeance of the government fell
+heavily upon Major Robert Beverley, clerk of the House of Burgesses, as
+the principal instigator of these disturbances. He had before incurred
+the displeasure of the governor and council, by refusing to deliver up
+to them copies of the legislative journal, without permission of the
+Assembly. Thus by a firm adherence to his duty, he drew down upon
+himself an unrelenting persecution.
+
+In May, 1682, he was committed a prisoner on board the ship, the Duke of
+York, lying in the Rappahannock river. Ralph Wormley, Matthew Kemp, and
+Christopher Wormley, were directed to seize the records in Beverley's
+possession, and to break open doors if necessary. Beverley was
+afterwards transferred from the Duke of York to the ship Concord, and a
+guard was set over him. Contriving however to escape from the custody of
+the sheriff at York, the fugitive was retaken at his own house in
+Middlesex county, and transported over to the county of Northampton, on
+the Eastern Shore. Some months afterwards he applied by his attorney,
+William Fitzhugh, for a writ of _habeas corpus_, which however was
+refused. In a short time being again found at large, he was again
+arrested, and remanded to Northampton. In 1683 new charges were brought
+against him: 1st. That he had broken open letters addressed to the
+Secretary's office; 2d. That he had made up the journal, and inserted
+his Majesty's letter therein, notwithstanding it had been first
+presented at the time of the prorogation; 3d. That in 1682 he had
+refused to deliver copies of the journal to the governor and council,
+saying "he might not do it without leave of his masters."
+
+In May, 1684, Major Robert Beverley was found guilty of high
+misdemeanors, but judgment being respited, and the prisoner asking
+pardon on his bended knees, was released upon giving security for his
+good behavior in the penalty of £2,000. The abject terms in which he now
+sued for pardon, form a singular contrast to the constancy of his
+former resistance, and the once gallant and loyal Beverley, the
+strenuous partizan of Berkley, thus became the victim of that tyranny
+which he had once so resolutely defended. He had not however lost the
+esteem of his countrymen, for in 1685 he was again elected clerk of the
+Assembly. This body strenuously resisted the negative power claimed by
+the governor, and passed resolutions complaining strongly of his
+tyranny. He negatived them, and prorogued the Assembly. James II,
+indignant at these democratical proceedings, ordered their dissolution,
+and attributing these disorders mainly to Robert Beverley, their clerk,
+commanded that he should be incapable of holding any office, and that he
+should be prosecuted, and that in future the appointment of their clerk
+should be made by the governor.
+
+In the spring of 1687 Robert Beverley died, the persecuted victim of an
+oppressive government. Long a distinguished loyalist, he lived to become
+a sort of patriot martyr. It is thus that in the circle of life extremes
+meet. He married Catherine Hone of James City, and their children were
+four sons: Peter, William, Harry, and Robert, (the historian,) and three
+daughters, who married respectively, William Randolph, eldest son of
+William Randolph of Turkey Island; Sir John Randolph, his brother, of
+Williamsburg; and John Robinson. Peter Beverley was appointed clerk of
+the Assembly in 1691.
+
+In the preface to the first edition of his History of Virginia,
+published at London 1705, Robert Beverley says of himself: "I am an
+Indian, and don't pretend to be exact in my language." This intimation
+may perhaps have been merely playful, but the full and minute account
+that he has given of the Indians, shows that he took a peculiar interest
+in that race.
+
+In the preface to the second edition of his history, now republished, he
+remarks: "My first business in this world being among the public records
+of my country, the active thoughts of my youth put me upon taking notes
+of the general administration of the government." He was probably a
+deputy in his father's office, and perhaps also in that of his brother
+Peter Beverley. This Peter Beverley was in 1714 promoted to the place
+of speaker of the House of Burgesses, and he was subsequently treasurer
+of the colony. Robert Beverley, the historian, was born in Virginia, and
+educated in England. He married Ursula, daughter of William Byrd of
+Westover, on the James river. She lies buried at Jamestown. John
+Fontaine, son of a Huguenot refugee, having come over from England to
+Virginia, visited Robert Beverley, the author of this work, in the year
+1715, at his residence, near the head of the Mattapony. Here he
+cultivated several varieties of the grape, native and French, in a
+vineyard of about three acres, situated upon the side of a hill, from
+which he made in that year four hundred gallons of wine. He went to very
+considerable expense in this enterprise, having constructed vaults of a
+wine press. But Fontaine comparing his method with that used in Spain,
+deemed it erroneous, and that his vineyard was not rightly managed. The
+home-made wine Fontaine drank heartily of, and found it good, but he was
+satisfied by the flavor of it that Beverley did not understand how to
+make it properly. Beverley lived comfortably, yet although wealthy, had
+nothing in or about his house but what was actually necessary. He had
+good beds, but no curtains, and instead of cane chairs used wooden
+stools. He lived mainly within himself upon the products of his land. He
+had laid a sort of wager with some of the neighboring planters, he
+giving them one guinea in hand, and they promising to pay him each ten
+guineas, if in seven years he should cultivate a vineyard that would
+yield at one vintage seven hundred gallons of wine. Beverley thereupon
+paid them down one hundred pounds, and Fontaine entertained no doubt but
+that in the next year he would win the thousand guineas. Beverley owned
+a large tract of land at the place of his residence. On Sunday Fontaine
+accompanied him to his parish church, seven miles distant, where they
+heard a good sermon from the Rev. M. De Latané, a Frenchman. A son of
+Beverley accompanied Fontaine in some of his excursions in that
+neighborhood. On the banks of the Rappahannock, about five miles below
+the falls, (Fredericksburg,) Fontaine came upon a tract of three
+thousand acres of land, which Beverley offered him at £7 10s. per
+hundred acres, and Fontaine would have purchased it, had not Beverley
+somewhat singularly insisted upon making a title for nine hundred and
+ninety-nine years, instead of an absolute fee simple.
+
+On the 20th of August, 1716, Alexander Spotswood, Governor of Virginia,
+accompanied by John Fontaine, started from Williamsburg on his
+expedition over the Appalachian mountains, as they were then called.
+Having crossed the York river at the Brick House, they lodged that night
+at Chelsea, the seat of Austin Moore, on the Mattapony river, in the
+county of King William. On the following night they were hospitably
+entertained by Robert Beverley at his residence. The governor left his
+chaise there, and mounted his horse for the rest of the journey.
+Beverley accompanied Spotswood in this exploration. On the 26th of
+August Spotswood was joined by several gentlemen, two small companies of
+rangers, and four Meherrin Indians. The gentlemen of the party appear to
+have been Spotswood, Fontaine, Beverley, Austin Smith, Todd, Dr.
+Robinson, Taylor, Mason, Brooke, and Captains Clouder and Smith. The
+whole number of the party, including gentlemen, rangers, pioneers,
+Indians and servants, was probably about fifty. They had with them a
+large number of riding and pack-horses, an abundant supply of
+provisions, and an extraordinary variety of liquors.
+
+The camps were named respectively after the gentlemen of the expedition,
+and the first one being that of the 29th of August, was named in honor
+of our historian, Robert Beverley. Here "they made," as Fontaine records
+in his diary, "great fires, supped and drank good punch." In the preface
+to this edition of the work, (1722,) Beverley says in reference to this
+Tramontane expedition, "I was with the present Governor (Spotswood) at
+the head spring of both those rivers, (the York and the Rappahannock,)
+and their fountains are in the highest range of mountains." Thus it
+appears that the historian was one of the celebrated knights of the
+golden horseshoe.
+
+An Abridgement of the Laws of Virginia, published at London in 1722 is
+ascribed to Robert Beverley. Filial indignation will naturally account
+for the acrimony which in his history he exhibits towards Lord Culpepper
+and Lord Howard of Effingham, who had so persecuted his father, the
+clerk of the Assembly, and against Nicholson, who was Effingham's
+deputy. In his second edition, when time had mitigated his animosities,
+Beverley omitted some of his accusations against those governors.
+
+The first edition of Beverley's History of Virginia appeared at London
+in 1705. It was republished in French at Paris in 1707, and in the same
+year an edition was issued at Amsterdam. The second English edition was
+published in 1722 at London. The work is dedicated to the Right
+Honorable Robert Harley, so celebrated both as a statesman and as the
+patron of letters.
+
+In the title page appear only the initials of the author's name, thus:
+"R. B. Gent.," whence the blundering historian, Oldmixon, supposed his
+name to be "Bullock," and in some German catalogues he received the
+appellation of "Bird." Warden, an American writer, has repeated this
+last misnomer. Beverley's work is divided into four parts, styled Books,
+and the fourth book is again divided into two parts.
+
+Of the history, Mr. Jefferson in his "Notes on Virginia" has remarked,
+that it is "as concise and unsatisfactory as Stith is prolix and
+tedious." This criticism, however, is only applicable to Beverley's
+first book, which includes the civil history of the colony; the other
+three books on "the present state of Virginia" being sufficiently full
+and satisfactory. Brief as is the summary of history comprised in book
+first, it was probably quite ample enough for the taste of the readers
+of Beverley's day. His style of writing is easy, unsophisticated and
+pleasing, his simplicity of remark sometimes amusing, and the whole work
+breathes an earnest, downright, hearty, old-fashioned Virginia spirit.
+His account of the internal affairs of the colony is faithful, and in
+the main correct, but in regard to events occurring beyond the precincts
+of Virginia, he is less reliable. The second book treats of the boundary
+of Virginia, waters, earth and soil, natural products, fish, wild fowl
+and hunted game. Book third gives a full and minute description of the
+manners and customs of the Indians, illustrated by Gribelin's
+engravings. The contents are the persons and dress of the Indians,
+marriage and management of children, towns, buildings and
+fortifications, cookery and food, travelling, reception and
+entertainments, language, war and peace, religion, diseases and
+remedies, sports and pastimes, laws and government, money, goods and
+handicrafts. The fourth book relates to the government of the colony,
+its sub-divisions, public offices, revenues, taxes, courts, the church,
+the college of William and Mary, militia, servants and slaves, poor
+laws, free schools, tenure and conveyance of lands, naturalization and
+currency, the people, buildings, eatables, drinkables and fuel, climate,
+diseases, recreations, natural productions, and the advantages of
+improved husbandry. The closing paragraph is as follows: "Thus they
+depend upon the liberality of Nature, without endeavoring to improve its
+gifts by art or industry. They sponge upon the blessings of a warm sun
+and a fruitful soil, and almost grudge the pains of gathering in the
+bounties of the earth. I should be ashamed to publish this slothful
+indolence of my countrymen, but that I hope it will rouse them out of
+their lethargy, and excite them to make the most of all those happy
+advantages which Nature has given them, and if it does this, I am sure
+they will have the goodness to forgive me." Happily, at the present day,
+Virginia has been aroused from her lethargy, and with energetic efforts
+is developing her rich resources. It may be hoped that with these
+material improvements a wider interest in the history of the past may be
+diffused.
+
+_Petersburg, May 30th, 1854._
+
+
+
+
+HISTORY OF VIRGINIA.
+
+
+BOOK I.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+SHEWING WHAT HAPPENED IN THE FIRST ATTEMPTS TO SETTLE VIRGINIA, BEFORE
+ THE DISCOVERY OF CHESAPEAKE BAY.
+
+
+The learned and valiant Sir Walter Raleigh, having entertained some
+deeper and more serious considerations upon the state of the earth than
+most other men of his time, as may sufficiently appear by his
+incomparable book, the History of the World, and having laid together
+the many stories then in Europe concerning America, the native beauty,
+riches, and value of that part of the world, and the immense profits the
+Spaniards drew from a small settlement or two thereon made, resolved
+upon an adventure for farther discoveries.
+
+According to this purpose, in the year of our Lord 1583, he got several
+men of great value and estate to join in an expedition of this nature,
+and for their encouragement obtained letters patents from Queen
+Elizabeth, bearing date the 25th of March, 1584, for turning their
+discoveries to their own advantage.
+
+§ 2. In April following they set out two small vessels under the command
+of Capt. Philip Amidas and Capt. Arthur Barlow, who after a prosperous
+voyage, anchored at the inlet by Roanoke, at present under the
+government of North Carolina. They made good profit of the Indian truck,
+which they bought for things of much inferior value, and returned. Being
+overpleased with their profits, and finding all things there entirely
+new and surprising, they gave a very advantageous account of matters, by
+representing the country so delightful and desirable, so pleasant and
+plentiful; the climate and air so temperate, sweet, and wholesome; the
+woods and soil so charming and fruitful; and all other things so
+agreeable, that paradise itself seemed to be there in its first native
+lustre.
+
+They gave particular accounts of the variety of good fruits, and some
+whereof they had never seen the like before; especially, that there were
+grapes in such abundance as was never known in the world. Stately tall
+large oaks, and other timber; red cedar, cypress, pines, and other
+evergreens and sweet woods, for tallness and largeness, exceeding all
+they had ever heard of; wild fowl, fish, deer, and other game in such
+plenty and variety, that no epicure could desire more than this new
+world did seem naturally to afford.
+
+And to make it yet more desirable, they reported the native Indians
+(which were then the only inhabitants) so affable, kind, and
+good-natured; so uncultivated in learning, trades, and fashions; so
+innocent and ignorant of all manner of politics, tricks, and cunning;
+and so desirous of the company of the English, that they seemed rather
+to be like soft wax, ready to take an impression, than anyways likely to
+oppose the settling of the English near them. They represented it as a
+scene laid open for the good and gracious Queen Elizabeth to propagate
+the gospel in and extend her dominions over; as if purposely reserved
+for her majesty by a peculiar direction of providence, that had brought
+all former adventures in this affair to nothing; and to give a further
+taste of their discovery, they took with them in their return for
+England, two men of the native Indians, named Wanchese and Manteo.
+
+§ 3. Her majesty accordingly took the hint, and espoused the project as
+far as her present engagements in war with Spain would let her; being so
+well pleased with the account given, that as the greatest mark of honor
+she could do the discoverer, she called the country by the name of
+Virginia, as well for that it was first discovered in her reign, a
+virgin queen, as it did still seem to retain the virgin purity and
+plenty of the first creation, and the people their primitive innocence;
+for they seemed not debauched nor corrupted with those pomps and
+vanities which had depraved and enslaved the rest of mankind; neither
+were their hands hardened by labor, nor their minds corrupted by the
+desire of hoarding up treasure. They were without boundaries to their
+land, without property in cattle, and seem to have escaped, or rather
+not to have been concerned in the first curse, _of getting their bread
+by the sweat of their brows_, for by their pleasure alone they supplied
+all their necessities, namely, by fishing, fowling, and hunting; skins
+being their only clothing, and these, too, five-sixths of the year
+thrown by; living without labor, and only gathering the fruits of the
+earth when ripe or fit for use; neither fearing present want, nor
+solicitous for the future, but daily finding sufficient afresh for their
+subsistence.
+
+§ 4. This report was backed, nay, much advanced by the vast riches and
+treasure mentioned in several merchants' letters from Mexico and Peru,
+to their correspondents in Spain, which letters were taken with their
+ships and treasure, by some of ours in her majesty's service, in
+prosecution of the Spanish wars. This was encouragement enough for a new
+adventure, and set people's invention at work till they had satisfied
+themselves, and made sufficient essays for the farther discovery of the
+country. Pursuant whereunto, Sir Richard Greenvile, the chief of Sir
+Walter Raleigh's associates, having obtained seven sail of ships, well
+laden with provision, arms, ammunition, and spare men to make a
+settlement, set out in person with them early in the spring of the
+succeeding year to make farther discoveries, taking back the two Indians
+with him, and according to his wish, in the latter end of May, arrived
+at the same place where the English had been the year before; there he
+made a settlement, sowed beans and peas, which he saw come up and grow
+to admiration while he staid, which was about two months, and having
+made some little discoveries more in the sound to the southward, and got
+some treasure in skins, furs, pearl, and other rarities in the country,
+for things of inconsiderable value, he returned for England, leaving one
+hundred and eight men upon Roanoke island, under the command of Mr.
+Ralph Lane, to keep possession.
+
+§ 5. As soon as Sir Richard Greenvile was gone, they, according to order
+and their own inclination, set themselves earnestly about discovering
+the country, and ranged about a little too indiscreetly up the rivers,
+and into the land backward from the rivers, which gave the Indians a
+jealousy of their meaning; for they cut off several stragglers of them,
+and had laid designs to destroy the rest, but were happily prevented.
+This put the English upon the precaution of keeping more within bounds,
+and not venturing themselves too defenceless abroad, who till then had
+depended too much upon the natives simplicity and innocence.
+
+After the Indians had done this mischief, they never observed any real
+faith towards those English; for being naturally suspicious and
+revengeful themselves, they never thought the English could forgive
+them; and so by this jealousy, caused by the cowardice of their nature,
+they were continually doing mischief.
+
+The English, notwithstanding all this, continued their discoveries, but
+more carefully than they had done before, and kept the Indians in some
+awe, by threatening them with the return of their companions again with
+a greater supply of men and goods; and before the cold of the winter
+became uneasy, they had extended their discoveries near an hundred miles
+along the seacoast to the northward; but not reaching the southern cape
+of Chesapeake bay in Virginia, they had as yet found no good harbor.
+
+§ 6. In this condition they maintained their settlement all the winter,
+and till August following; but were much distressed for want of
+provisions, not having learned to gather food, as the Indians did, nor
+having conveniences like them of taking fish and fowl; besides, being
+now fallen out with the Indians, they feared to expose themselves to
+their contempt and cruelty; because they had not received the supply
+they talked of, and which had been expected in the spring.
+
+All they could do under these distresses, and the despair of the
+recruits promised them this year, was only to keep a good looking out to
+seaward, if, perchance, they might find any means of escape, or recruit.
+And to their great joy and satisfaction in August aforesaid, they
+happened to espy and make themselves be seen to Sir Francis Drake's
+fleet, consisting of twenty-three sail, who being sent by her majesty
+upon the coast of America, in search of the Spanish treasures, had
+orders from her majesty to take a view of this plantation, and see what
+assistance and encouragement it wanted: Their first petition to him was
+to grant them a fresh supply of men and provisions, with a small vessel,
+and boats to attend them; that so if they should be put to distress for
+want of relief, they might embark for England. This was as readily
+granted by Sir Francis Drake, as asked by them; and a ship was appointed
+them, which ship they began immediately to fit up, and supply
+plentifully with all manner of stores for a long stay; but while they
+were adoing this, a great storm arose, and drove that very ship (with
+some others) from her anchor to sea, and so she was lost for that
+occasion.
+
+Sir Francis would have given them another ship, but this accident coming
+on the back of so many hardships which they had undergone, daunted them,
+and put them upon imagining that Providence was averse to their designs;
+and now having given over for that year the expectation of their
+promised supply from England, they consulted together, and agreed to
+desire Sir Francis Drake to take them along with him, which he did.
+
+Thus their first intention of settlement fell, after discovering many
+things of the natural growth of the country, useful for the life of man,
+and beneficial to trade, they having observed a vast variety of fish,
+fowl and beasts; fruits, seeds, plants, roots, timber-trees, sweet-woods
+and gums: They had likewise attained some little knowledge in the
+language of the Indians, their religion, manners, and ways of
+correspondence one with another, and been made sensible of their cunning
+and treachery towards themselves.
+
+§ 7. While these things were thus acting in America, the adventurers in
+England were providing, though too tediously, to send them recruits. And
+though it was late before they could dispatch them (for they met with
+several disappointments, and had many squabbles among themselves);
+however, at last they provided four good ships, with all manner of
+recruits suitable for the colony, and Sir Walter Raleigh designed to go
+in person with them.
+
+Sir Walter got his ship ready first, and fearing the ill consequence of
+a delay, and the discouragement it might be to those that were left to
+make a settlement, he set sail by himself. And a fortnight after him Sir
+Richard Greenvile sailed with the three other ships.
+
+Sir Walter fell in with the land at Cape Hatteras, a little to the
+southward of the place, where the one hundred and eight men had been
+settled, and after search not finding them, he returned: However Sir
+Richard, with his ships, found the place where he had left the men, but
+entirely deserted, which was at first a great disheartening to him,
+thinking them all destroyed, because he knew not that Sir Francis Drake
+had been there and taken them off; but he was a little better satisfied
+by Manteo's report, that they were not cut off by the Indians, though he
+could give no good account what was become of them. However,
+notwithstanding this seeming discouragement, he again left fifty men in
+the same island of Roanoke, built them houses necessary, gave them two
+years provision, and returned.
+
+§ 8. The next summer, being Anno 1587, three ships more were sent, under
+the command of Mr. John White, who himself was to settle there as
+governor with more men, and some women, carrying also plentiful recruits
+of provisions.
+
+In the latter end of July they arrived at Roanoke aforesaid, where they
+again encountered the uncomfortable news of the loss of these men also;
+who (as they were informed by Manteo) were secretly set upon by the
+Indians, some cut off, and the others fled, and not to be heard of, and
+their place of habitation now all grown up with weeds. However, they
+repaired the houses on Roanoke, and sat down there again.
+
+The 13th of August they christened Manteo, and styled him Lord of
+Dassamonpeak, an Indian nation so called, in reward of the fidelity he
+had shewn to the English from the beginning, who being the first Indian
+that was made a Christian in that part of the world, I thought it not
+amiss to remember him.
+
+On the same occasion also may be mentioned the first child there born of
+Christian parentage, viz: a daughter of Mr. Ananias Dare. She was born
+the 18th of the same August, upon Roanoke, and, after the name of the
+country, was christened Virginia.
+
+This seemed to be a settlement prosperously made, being carried on with
+much zeal and unanimity among themselves. The form of government
+consisted of a governor and twelve counselors, incorporated by the name
+of governor and assistants, of the city of Raleigh, in Virginia.
+
+Many nations of the Indians renewed their peace, and made firm leagues
+with the corporation. The chief men of the English also were so far from
+being disheartened at the former disappointments, that they disputed for
+the liberty of remaining on the spot; and by mere constraint compelled
+Mr. White, their governor, to return for England to negotiate the
+business of their recruits and supply, as a man the most capable to
+manage that affair, leaving at his departure one hundred and fifteen in
+the corporation.
+
+§ 9. It was above two years before Mr. White could obtain any grant of
+supplies, and then in the latter end of the year 1589, he set out from
+Plymouth with three ships, and sailed round by the Western and Caribbee
+islands, they having hitherto not found any nearer way: for though they
+were skilled in navigation, and understood the use of the globes, yet
+did example so much prevail upon them, that they chose to sail a
+thousand leagues about, rather than attempt a more direct passage.
+
+Towards the middle of August, 1590, they arrived upon the coast, at Cape
+Hatteras, and went to search upon Roanoke for the people; but found, by
+letters on the trees, that they were removed to Croatan, one of the
+islands forming the sound, and southward of Roanoke about twenty
+leagues, but no sign of distress. Thither they designed to sail to them
+in their ships; but a storm arising in the meanwhile, lay so hard upon
+them that their cables broke; they lost three of their anchors, were
+forced to sea, and so returned home, without ever going near those poor
+people again for sixteen years following. And it is supposed that the
+Indians, seeing them forsaken by their country, and unfurnished of their
+expected supplies, cut them off, for to this day they were never more
+heard of.
+
+Thus, after all this vast expense and trouble, and the hazard and loss
+of so many lives, Sir Walter Raleigh, the great projector and furtherer
+of these discoveries and settlements, being under trouble, all thoughts
+of farther prosecuting these designs lay dead for about twelve years
+following.
+
+§ 10. And then, in the year 1602, Captain Gosnell, who had made one in
+the former adventures, furnished out a small bark from Dartmouth, and
+set sail in her himself with thirty odd men, designing a more direct
+course, and not to stand so far to the southward, nor pass by the
+Caribbee Islands, as all former adventurers had done. He attained his
+ends in that, but touched upon the coast of America, much to the
+northward of any of the places where the former adventurers had landed,
+for he fell first among the islands forming the northern side of
+Massachusetts bay in New England; but not finding the conveniences that
+harbor affords, set sail again southward, and, as he thought, clear of
+land into the sea, but fell upon the Byte of Cape Cod.
+
+Upon this coast, and a little to the southward, he spent some time in
+trade with the Indians, and gave names to the islands of Martha's
+Vineyard and Elizabeth's Isle, which retain the same to this day. Upon
+Elizabeth's Isle he made an experiment of English grain, and found it
+spring up and grow to admiration as it had done at Roanoke. Here also
+his men built huts to shelter them in the night and bad weather, and
+made good profit by their Indian traffic of furs, skins, &c. And as
+their pleasure invited them, would visit the main, set receivers, and
+save the gums and juices distilling from sweet woods, and try and
+examine the lesser vegetables.
+
+After a month's stay here, they returned for England, as well pleased
+with the natural beauty and richness of the place they had viewed, as
+they were with the treasure they had gathered in it: neither had they a
+head, nor a finger that ached among them all the time.
+
+§ 11. The noise of this short and most profitable of all the former
+voyages, set the Bristol merchants to work also; who, early in the year
+1603, sent two vessels in search of the same place and trade--which
+vessels fell luckily in with the same land. They followed the same
+methods Captain Gosnell had done, and having got a rich lading they
+returned.
+
+§ 12. In the year 1605, a voyage was made from London in a single ship,
+with which they designed to fall in with the land about the latitude
+39°, but the winds put her a little farther northward, and she fell upon
+the eastern parts of Long Island, (as it is now called, but all went
+then under the name of Virginia.) Here they trafficked with the Indians,
+as the others had done before them; made short trials of the soil by
+English grain, and found the Indians, as in all other places, very fair
+and courteous at first, till they got more knowledge of the English, and
+perhaps thought themselves overreached because one bought better
+pennyworths than another, upon which, afterwards, they never failed to
+take revenge as they found their opportunity or advantage. So this
+company also returned with the ship, having ranged forty miles up
+Connecticut river, and called the harbor where they rid Penticost
+harbor, because of their arrival there on Whitsunday.
+
+In all these latter voyages, they never so much as endeavored to come
+near the place where the first settlement was attempted at Cape
+Hatteras; neither had they any pity on those poor hundred and fifteen
+souls settled there in 1587, of whom there had never since been any
+account, no relief sent to them, nor so much as any enquiry made after
+them, whether they were dead or alive, till about three years after
+this, when Chesapeake bay in Virginia was settled, which hitherto had
+never been seen by any Englishman. So strong was the desire of riches,
+and so eager the pursuit of a rich trade, that all concern for the lives
+of their fellow-christians, kindred, neighbors and countrymen, weighed
+nothing in the comparison, though an enquiry might have been easily made
+when they were so near them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+CONTAINING AN ACCOUNT OF THE FIRST SETTLEMENT OF CHESAPEAKE BAY, IN
+ VIRGINIA, BY THE CORPORATION OF LONDON ADVENTURERS, AND THEIR
+ PROCEEDINGS DURING THEIR GOVERNMENT BY A PRESIDENT AND COUNCIL
+ ELECTIVE.
+
+
+§ 13. The merchants of London, Bristol, Exeter, and Plymouth soon
+perceived what great gains might be made of a trade this way, if it were
+well managed and colonies could be rightly settled, which was
+sufficiently evinced by the great profits some ships had made, which had
+not met with ill accidents. Encouraged by this prospect, they joined
+together in a petition to King James the First, shewing forth that it
+would be too much for any single person to attempt the settling of
+colonies, and to carry on so considerable a trade; they therefore prayed
+his majesty to incorporate them, and enable them to raise a joint stock
+for that purpose, and to countenance their undertaking.
+
+His majesty did accordingly grant their petition, and by letters
+patents, bearing date the 10th of April, 1606, did in one patent
+incorporate them into two distinct colonies, to make two separate
+companies, viz: "Sir Thomas Gates, Sir George Summers, knights; Mr.
+Richard Hackluit, clerk, prebend of Westminster, and Edward Maria
+Wingfield, esq., adventurers of the city of London, and such others as
+should be joined unto them of that colony, which should be called the
+first colony, with liberty to begin their first plantation and seat, at
+any place upon the coast of Virginia where they should think fit and
+convenient, between the degrees of thirty-four and forty-one of northern
+latitude. And that they should extend their bounds from the said first
+seat of their plantation and habitation fifty English miles along the
+seacoast each way, and include all the lands within an hundred miles
+directly over against the same seacoast, and also back into the main
+land one hundred miles from the seacoast; and that no other should be
+permitted or suffered to plant or inhabit behind or on the back of them
+towards the main land, without the express license of the council of
+that colony, thereunto in writing first had and obtained. And for the
+second colony, Thomas Hanham, Rawleigh Gilbert, William Parker, and
+George Popham, esquires, of the town of Plymouth, and all others who
+should be joined to them of that colony, with liberty to begin their
+first plantation and seat at any place upon the coast of Virginia where
+they should think fit, between the degrees of thirty-eight and forty
+five of northern latitude, with the like liberties and bounds as the
+first colony; provided they did not seat within an hundred miles of
+them."
+
+§ 14. By virtue of this patent, Capt. John Smith was sent by the London
+company, in December, 1606, on his voyage with three small ships, and a
+commission was given to him, and to several other gentlemen, to
+establish a colony, and to govern by a president, to be chosen annually,
+and council, who should be invested with sufficient authorities and
+powers. And now all things seemed to promise a plantation in good
+earnest. Providence seemed likewise very favorable to them, for though
+they designed only for that part of Virginia where the hundred and
+fifteen were left, and where there is no security of harbor, yet, after
+a tedious voyage of passing the old way again, between the Caribbee
+islands and the main, he, with two of his vessels, luckily fell in with
+Virginia itself, that part of the continent now so called, anchoring in
+the mouth of the bay of Chesapeake; and the first place they landed upon
+was the southern cape of that bay; this they named Cape Henry, and the
+northern Cape Charles, in honor of the king's two eldest sons; and the
+first great river they searched, whose Indian name was Powhatan, they
+called James river, after the king's own name.
+
+§ 15. Before they would make any settlement here, they made a full
+search of James river, and then by an unanimous consent pitched upon a
+peninsula about fifty miles up the river, which, besides the goodness of
+the soil, was esteemed as most fit, and capable to be made a place both
+of trade and security, two-thirds thereof being environed by the main
+river, which affords good anchorage all along, and the other third by a
+small narrow river, capable of receiving many vessels of an hundred ton,
+quite up as high as till it meets within thirty yards of the main river
+again, and where generally in spring tides it overflows into the main
+river, by which means the land they chose to pitch their town upon has
+obtained the name of an island. In this back river ships and small
+vessels may ride lashed to one another, and moored ashore secure from
+all wind and weather whatsoever.
+
+The town, as well as the river, had the honor to be called by King
+James' name. The whole island thus enclosed contains about two thousand
+acres of high land, and several thousands of very good and firm marsh,
+and is an extraordinary good pasture as any in that country.
+
+By means of the narrow passage, this place was of great security to them
+from the Indian enemy; and if they had then known of the biting of the
+worm in the salts, they would have valued this place upon that account
+also, as being free from that mischief.
+
+§ 16. They were no sooner settled in all this happiness and security,
+but they fell into jars and dissensions among themselves, by a greedy
+grasping at the Indian treasure, envying and overreaching one another in
+that trade.
+
+After five weeks stay before this town, the ships returned home again,
+leaving one hundred and eight men settled in the form of government
+before spoken of.
+
+After the ships were gone, the same sort of feuds and disorders
+happened continually among them, to the unspeakable damage of the
+plantation.
+
+The Indians were the same there as in all other places, at first very
+fair and friendly, though afterwards they gave great proofs of their
+deceitfulness. However, by the help of the Indian provisions, the
+English chiefly subsisted till the return of the ships the next year,
+when two vessels were sent thither full freighted with men and
+provisions for supply of the plantation, one of which only arrived
+directly, and the other being beat off to the Caribbee islands, did not
+arrive till the former was sailed again for England.
+
+§ 17. In the interval of these ships returning from England, the English
+had a very advantageous trade with the Indians, and might have made much
+greater gains of it, and managed it both to the greater satisfaction of
+the Indians, and the greater ease and security of themselves, if they
+had been under any rule, or subject to any method in trade, and not left
+at liberty to outvie or outbid one another, by which they not only cut
+short their own profit, but created jealousies and disturbances among
+the Indians, by letting one have a better bargain than another; for they
+being unaccustomed to barter, such of them as had been hardest dealt by
+in their commodities, thought themselves cheated and abused; and so
+conceived a grudge against the English in general, making it a national
+quarrel; and this seems to be the original cause of most of their
+subsequent misfortunes by the Indians.
+
+What also gave a greater interruption to this trade, was an object that
+drew all their eyes and thoughts aside, even from taking the necessary
+care for their preservation, and for the support of their lives, which
+was this: They found in a neck of land, on the back of Jamestown island,
+a fresh stream of water springing out of a small bank, which washed down
+with it a yellow sort of dust isinglass, which being cleansed by the
+fresh streaming of the water, lay shining in the bottom of that limpid
+element, and stirred up in them an unseasonable and inordinate desire
+after riches; for they taking all to be gold that glittered, run into
+the utmost distraction, neglecting both the necessary defence of their
+lives from the Indians, and the support of their bodies by securing of
+provisions; absolutely relying, like Midas, upon the almighty power of
+gold, thinking that where this was in plenty, nothing could be wanting;
+but they soon grew sensible of their error, and found that if this
+gilded dirt had been real gold, it could have been of no advantage to
+them. For, by their negligence, they were reduced to an exceeding
+scarcity of provisions, and that little they had was lost by the burning
+of their town, while all hands were employed upon this imaginary golden
+treasure; so that they were forced to live for some time upon the wild
+fruits of the earth, and upon crabs, muscles, and such like, not having
+a day's provision before-hand; as some of the laziest Indians, who have
+no pleasure in exercise, and wont be at the pains to fish and hunt: And,
+indeed, not so well as they neither; for by this careless neglecting of
+their defence against the Indians, many of them were destroyed by that
+cruel people, and the rest durst not venture abroad, but were forced to
+be content with what fell just into their mouths.
+
+§ 18. In this condition they were, when the first ship of the two before
+mentioned came to their assistance, but their golden dreams overcame all
+difficulties; they spoke not, nor thought of anything but gold, and that
+was all the lading that most of them were willing to take care for;
+accordingly they put into this ship all the yellow dirt they had
+gathered, and what skins and furs they had trucked for, and filling her
+up with cedar, sent her away.
+
+After she was gone, the other ship arrived, which they stowed likewise
+with this supposed gold dust, designing never to be poor again; filling
+her up with cedar and clap-board.
+
+Those two ships being thus dispatched, they made several discoveries in
+James river and up Chesapeake bay, by the undertaking and management of
+Captain John Smith; and the year 1608 was the first year in which they
+gathered Indian corn of their own planting.
+
+While these discoveries were making by Captain Smith, matters run again
+into confusion in Jamestown, and several uneasy people, taking
+advantage of his absence, attempted to desert the settlement, and run
+away with the small vessel that was left to attend upon it; for Captain
+Smith was the only man among them that could manage the discoveries with
+success, and he was the only man, too, that could keep the settlement in
+order. Thus the English continued to give themselves as much perplexity
+by their own distraction as the Indians did by their watchfulness and
+resentments.
+
+§ 19. Anno 1609, John Laydon and Anna Burrows were married together, the
+first Christian marriage in that part of the world; and the year
+following the plantation was increased to near five hundred men.
+
+This year Jamestown sent out people, and made two other settlements; one
+at Nansemond in James river, above thirty miles below Jamestown, and the
+other at Powhatan, six miles below the falls of James river, (which last
+was bought of Powhatan for a certain quantity of copper,) each
+settlement consisting of about a hundred and twenty men. Some small time
+after another was made at Kiquotan by the mouth of James river.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+SHEWING WHAT HAPPENED AFTER THE ALTERATION OF THE GOVERNMENT FROM AN
+ ELECTIVE PRESIDENT TO A COMMISSIONATED GOVERNOR, UNTIL THE
+ DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY.
+
+
+§ 20. In the meanwhile the treasurer, council and company of Virginia
+adventurers in London, not finding that return and profit from the
+adventurers they expected, and rightly judging that this disappointment,
+as well as the idle quarrels in the colony, proceeded from a mismanage
+of government, petitioned his majesty, and got a new patent with leave
+to appoint a governor.
+
+Upon this new grant they sent out nine ships, and plentiful supplies of
+men and provisions, and made three joint commissioners or governors in
+equal power, viz: Sir Thomas Gates, Sir George Summers, and Captain
+Newport. They agreed to go all together in one ship.
+
+This ship, on board of which the three governors had embarked, being
+separated from the rest, was put to great distress in a severe storm;
+and after three days and nights constant bailing and pumping, was at
+last cast ashore at Bermudas, and there staved, but by good providence
+the company was preserved.
+
+Notwithstanding this shipwreck, and extremity they were put to, yet
+could not this common misfortune make them agree. The best of it was,
+they found plenty of provisions in that island, and no Indians to annoy
+them. But still they quarrelled amongst themselves, and none more than
+the two Knights; who made their parties, built each of them a cedar
+vessel, one called the Patience, the other the Deliverance, and used
+what they gathered of the furniture of the old ship for rigging; and
+fish-oil, and hog's-grease, mixed with lime and ashes, instead of pitch
+and tar: for they found great plenty of Spanish hogs in this island,
+which are supposed to have swam ashore from some wrecks, and there
+afterwards increased.
+
+§. 21. While these things were acting in Bermuda, Capt. Smith being very
+much burnt by the accidental firing of some gun-powder, as he was upon a
+discovery in his boat, was forced for his cure sake, and the benefit of
+a surgeon, to take his passage for England, in a ship that was then upon
+the point of sailing.
+
+Several of the nine ships that came out with the three governors
+arrived, with many of the passengers; some of which, in their humors,
+would not submit to the government there, pretending the new commission
+destroyed the old one; that governors were appointed instead of a
+president, and that they themselves were to be of the council, and so
+would assume an independent power, inspiring the people with
+disobedience; by which means they became frequently exposed in great
+parties to the cruelty of the Indians; all sorts of discipline was laid
+aside, and their necessary defence neglected; so that the Indians taking
+advantage of those divisions, formed a stratagem to destroy them root
+and branch; and, indeed, they did cut many of them off, by massacreing
+whole companies at a time; so that all the out-settlements were
+deserted, and the people that were not destroyed, took refuge in
+Jamestown, except the small settlement at Kiquotan, where they had built
+themselves a little fort, and called it Algernoon fort. And yet, for all
+this, they continued their disorders, wasting their old provisions, and
+neglecting to gather others; so that they who remained alive, were all
+near famished, having brought themselves to that pass, that they durst
+not stir from their own doors to gather the fruits of the earth, or the
+crabs and muscles from the water-side: much less to hunt or catch wild
+beasts, fish or fowl, which were found in great abundance there. They
+continued in these scanty circumstances, till they were at last reduced
+to such extremity, as to eat the very hides of their horses, and the
+bodies of the Indians they had killed; and sometimes also upon a pinch
+they would not disdain to dig them up again, to make a homely meal,
+after they had been buried.
+
+Thus, a few months indiscreet management brought such an infamy upon the
+country, that to this day it cannot be wiped away. And the sicknesses
+occasioned by this bad diet, or rather want of diet, are unjustly
+remembered to the disadvantage of the country, as a fault in the
+climate; which was only the foolishness and indiscretion of those who
+assumed the power of governing. I call it assumed, because the new
+commission mentioned, by which they pretended to be of the council, was
+not in all this time arrived, but remained in Bermuda with the new
+governors.
+
+Here, I cannot but admire the care, labor, courage and understanding,
+that Capt. John Smith showed in the time of his administration; who not
+only founded, but also preserved all these settlements in good order,
+while he was amongst them; and, without him, they had certainly all been
+destroyed, either by famine, or the enemy long before; though the
+country naturally afforded subsistence enough, even without any other
+labor than that of gathering and preserving its spontaneous provisions.
+
+For the first three years that Capt. Smith was with them, they never had
+in that whole time, above six months English provisions. But as soon as
+he had left them to themselves, all went to ruin; for the Indians had no
+longer any fear for themselves, or friendship for the English. And six
+months after this gentleman's departure, the 500 men that he had left
+were reduced to threescore; and they, too, must of necessity, have
+starved, if their relief had been delayed a week longer at sea.
+
+§. 22. In the mean time, the three governors put to sea from Bermuda, in
+their two small vessels, with their company, to the number of one
+hundred and fifty, and in fourteen days, viz.: the 25th of May, 1610,
+they arrived both together in Virginia, and went with their vessels up
+to Jamestown, where they found the small remainder of the five hundred
+men, in that melancholy way I just now hinted.
+
+§. 23. Sir Thomas Gates, Sir George Summers, and Captain Newport, the
+governors, were very compassionate of their condition, and called a
+council, wherein they informed them, that they had but sixteen days
+provision aboard; and therefore desired to know their opinion, whether
+they would venture to sea under such a scarcity; or, if they resolved to
+continue in the settlement, and take their fortunes, they would stay
+likewise, and share the provisions among them; but desired that their
+determination might be speedy. They soon came to the conclusion of
+returning for England; but because their provisions were short, they
+resolved to go by the banks of Newfoundland, in hopes of meeting with
+some of the fishermen, (this being now the season,) and dividing
+themselves among their ships, for the greater certainty of provision,
+and for their better accommodation.
+
+According to this resolution, they all went aboard, and fell down to Hog
+Island, the 9th of June, at night, and the next morning to Mulberry
+Island Point, which is eighteen miles below Jamestown, and thirty above
+the mouth of the river; and there they spied a long boat, which the Lord
+Delawarr (who was just arrived with three ships,) had sent before him up
+the river sounding the channel. His lordship was made sole governor, and
+was accompanied by several gentlemen of condition. He caused all the men
+to return again to Jamestown; re-settled them with satisfaction, and
+staid with them till March following; and then being very sick, he
+returned for England, leaving about two hundred in the colony.
+
+§. 24. On the 10th of May, 1611, Sir Thomas Dale being then made
+governor, arrived with three ships, which brought supplies of men,
+cattle and hogs. He found them growing again into the like disorders as
+before, taking no care to plant corn, and wholly relying upon their
+store, which then had but three months provision in it. He therefore
+set them to work about corn, and though it was the middle of May before
+they began to prepare the ground, yet they had an indifferent good crop.
+
+§. 25. In August, the same year, Sir Thomas Gates arrived at Jamestown
+with six ships more, and with a plentiful supply of hogs, cattle, fowls,
+&c., with a good quantity of ammunition, and all other things necessary
+for a new colony, and besides this, a reinforcement of three hundred and
+fifty chosen men. In the beginning of September he settled a new town at
+Arrabattuck, about fifty miles above Jamestown, paling in the neck above
+two miles from the point, from one reach of the river to the other. Here
+he built forts and sentry-boxes, and in honor of Henry Prince of Wales,
+called it Henrico. And also run a palisade on the other side of the
+river, at Coxendale, to secure their hogs.
+
+§. 26. Anno 1612, two ships more arrived with supplies; and Capt.
+Argall, who commanded one of them, being sent in her to Patowmeck to buy
+corn, he there met with Pocahontas, the excellent daughter of Powhatan;
+and having prevailed with her to come aboard to a treat, he detained her
+prisoner, and carried her to Jamestown, designing to make peace with her
+father by her release; but on the contrary, that prince resented the
+affront very highly; and although he loved his daughter with all
+imaginable tenderness, yet he would not be brought to terms by that
+unhandsome treachery; till about two years after a marriage being
+proposed between Mr. John Rolfe, an English gentleman, and this lady;
+which Powhatan taking to be a sincere token of friendship, he vouchsafed
+to consent to it, and to conclude a peace, though he would not come to
+the wedding.
+
+§. 27. Pocahontas being thus married in the year 1613, a firm peace was
+concluded with her father. Both the English and Indians thought
+themselves entirely secure and quiet. This brought in the Chickahominy
+Indians also, though not out of any kindness or respect to the English,
+but out of fear of being, by their assistance, brought under Powhatan's
+absolute subjection, who used now and then to threaten and tyrannize
+over them.
+
+§. 28. Sir Thomas Dale returning for England, Anno 1610, took with him
+Mr. Rolfe and his wife Pocahontas, who, upon the marriage, was
+christened, and called Rebecca. He left Capt. George Yardly
+deputy-governor during his absence, the country being then entirely at
+peace; and arrived at Plymouth the 12th of June.
+
+Capt. John Smith was at that time in England, and hearing of the arrival
+of Pocahontas at Portsmouth, used all the means he could to express his
+gratitude to her, as having formerly preserved his life by the hazard of
+her own; for, when by the command of her father, Capt. Smith's head was
+upon the block to have his brains knocked out, she saved his head by
+laying hers close upon it. He was at that time suddenly to embark for
+New England, and fearing he should sail before she got to London, he
+made an humble petition to the Queen in her behalf, which I here choose
+to give you in his own words, because it will save me the story at
+large.
+
+§. 29. Capt. Smith's petition to her Majesty, in behalf of Pocahontas,
+daughter to the Indian Emperor, Powhatan.
+
+ To the most high and virtuous princess, Queen Anne, of Great
+ Britain:
+
+ Most admired madam--
+
+ The love I bear my God, my king, and country, hath so often
+ emboldened me in the worst of extreme dangers, that now honestly
+ doth constrain me to presume thus far beyond myself, to present
+ your majesty this short discourse. If ingratitude be a deadly
+ poison to all honest virtues, I must be guilty of that crime, if I
+ should omit any means to be thankful.
+
+ So it was,
+
+ That about ten years ago, being in Virginia, and taken prisoner
+ by the power of Powhatan, their chief king, I received from this
+ great savage exceeding great courtesy, especially from his son,
+ Nantaquaus; the manliest, comeliest, boldest spirit I ever saw in
+ a savage; and his sister Pocahontas, the king's most dear and
+ well-beloved daughter, being but a child of twelve or thirteen
+ years of age, whose compassionate pitiful heart of my desperate
+ estate gave me much cause to respect her. I being the first
+ Christian this proud king and his grim attendants ever saw, and
+ thus enthralled in their barbarous power; I cannot say I felt the
+ least occasion of want, that was in the power of those my mortal
+ foes to prevent, notwithstanding all their threats. After some six
+ weeks fatting amongst those savage courtiers, at the minute of my
+ execution, she hazarded the beating out of her own brains to save
+ mine, and not only that, but so prevailed with her father, that I
+ was safely conducted to Jamestown, where I found about eight and
+ thirty miserable, poor and sick creatures, to keep possession for
+ all those large territories of Virginia. Such was the weakness of
+ this poor commonwealth, as had not the savages fed us, we directly
+ had starved.
+
+ And this relief, most gracious queen, was commonly brought us by
+ this lady Pocahontas, notwithstanding all these passages, when
+ unconstant fortune turned our peace to war, this tender virgin
+ would still not spare to dare to visit us; and by her our jars
+ have been oft appeased, and our wants still supplied. Were it the
+ policy of her father thus to employ her, or the ordinance of God
+ thus to make her his instrument, or her extraordinary affection to
+ our nation, I know not: but of this I am sure, when her father,
+ with the utmost of his policy and power, sought to surprise me,
+ having but eighteen with me, the dark night could not affright her
+ from coming through the irksome woods, and, with watered eyes,
+ give me intelligence, with her best advice to escape his fury,
+ which had he known, he had surely slain her.
+
+ Jamestown, with her wild train, she as freely frequented as her
+ father's habitation; and during the time of two or three years,
+ she, next under God, was still the instrument to preserve this
+ colony from death, famine, and utter confusion, which if, in those
+ times, had once been dissolved, Virginia might have lain, as it
+ was at our first arrival, till this day. Since then, this business
+ having been turned and varied by many accidents from what I left
+ it, it is most certain, after a long and troublesome war, since my
+ departure, betwixt her father and our colony, all which time she
+ was not heard of, about two years after she herself was taken
+ prisoner, being so detained near two years longer, the colony by
+ that means was relieved, peace concluded, and at last, rejecting
+ her barbarous condition, she was married to an English gentleman,
+ with whom at this present she is in England. The first Christian
+ ever of that nation; the first Virginian ever spake English, or
+ had a child in marriage by an Englishman--a matter surely, if my
+ meaning be truly considered and well understood, worthy a prince's
+ information.
+
+ Thus, most gracious lady, I have related to your majesty, what at
+ your best leisure, our approved histories will recount to you at
+ large, as done in the time of your majesty's life; and however
+ this might be presented you from a more worthy pen, it cannot from
+ a more honest heart.
+
+ As yet, I never begged anything of the State; and it is my want of
+ ability, and her exceeding desert; your birth, means, and
+ authority; her birth, virtue, want and simplicity, doth make me
+ thus bold, humbly to beseech your majesty to take this knowledge
+ of her, though it be from one so unworthy to be the reporter as
+ myself; her husband's estate not being able to make her fit to
+ attend your majesty.
+
+ The most and least I can do, is to tell you this, and the rather
+ because of her being of so great a spirit, however her stature. If
+ she should not be well received, seeing this kingdom may rightly
+ have a kingdom by her means; her present love to us and
+ Christianity, might turn to such scorn and fury, as to divert all
+ this good to the worst of evil. Where finding that so great a
+ queen should do her more honor than she can imagine, for having
+ been kind to her subjects and servants, 'twould so ravish her with
+ content, as to endear her dearest blood, to effect that your
+ majesty and all the king's honest subjects most earnestly desire.
+ And so I humbly kiss your gracious hands, &c.
+
+ (Signed)
+ JOHN SMITH.
+ Dated June, 1616.
+
+§. 30. This account was presented to her majesty, and graciously
+received. But before Capt. Smith sailed for New England, the Indian
+princess arrived at London, and her husband took lodgings for her at
+Branford, to be a little out of the smoke of the city, whither Capt.
+Smith, with some of his friends, went to see her and congratulate her
+arrival, letting her know the address he had made to the queen in her
+favor.
+
+Till this lady arrived in England, she had all along been informed that
+Captain Smith was dead, because he had been diverted from that colony by
+making settlements in the second plantation, now called New England; for
+which reason, when she saw him, she seemed to think herself much
+affronted, for that they had dared to impose so gross an untruth upon
+her, and at first sight of him turned away. It cost him a great deal of
+intreaty, and some hours attendance, before she would do him the honor
+to speak to him; but at last she was reconciled, and talked freely to
+him. She put him in mind of her former kindnesses, and then upbraided
+him for his forgetfulness of her, showing by her reproaches, that even a
+state of nature teaches to abhor ingratitude.
+
+She had in her retinue a Werowance, or great man of her own nation,
+whose name was Uttamaccomack. This man had orders from Powhatan, to
+count the people in England, and give him an account of their number.
+Now the Indians having no letters among them, he at his going ashore,
+provided a stick, in which he was to make a notch for every man he saw;
+but this accomptant soon grew weary of that tedious exercise, and threw
+his stick away: and at his return, being asked by his king, How many
+people there were? He desired him to count the stars in the sky, the
+leaves upon the trees, and the sand on the seashore, for so many people
+(he said) were in England.
+
+§. 31. Pocahontas had many honors done her by the queen upon account of
+Captain Smith's story; and being introduced by the Lady Delawarr, she
+was frequently admitted to wait on her majesty, and was publicly treated
+as a prince's daughter; she was carried to many plays, balls, and other
+public entertainments, and very respectfully received by all the ladies
+about the court. Upon all which occasions, she behaved herself with so
+much decency, and showed so much grandeur in her deportment, that she
+made good the brightest part of the character Capt. Smith had given of
+her. In the meanwhile, she gained the good opinion of everybody so much,
+that the poor gentleman, her husband, had like to have been called to an
+account, for presuming to marry a princess royal without the king's
+consent; because it had been suggested that he had taken advantage of
+her, being a prisoner, and forced her to marry him. But upon a more
+perfect representation of the matter, his majesty was pleased at last to
+declare himself satisfied. But had their true condition here been known,
+that pother had been saved.
+
+Everybody paid this young lady all imaginable respect; and it is
+supposed, she would have sufficiently acknowledged those favors, had she
+lived to return to her own country, by bringing the Indians to have a
+kinder disposition towards the English. But upon her return she was
+unfortunately taken ill at Gravesend, and died in a few days after,
+giving great testimony all the time she lay sick, of her being a very
+good Christian. She left issue one son, named Thomas Rolfe, whose
+posterity is at this day in good repute in Virginia, and now hold lands
+by descent from her.
+
+§. 32. Captain Yardly made but a very ill governor, he let the buildings
+and forts go to ruin; not regarding the security of the people against
+the Indians, neglecting the corn, and applying all hands to plant
+tobacco, which promised the most immediate gain. In this condition they
+were when Capt. Samuel Argall was sent thither governor, Anno 1617, who
+found the number of people reduced to little more than four hundred, of
+which not above half were fit for labor. In the meanwhile the Indians
+mixing among them, got experience daily in fire arms, and some of them
+were instructed therein by the English themselves, and employed to hunt
+and kill wild fowl for them. So great was their security upon this
+marriage; but governor Argall not liking those methods, regulated them
+on his arrival, and Capt. Yardly returned to England.
+
+§. 33. Governor Argall made the colony flourish and increase
+wonderfully, and kept them in great plenty and quiet. The next year,
+viz.: Anno 1618, the Lord Delawarr was sent over again with two hundred
+men more for the settlement, with other necessaries suitable: but
+sailing by the Western Islands, they met with contrary winds, and great
+sickness; so that about thirty of them died, among which the Lord
+Delawarr was one. By which means the government there still continued in
+the hands of Capt. Argall.
+
+§. 34. Powhatan died in April the same year, leaving his second brother
+Itopatin in possession of his empire, a prince far short of the parts of
+Oppechancanough, who by some was said to be his elder brother, and then
+king of Chickahomony; but he having debauched them from the allegiance
+of Powhatan, was disinherited by him. This Oppechancanough was a cunning
+and a brave prince, and soon grasped all the empire to himself. But at
+first they jointly renewed the peace with the English, upon the
+accession of Itopatin to the crown.
+
+§. 35. Governor Argall flourishing thus under the blessings of peace and
+plenty, and having no occasion of fear or disturbance from the Indians,
+sought new occasions of encouraging the plantation. To that end, he
+intended a coasting voyage to the northward, to view the places where
+the English ships had so often laded; and if he missed them, to reach
+the fisheries on the banks of Newfoundland, and so settle a trade and
+correspondence either with the one or the other. In accomplishing
+whereof, as he touched at Cape Cod, he was informed by the Indians, that
+some white people like him were come to inhabit to the northward of
+them, upon the coast of their neighboring nations. Capt. Argall not
+having heard of any English plantation that way, was jealous that it
+might be (as it proved,) the people of some other nation. And being very
+zealous for the honor and benefit of England, he resolved to make search
+according to the information he had received, and see who they were.
+Accordingly he found the settlement, and a ship riding before it. This
+belonged to some Frenchmen, who had fortified themselves upon a small
+mount on the north of New England.
+
+§. 36. His unexpected arrival so confounded the French, that they could
+make no preparation for resistance on board their ship; which Captain
+Argall drew so close to, that with his small arms he beat all the men
+from the deck, so that they could not use their guns, their ship having
+only a single deck. Among others, there were two Jesuits on board, one
+of which being more bold than wise, with all that disadvantage,
+endeavored to fire one of their cannon, and was shot dead for his pains.
+
+Captain Argall having taken the ship, landed and went before the fort,
+summoning it to surrender. The garrison asked time to advise; but that
+being denied them, they stole privately away, and fled into the woods.
+Upon this, Captain Argall entered the fort, and lodged there that night;
+and the next day the French came to him, and surrendered themselves. It
+seems the king of France had granted them a patent for this settlement,
+but they gave it up to Captain Argall to be cancelled. He used them very
+well, and suffered such as had a mind to return to France, to seek their
+passage among the ships of the fishery; but obliged them to desert this
+settlement. And those that were willing to go to Virginia, he took with
+him.
+
+§. 37. These people were under the conduct of two Jesuits, who upon
+taking a pique against their governor in Acadia, named Biencourt, had
+lately separated from a French settlement at Port Royal, lying in the
+bay, upon the south-west part of Acadia.
+
+§. 38. As Governor Argall was about to return to Virginia, father Biard,
+the surviving Jesuit (out of malice to Biencourt,) told him of this
+French settlement at Port Royal, and offered to pilot him to it; which
+Governor Argall readily accepted of. With the same ease, he took that
+settlement also; where the French had sowed and reaped, built barns,
+mills, and other conveniences, which Captain Argall did no damage to;
+but unsettled them, and obliged them to make a desertion from thence. He
+gave these the same leave he had done the others, to dispose of
+themselves; some whereof returned to France, and others went to settle
+up the river of Canada. After this Governor Argall returned satisfied
+with the provision and plunder he had got in those two settlements.
+
+§. 39. The report of these exploits soon reached England; and whether
+they were approved or no, being acted without particular direction, I
+have not learned; but certain it is, that in April following there
+arrived a small vessel, which did not stay for anything, but took on
+board Governor Argall, and returned for England. He left Capt. Nathaniel
+Powel deputy; and soon after Capt. Yardly being knighted, was sent
+governor thither again.
+
+§. 40. Very great supplies of cattle and other provisions were sent
+there that year, and likewise 1000 or 1200 men. They resettled all their
+old plantations that had been deserted, made additions to the number of
+the council, and called an assembly of Burgesses from all parts of the
+country, which were to be elected by the people in their several
+plantations.
+
+These burgesses met the governor and council at Jamestown in May, 1620,
+and sat in consultation in the same house with them, as the method of
+the Scots Parliament is, debating matters for the improvement and good
+government of the country.
+
+This was the first general assembly that was ever held there. I heartily
+wish though they did not unite their houses again, they would, however,
+unite their endeavors and affections for the good of the country.
+
+§. 41. In August following, a Dutch man-of-war landed twenty negroes for
+sale; which were the first of that kind that were carried into the
+country.
+
+§. 42. This year they bounded the corporations, (as they called them:)
+But there does not remain among the records any one grant of these
+corporations. There is entered a testimony of Governor Argall,
+concerning the bounds of the corporation of James City, declaring his
+knowledge thereof; and this is one of the new transcribed books of
+record. But there is not to be found one word of the charter or patent
+itself of this corporation.
+
+Then also, they apportioned and laid our lands in several allotments,
+viz.: to the company in several places, to the governor, to a college,
+to glebes, and to several particular persons; many new settlements were
+made in James and York rivers. The people knew their own property, and
+having the encouragement of working for their own advantage, many became
+very industrious, and began to vie one with another, in planting,
+building, and other improvements. Two gentlemen went over as deputies to
+the company, for the management of their lands, and those of the
+college. All thoughts of danger from the Indians were laid aside.
+Several great gifts were made to the church and college, and for the
+bringing up young Indians at school. Forms were made, and rules
+appointed for granting patents for land, upon the condition of
+importing goods and persons to supply and increase the colony. And all
+there then began think themselves the happiest people in the world.
+
+§. 43. Thus Virginia continued to flourish and increase, great supplies
+continually arriving, and new settlements being made all over the
+country. A salt work was set up at Cape Charles, on the Eastern Shore;
+and an iron work at Falling Creek, in James river, where they made proof
+of good iron ore, and brought the whole work so near a perfection, that
+they writ word to the company in London, that they did not doubt but to
+finish the work, and have plentiful provision of iron for them by the
+next Easter. At that time the fame of the plenty and riches, in which
+the English lived there, was very great. And Sir George Yardly now had
+all the appearance of making amends for the errors of his former
+government. Nevertheless he let them run into the same sleepiness and
+security as before, neglecting all thoughts of a necessary defence,
+which laid the foundation of the following calamities.
+
+§. 44. But the time of his government being near expired, Sir Francis
+Wyat, then a young man, had a commission to succeed him. The people
+began to grow numerous, thirteen hundred settling there that year; which
+was the occasion of making so much tobacco, as to overstock the market.
+Wherefore his majesty, out of pity to the country, sent his commands,
+that they should not suffer their planters to make above one hundred
+pounds of tobacco per man; for the market was so low, that he could not
+afford to give them above three shillings the pound for it. He advised
+them rather to turn their spare time towards providing corn and stock,
+and towards the making of potash, or other manufactures.
+
+It was October, 1621, that Sir Francis Wyat arrived governor, and in
+November, Captain Newport arrived with fifty men, imported at his own
+charge, besides passengers; and made a plantation on Newport's News,
+naming it after himself. The governor made a review of all the
+settlements, and suffered new ones to be made, even as far as Potomac
+river. This ought to be observed of the Eastern Shore Indians, that they
+never gave the English any trouble, but courted and befriended them from
+first to last. Perhaps the English, by the time they came to settle
+those parts, had considered how to rectify their former mismanagement,
+and learned better methods of regulating their trade with the Indians,
+and of treating them more kindly than at first.
+
+§. 45. Anno 1622, inferior courts were first appointed by the general
+assembly, under the name of county courts, for trial of minute causes;
+the governor and council still remaining judges of the supreme court of
+the colony. In the meantime, by the great increase of people, and the
+long quiet they had enjoyed among the Indians, since the marriage of
+Pocahontas, and the accession of Oppechancanough to the imperial crown,
+all men were lulled into a fatal security, and became everywhere
+familiar with the Indians, eating, drinking, and sleeping amongst them;
+by which means they became perfectly acquainted with all our English
+strength, and the use of our arms--knowing at all times, when and where
+to find our people; whether at home, or in the woods; in bodies, or
+disperst; in condition of defence, or indefensible. This exposing of
+their weakness gave them occasion to think more contemptibly of them,
+than otherwise, perhaps, they would have done; for which reason they
+became more peevish, and more hardy to attempt anything against them.
+
+§. 46. Thus upon the loss of one of their leading men, (a war captain,
+as they call him,) who was likewise supposed to be justly killed,
+Oppechancanough took affront, and in revenge laid the plot of a general
+massacre of the English, to be executed on the 22d of March, 1622, a
+little before noon, at a time when our men were all at work abroad in
+their plantations, disperst and unarmed. This hellish contrivance was to
+take effect upon all the several settlements at one and the same
+instant, except on the Eastern Shore, whither this plot did not reach.
+The Indians had been made so familiar with the English, as to borrow
+their boats and canoes to cross the river in, when they went to consult
+with their neighboring Indians upon this execrable conspiracy. And to
+color their design the better, they brought presents of deer, turkies,
+fish and fruits to the English the evening before. The very morning of
+the massacre, they came freely and unarmed among them, eating with them,
+and behaving themselves with the same freedom and friendship as
+formerly, till the very minute they were to put their plot in execution.
+Then they fell to work all at once everywhere, knocking the English
+unawares on the head, some with their hatchets, which they call
+tomahawks, others with the hoes and axes of the English themselves,
+shooting at those who escaped the reach of their hands; sparing neither
+age nor sex, but destroying man, woman, and child, according to their
+cruel way of leaving none behind to bear resentment. But whatever was
+not done by surprise that day, was left undone, and many that made early
+resistance escaped.
+
+By the account taken of the Christians murdered that morning, they were
+found to be three hundred and forty-seven, most of them falling by their
+own instruments, and working tools.
+
+§. 47. The massacre had been much more general, had not this plot been
+providentially discovered to the English some hours before the
+execution. It happened thus:
+
+Two Indians that used to be employed by the English to hunt for them,
+happened to lie together, the night before the massacre, in an
+Englishmen's house, where one of them was employed. The Indian that was
+the guest fell to persuading the other to rise and kill his master,
+telling him, that he would do the same by his own the next day.
+Whereupon he discovered the whole plot that was designed to be executed
+on the morrow. But the other, instead of entering into the plot, and
+murdering his master, got up (under pretence of going to execute his
+comrade's advice,) went into his master's chamber, and revealed to him
+the whole story that he had been told. The master hereupon arose,
+secured his own house, and before day got to Jamestown, which, together
+with such plantations as could receive notice time enough, were saved by
+this means; the rest, as they happened to be watchful in their defence,
+also escaped; but such as were surprised, were massacred. Captain
+Croshaw in his vessel at Potomac, had notice also given him by a young
+Indian, by which means he came off untouched.
+
+§. 48. The occasion upon which Oppechancanough took affront was this.
+The war captain mentioned before to have been killed, was called
+Nemattanow. He was an active Indian, a great warrior, and in much esteem
+among them; so much, that they believed him to be invulnerable, and
+immortal, because he had been in very many conflicts, and escaped
+untouched from them all. He was also a very cunning fellow, and took
+great pride in preserving and increasing this their superstition
+concerning him, affecting everything that was odd and prodigious, to
+work upon their admiration. For which purpose he would often dress
+himself up with feathers after a fantastic manner, and by much use of
+that ornament, obtained among the English the nickname of Jack of the
+feather.
+
+This Nemattanow coming to a private settlement of one Morgan, who had
+several toys which he had a mind to, persuaded him to go to Pamunky to
+dispose of them. He gave him hopes what mighty bargains he might meet
+with there, and kindly offered him his assistance. At last Morgan
+yielded to his persuasion; but was no more heard of; and it is believed,
+that Nemattanow killed him by the way, and took away his treasure. For
+within a few days this Nemattanow returned to the same house with
+Morgan's cap upon his head; where he found two sturdy boys, who asked
+for their master. He very frankly told them he was dead. But they,
+knowing the cap again, suspected the villain had killed their master,
+and would have had him before a justice of peace, but he refused to go,
+and very insolently abused them. Whereupon they shot him down, and as
+they were carrying him to the governor, he died.
+
+As he was dying, he earnestly pressed the boys to promise him two
+things. First, that they would not tell how he was killed; and,
+secondly, that they would bury him among the English. So great was the
+pride of this vain heathen, that he had no other thoughts at his death,
+but the ambition of being esteemed after he was dead, as he had
+endeavored to make them believe of him while he was alive, viz., that he
+was invulnerable and immortal, though his increasing faintness convinced
+himself of the falsity of both. He imagined, that being buried among the
+English perhaps might conceal his death from his own nation, who might
+think him translated to some happier country. Thus he pleased himself to
+the last gasp with the boys' promises to carry on the delusion. This was
+reckoned all the provocation given to that haughty and revengeful man
+Oppechancanough, to act this bloody tragedy, and to take indefatigable
+pains to engage in so horrid villainy all the kings and nations
+bordering upon the English settlements, on the western shore of
+Chesapeake.
+
+§ 49. This gave the English a fair pretence of endeavoring the total
+extirpation of the Indians, but more especially of Oppechancanough and
+his nation. Accordingly, they set themselves about it, making use of the
+Roman maxim, (faith is not to be kept with heretics) to obtain their
+ends. For, after some months fruitless pursuit of them, who could too
+dexterously hide themselves in the woods, the English pretended articles
+of peace, giving them all manner of fair words and promises of oblivion.
+They designed thereby (as their own letters now on record, and their own
+actions thereupon prove) to draw the Indians back, and entice them to
+plant their corn on their habitations nearest adjoining to the English,
+and then to cut it up, when the summer should be too far spent to leave
+them hopes of another crop that year, by which means they proposed to
+bring them to want necessaries and starve. And the English did so far
+accomplish their ends, as to bring the Indians to plant their corn at
+their usual habitations, whereby they gained an opportunity of repaying
+them some part of the debt in their own coin, for they fell suddenly
+upon them, cut to pieces such of them as could not make their escape,
+and afterwards totally destroyed their corn.
+
+§ 50. Another effect of the massacre of the English, was the reducing
+all their settlements again to six or seven in number, for their better
+defence. Besides, it was such a disheartening to some good projects,
+then just advancing, that to this day they have never been put in
+execution, namely, the glasshouses in Jamestown, and the iron work at
+Falling Creek, which has been already mentioned. The massacre fell so
+hard upon this last place, that no soul was saved but a boy and a girl,
+who with great difficulty hid themselves.
+
+The superintendent of this iron work had also discovered a vein of lead
+ore, which he kept private, and made use of it to furnish all the
+neighbors with bullets and shot. But he being cut off with the rest, and
+the secret not having been communicated, this lead mine could never
+after be found, till Colonel Byrd, some few years ago, prevailed with an
+Indian, under pretence of hunting, to give him a sign by dropping his
+tomahawk at the place, (he not daring publicly to discover it, for fear
+of being murdered.) The sign was accordingly given, and the company at
+that time found several pieces of good lead ore upon the surface of the
+ground, and marked the trees thereabouts. Notwithstanding which, I know
+not by what witchcraft it happens, but no mortal to this day could ever
+find that place again, though it be upon part of the Colonel's own
+possessions. And so it rests, till time and thicker settlements discover
+it.
+
+§ 51. Thus, the company of adventurers having, by those frequent acts of
+mismanagement, met with vast losses and misfortunes, many grew sick of
+it and parted with their shares, and others came into their places, and
+promoted the sending in fresh recruits of men and goods. But the chief
+design of all parties concerned, was to fetch away the treasure from
+thence, aiming more at sudden gain, than to form any regular colony, or
+establish a settlement in such a manner as to make it a lasting
+happiness to the country.
+
+Several gentlemen went over upon their particular stocks, separate from
+that of the company, with their own servants and goods, each designing
+to obtain land from the government, as Captain Newport had done, or at
+least to obtain patents, according to the regulations for granting lands
+to adventurers. Others sought their grants of the company in London, and
+obtained authorities and jurisdictions, as well as land, distinct from
+the authority of the government, which was the foundation of great
+disorder, and the occasion of their following misfortunes. Among others,
+one Captain Martin, having made very considerable preparations towards a
+settlement, obtained a suitable grant of land, and was made of the
+council there. But he, grasping still at more, hankered after dominion,
+as well as possession, and caused so many differences, that at last he
+put all things into distraction, insomuch that the Indians, still
+seeking revenge, took advantage of these dissensions, and fell foul
+again on the English, gratifying their vengeance with new bloodshed.
+
+§ 52. The fatal consequences of the company's maladministration cried so
+loud, that king Charles the first, coming to the crown of England, had a
+tender concern for the poor people that had been betrayed thither and
+lost. Upon which consideration he dissolved the company in the year
+1626, reducing the country and government into his own immediate
+direction, appointing the governor and council himself, and ordering all
+patents and processes to issue in his own name, reserving to himself a
+quit-rent of two shillings for every hundred acres of land, and so _pro
+rata_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+CONTAINING THE HISTORY OF THE GOVERNMENT FROM THE DISSOLUTION OF THE
+ COMPANY TO THE YEAR SEVENTEEN HUNDRED AND SEVEN.
+
+
+§ 53. The country being thus taken into the king's hands, his majesty
+was pleased to establish the constitution to be by a governor, council
+and assembly, and to confirm the former methods and jurisdictions of the
+several courts, as they had been appointed in the year 1620, and placed
+the last resort in the assembly. He likewise confirmed the rules and
+orders made by the first assembly for apportioning the land, and
+granting patents to particular adventurers.
+
+§ 54. This was a constitution according to their hearts desire, and
+things seemed now to go on in a happy course for encouragement of the
+colony. People flocked over thither apace; every one took up land by
+patent to his liking; and, not minding anything but to be masters of
+great tracts of land, they planted themselves separately on their
+several plantations. Nor did they fear the Indians, but kept them at a
+greater distance than formerly. And they for their part, seeing the
+English so sensibly increase in number, were glad to keep their distance
+and be peaceable.
+
+This liberty of taking up land, and the ambition each man had of being
+lord of a vast, though unimproved territory, together with the advantage
+of the many rivers, which afford a commodious road for shipping at every
+man's door, has made the country fall into such an unhappy settlement
+and course of trade, that to this day they have not any one place of
+cohabitation among them, that may reasonably bear the name of a town.
+
+§ 55. The constitution being thus firmly established, and continuing its
+course regularly for some time, people began to lay aside all fears of
+any future misfortunes. Several gentlemen of condition went over with
+their whole families--some for bettering their estates--others for
+religion, and other reasons best known to themselves. Among those, the
+noble Cæcilius Calvert, Lord Baltimore, a Roman Catholic, thought, for
+the more quiet exercise of his religion, to retire, with his family,
+into that new world. For this purpose he went to Virginia, to try how he
+liked the place. But the people there looked upon him with an evil eye
+on account of his religion, for which alone he sought this retreat, and
+by their ill treatment discouraged him from settling in that country.
+
+§ 56. Upon that provocation, his lordship resolved upon a farther
+adventure. And finding land enough up the bay of Chesapeake, which was
+likewise blessed with many brave rivers, and as yet altogether
+uninhabited by the English, he began to think of making a new plantation
+of his own. And for his more certain direction in obtaining a grant of
+it, he undertook a journey northward, to discover the land up the bay,
+and observe what might most conveniently square with his intent.
+
+His lordship finding all things in this discovery according to his wish,
+returned to England. And because the Virginia settlements at that time
+reached no farther than the south side of Potomac river, his lordship
+got a grant of the propriety of Maryland, bounding it to the south by
+Potomac river, on the western shore; and by an east line from Point
+Lookout, on the eastern shore; but died himself before he could embark
+for the promised land.
+
+Maryland had the honor to receive its name from queen Mary, royal
+consort to king Charles the first.
+
+§ 57. The old Lord Baltimore being thus taken off, and leaving his
+designs unfinished, his son and heir, in the year 1633, obtained a
+confirmation of the patent to himself, and went over in person to plant
+his new colony.
+
+By this unhappy accident, a country which nature had so well contrived
+for one, became two separate governments. This produced a most unhappy
+inconvenience to both; for, these two being the only countries under the
+dominion of England that plant tobacco in any quantity, the ill
+consequences to both is, that when one colony goes about to prohibit the
+trash, or mend the staple of that commodity, to help the market, then
+the other, to take advantage of that market, pours into England all they
+can make, both good and bad, without distinction. This is very injurious
+to the other colony, which had voluntarily suffered so great a
+diminution in the quantity, to mend the quality; and this is notoriously
+manifested from that incomparable Virginia law, appointing sworn agents
+to examine their tobacco.
+
+§ 58. Neither was this all the mischief that happened to Virginia upon
+this grant; for the example of it had dreadful consequences, and was in
+the end one of the occasions of another massacre by the Indians. For
+this precedent of my Lord Baltimore's grant, which entrenched upon the
+charters and hounds of Virginia, was hint enough for other courtiers,
+(who never intended a settlement as my lord did) to find out something
+of the same kind to make money of. This was the occasion of several very
+large defalcations from Virginia within a few years afterwards, which
+was forwarded and assisted by the contrivance of the Governor, Sir John
+Harvey, insomuch that not only the land itself, quit-rents and all, but
+the authorities and jurisdictions that belonged to that colony were
+given away--nay, sometimes in those grants he included the very
+settlements that had been before made.
+
+§ 59. As this gentleman was irregular in this, so he was very unjust and
+arbitrary in his other methods of government. He exacted with rigor the
+fines and penalties, which the unwary assemblies of those times had
+given chiefly to himself, and was so haughty and furious to the council,
+and the best gentlemen of the country, that his tyranny grew at last
+insupportable; so that in the year 1639, the council sent him a
+prisoner to London, and with him two of their number, to maintain the
+articles against him. This news being brought to king Charles the first,
+his majesty was very much displeased; and, without hearing anything,
+caused him to return governor again. But by the next shipping he was
+graciously pleased to change him, and so made amends for this man's
+maladministration, by sending the good and just Sir William Berkeley to
+succeed him.
+
+§ 60. While these things were transacting, there was so general a
+dissatisfaction, occasioned by the oppressions of Sir John Harvey, and
+the difficulties in getting him out, that the whole colony was in
+confusion. The subtle Indians, who took all advantages, resented the
+incroachments upon them by his grants. They saw the English uneasy and
+disunited among themselves, and by the direction of Oppechancanough,
+their king, laid the ground work of another massacre, wherein, by
+surprise, they cut off near five hundred Christians more. But this
+execution did not take so general effect as formerly, because the
+Indians were not so frequently suffered to come among the inner
+habitations of the English; and, therefore, the massacre fell severest
+on the south side of James river, and on the heads of the other rivers,
+but chiefly of York river, where this Oppechancanough kept the seat of
+his government.
+
+§ 61. Oppechancanough was a man of large stature, noble presence, and
+extraordinary parts. Though he had no advantage of literature, (that
+being nowhere to be found among the American Indians) yet he was
+perfectly skilled in the art of governing his rude countrymen. He caused
+all the Indians far and near to dread his name, and had them all
+entirely in subjection.
+
+This king in Smith's history is called brother to Powhatan, but by the
+Indians he was not so esteemed. For they say he was a prince of a
+foreign nation, and came to them a great way from the south west. And by
+their accounts, we suppose him to have come from the Spanish Indians,
+somewhere near Mexico, or the mines of Saint Barbe; but, be that matter
+how it will, from that time till his captivity, there never was the
+least truce between them and the English.
+
+§ 62. Sir William Berkeley, upon his arrival, showed such an opposition
+to the unjust grants made by Sir John Harvey, that very few of them took
+effect; and such as did, were subjected to the settled conditions of the
+other parts of the government, and made liable to the payment of the
+full quit-rents. He encouraged the country in several essays of potash,
+soap, salt, flax, hemp, silk and cotton. But the Indian war, ensuing
+upon this last massacre, was a great obstruction to these good designs,
+by requiring all the spare men to be employed in defence of the country.
+
+§ 63. Oppechancanough, by his great age, and the fatigues of war, (in
+which Sir William Berkeley followed him close) was now grown so
+decrepid, that he was not able to walk alone, but was carried about by
+his men wherever he had a mind to move. His flesh was all macerated, his
+sinews slackened, and his eyelids became so heavy, that he could not
+see, but as they were lifted up by his servants. In this low condition
+he was, when Sir William Berkeley, hearing that he was at some distance
+from his usual habitation, resolved at all adventures to seize his
+person, which he happily effected. For with a party of horse he made a
+speedy march, surprised him in his quarters, and brought him prisoner to
+Jamestown, where, by the governor's command, he was treated with all the
+respect and tenderness imaginable. Sir William had a mind to send him to
+England, hoping to get reputation by presenting his majesty with a royal
+captive, who at his pleasure, could call into the field ten times more
+Indians, than Sir William Berkeley had English in his whole government.
+Besides, he thought this ancient prince would be an instance of the
+healthiness and long life of the natives of that country. However, he
+could not preserve his life above a fortnight. For one of the soldiers,
+resenting the calamities the colony had suffered by this prince's
+means, basely shot him through the back, after he was made prisoner; of
+which wound he died.
+
+He continued brave to the last moment of his life, and showed not the
+least dejection at his captivity. He heard one day a great noise of the
+treading of people about him; upon which he caused his eyelids to be
+lifted up, and finding that a crowd of people were let in to see him, he
+called in high indignation for the governor, who being come,
+Oppechancanough scornfully told him, that had it been his fortune to
+take Sir William Berkeley prisoner, he should not meanly have exposed
+him as a show to the people.
+
+§ 64. After this, Sir William Berkeley made a new peace with the
+Indians, which continued for a long time unviolated, insomuch that all
+the thoughts of future injury from them were laid aside. But he himself
+did not long enjoy the benefit of this profound peace; for the unhappy
+troubles of king Charles the first increasing in England, proved a great
+disturbance to him and to all the people. They, to prevent the infection
+from reaching that country, made severe laws against the Puritans,
+though there were as yet none among them. But all correspondence with
+England was interrupted, supplies lessened, and trade obstructed. In a
+word, all people were impatient to know what would be the event of so
+much confusion.
+
+§ 65. At last the king was traitorously beheaded in England, and Oliver
+installed Protector. However his authority was not acknowledged in
+Virginia for several years after, till they were forced to it by the
+last necessity. For in the year 1651, by Cromwell's command, Captain
+Dennis, with a squadron of men of war, arrived there from the Caribbee
+islands, where they had been subduing Bardoes. The country at first held
+out vigorously against him, and Sir William Berkeley, by the assistance
+of such Dutch vessels as were then there, made a brave resistance. But
+at last Dennis contrived a stratagem, which betrayed the country. He had
+got a considerable parcel of goods aboard, which belonged to two of the
+Council, and found a method of informing them of it. By this means they
+were reduced to the dilemma, either of submitting or losing their goods.
+This occasioned factions among them; so that at last, after the
+surrender of all the other English plantations, Sir Wm. was forced to
+submit to the usurper on the terms of a general pardon. However, it
+ought to be remembered, to his praise, and to the immortal honor of that
+colony, that it was the last of all the king's dominions that submitted
+to the usurpation; and afterwards the first that cast it off, and he
+never took any post or office under the usurper.
+
+§ 66. Oliver had no sooner subdued the plantations, but he began to
+contrive how to keep them under, that so they might never be able for
+the time to come to give him farther trouble. To this end, he thought it
+necessary to break off their correspondence with all other nations,
+thereby to prevent their being furnished with arms, ammunition, and
+other warlike provisions. According to this design, he contrived a
+severe act of Parliament, whereby he prohibited the plantations from
+receiving or exporting any European commodities, but what should be
+carried to them by Englishmen, and in English built ships. They were
+absolutely forbid corresponding with any nation or colony not subject to
+the crown of England. Neither was any alien suffered to manage a trade
+or factory in any of them. In all which things the plantations had been
+till then indulged, for their encouragement.
+
+§ 67. Notwithstanding this act of navigation, the Protector never
+thought the plantations enough secured, but frequently changed their
+governors, to prevent their intriguing with the people. So that, during
+the time of the usurpation, they had no less than three governors there,
+namely, Diggs, Bennet and Mathews.
+
+§ 68. The strange arbitrary curbs he put upon the plantations,
+exceedingly afflicted the people. He had the inhumanity to forbid them
+all manner of trade and correspondence with other nations, at a time
+when England itself was in distraction; and could neither take off
+their commodities, nor supply them sufficiently with its own. Neither
+had they ever been used to supply them with half the commodities they
+expended, or to take off above half the tobacco they made. Such violent
+proceedings made the people desperate, and inspired them with a desire
+to use the last remedy, to relieve themselves from this lawless
+usurpation. In a short time afterwards a fair opportunity happened; for
+Governor Mathews died, and no person was substituted to succeed him in
+the government. Whereupon the people applied themselves to Sir William
+Berkeley, (who had continued all this time upon his own plantation in a
+private capacity,) and unanimously chose him their governor again.
+
+§ 69. Sir William Berkeley had all along retained an unshaken loyalty
+for the royal family, and therefore generously told the people, that he
+could not approve of the Protector's rule, and was resolved never to
+serve anybody but the lawful heir to the crown; and that if he accepted
+the government, it should be upon their solemn promise, after his
+example, to venture their lives and fortunes for the king, who was then
+in France.
+
+This was no great obstacle to them, and therefore with an unanimous
+voice they told him that they were ready to hazard all for the king. Now
+this was actually before the king's return for England, and proceeded
+from a brave principle of loyalty, for which they had no example. Sir
+William Berkeley embraced their choice, and forthwith proclaimed Charles
+the second king of England, Scotland, France, Ireland and Virginia, and
+caused all process to be issued in his name. Thus his majesty was
+actually king in Virginia, before he was so in England. But it pleased
+God to restore him soon after to the throne of his ancestors; and so
+that country escaped being chastised for throwing off the usurpation.
+
+§ 70. Upon the king's restoration, he sent Sir William Berkeley a new
+commission, with leave to return to England, and power to appoint a
+deputy in his absence. For his majesty in his exile had received
+intelligence of this gentleman's loyalty, and during that time had
+renewed his commission.
+
+§ 71. Upon this, Sir William Berkeley appointed Colonel Francis Morrison
+Deputy Governor, and went for England to wait on his majesty, by whom he
+was kindly received. At his return he carried his majesty's pressing
+instructions for encouraging the people in husbandry and manufactures,
+but more especially to promote silk and vineyards. There is a tradition,
+that the king, in compliment to that colony, wore at his coronation a
+robe made of the silk that was sent from thence. But this was all the
+reward the country had for their loyalty; for the Parliament was pleased
+to renew the act contrived by the usurper for discouraging the
+plantations, with severer restraints and prohibitions by bonds,
+securities, &c.
+
+§ 72. During the time of Sir William Berkeley's absence, Colonel
+Morrison had, according to his directions, revised the laws, and
+compiled them into one body, ready to be confirmed by the assembly at
+his return. By these laws, the church of England was confirmed the
+established religion, the charge of the government sustained, trade and
+manufactures were encouraged, a town projected, and all the Indian
+affairs settled.
+
+§ 73. The parishes were likewise regulated, competent allowances were
+made to the ministers, to the value of about fourscore pounds a year,
+besides glebes and perquisites, and the method of their preferment was
+settled. Convenient churches and glebes were provided, and all necessary
+parish officers instituted. Some steps were made also towards a free
+school and college, and the poor were effectually provided for.
+
+§ 74. For support of the government, the duty of two shillings per
+hogshead on all tobaccos, and that of one shilling per ton port duty on
+shipping, were made perpetual; and the collectors were obliged to
+account for the same to the general assembly.
+
+§ 75. For encouragement of manufactures, prizes were appointed for the
+makers of the best pieces of linen cloth, and a reward of fifty pounds
+of tobacco was given for each pound of silk. All persons were enjoined
+to plant mulberry trees, for the food of the silk worm, according to the
+number of acres of land they held. Tan houses were set up in each
+county, at the county charge; and public encouragement was given to a
+salt work on the eastern shore. A reward was appointed in proportion to
+the tonnage of all sea vessels built there, and an exemption allowed
+from all fees and duties payable by such shipping.
+
+§ 76. The king had commanded, that all ships trading to Virginia should
+go to Jamestown, and there enter before they broke bulk. But the
+assembly, from the impracticableness of that command, excused all,
+except the James river ships, from that order, and left the others in
+the rivers they were bound to, to ride dispersed, as the commanders
+pleased; by whose example the James river ships were no sooner entered
+with the officer at Jamestown, but they also dispersed themselves to
+unload, and trade all over the river. By this means the design of towns
+was totally balked, and this order proved only an ease to the officer of
+James river, and a means of creating a good place to him.
+
+§ 77. Peace and commerce with the Indians was settled by law, and their
+boundaries prescribed. Several other acts were made suiting the
+necessity of the government; so that nothing then seemed to remain, but
+the improvement of the country, and encouragement of those manufactures
+the king had been pleased to recommend, together with such others as
+should be found beneficial.
+
+§ 78. Sir William Berkeley at his return gave sanction to this body of
+laws, and being then again in full possession of his government, and at
+perfect peace with the Indians, set all hands industriously to work in
+making country improvements. He passed a new act for encouragement of
+Jamestown, whereby several houses were built therein, at the charge of
+several counties. However, the main ingredient for the advancement of
+towns was still wanting, namely, the confinement of all shipping and
+trade to them only, by defect of which all the other expedients availed
+nothing, for most of the buildings were soon converted into houses of
+entertainment.
+
+§ 79. Anno 1663, divers sectaries in religion beginning to spread
+themselves there, great restraints were laid upon them, under severe
+penalties, to prevent their increase.
+
+This made many of them fly to other colonies, and prevented abundance of
+others from going over to seat themselves among them. And as the former
+ill treatment of my Lord Baltimore kept many people away, and drove
+others to Maryland, so the present severities towards the nonconformists
+kept off many more, who went to the neighboring colonies.
+
+§ 80. The rigorous circumscription of their trade, the persecutions of
+the sectaries, and the little demand of tobacco, had like to have had
+very fatal consequences. For, the poor people becoming thereby very
+uneasy, their murmurings were watched and fed by several mutinous and
+rebellious Oliverian soldiers that were sent thither as servants. These,
+depending upon the discontented people of all sorts, formed a villainous
+plot to destroy their masters, and afterwards to set up for themselves.
+
+This plot was brought so near to perfection, that it was the very night
+before the designed execution ere it was discovered; and then it came
+out by the relenting of one of their accomplices, whose name was
+Birkenhead. This man was servant to Mr. Smith of Purton, in Gloucester
+county, near which place, viz. at Poplar Spring, the miscreants were to
+meet the night following, and put in execution their horrid conspiracy.
+
+§ 81. Upon this discovery by Birkenhead, notice was immediately sent to
+the governor at Green Spring. And the method he took to prevent it was
+by private orders, that some of the militia should meet before the time
+at the place where the conspirators were to rendezvous, and seize them
+as they came singly up to it. Which orders being happily executed, their
+devilish plot was defeated. However, there were but a few taken; because
+several of them making their escape, turned back such of their fellows
+as they met on the road, and prevented most of them from coming up, or
+from being discovered.
+
+Four of these rogues were hanged. But Birkenhead was gratified with his
+freedom, and a reward of two hundred pounds sterling.
+
+§ 82. For the discovery and happy disappointment of this plot, an
+anniversary thanksgiving was appointed on the 13th of September, the day
+it was to have been put in execution. And it is great pity some other
+days are not commemorated as well as that.
+
+§ 83. The news of this plot being transmitted to king Charles the
+second, his majesty sent his royal commands to build a fort at
+Jamestown, for security of the governor, and to be a curb upon all such
+traitorous attempts for the future. But the country, thinking the danger
+over, only raised a battery of some small pieces of cannon.
+
+§ 84. Another misfortune happened to the plantations this year, which
+was a new act of parliament in England, laying a severer restraint upon
+their supplies than formerly. By this act they could have no foreign
+goods, which were not first landed in England, and carried directly from
+thence to the plantations, the former restraint of importing them only
+by Englishmen, in English built shipping, not being thought sufficient.
+
+This was a misfortune that cut with a double edge; for, first, it
+reduced their staple tobacco to a very low price; and, secondly, it
+raised the value of European goods to what the merchants pleased to put
+upon them.
+
+§ 85. For this their assembly could think of no remedy, but to be even
+with the merchants, and make their tobacco scarce by prohibiting the
+planting of it for one year; and during that idle year to invite the
+people to enter upon manufacturing flax and hemp. But Maryland not
+concurring in this project, they were obliged in their own defence to
+repeal the act of assembly again, and return to their old drudgery of
+planting tobacco without profiting by it.
+
+§ 86. The country thus missed of their remedy in the stint of tobacco,
+which on the contrary multiplied exceedingly by the great increase of
+servants. This, together with the above mentioned curbs on trade,
+exasperated the people, because now they found themselves under a
+necessity of exchanging their commodities with the merchants of England
+at their own terms. The assembly therefore again attempted the stint of
+tobacco, and passed another act against planting it for one year. And
+Carolina and Maryland both agreed to it. But some accident hindering the
+agent of Carolina from giving notice thereof to Maryland by the day
+appointed, the governor of that province proclaimed the act void,
+although every body there knew that Carolina had fully agreed to all
+things required of them. But he took advantage of this nice punctilio,
+because of the loss such a diminution would have been to his annual
+income, and so all people relapsed again into the disease of planting
+tobacco.
+
+Virginia was more nettled at this ill usage from Maryland, than at her
+former absolute denial; but were forced to take all patiently, and by
+fair means get relief, if they could. They therefore appointed agents to
+reassume the treaty, and submitted so low as to send them to Saint
+Mary's, then the residence of the governor of Maryland, and the place
+where the assemblies met. Yet all this condescension could not hold them
+to their bargain. The governor said he had observed his part of the
+agreement, and would not call an assembly any more upon that subject.
+
+§ 87. In this manner two whole years were spent, and nothing could be
+accomplished for their relief. In the mean while England was studious to
+prevent their receiving supplies from any other country. To do that more
+effectually, it was thought expedient to confine the trade of that
+colony to one place. But that not being found practicable, because of
+the many great rivers that divide their habitations, and the
+extraordinary conveniences of each, his majesty sent directions to build
+forts in the several rivers, and enjoined all the ships to ride under
+those forts; and farther ordered, that those places only should be the
+ports of trade.
+
+§ 88. This instruction was punctually observed for a year, and
+preparations were made for ports, by casting up breastworks in such
+places as the assembly appointed, and the shipping did for that time
+ride at those places. But the great fire and plague happening in London
+immediately upon it, made their supplies that year very uncertain, and
+the terror the people were in, lest the plague should be brought over
+with the ships from London, prevented them from residing at those ports,
+for fear of being all swept away at once. And so every body was left at
+liberty again.
+
+§ 89. Still no favor could be obtained for the tobacco trade, and the
+English merchants afforded but a bare support of clothing for their
+crops. The assembly were full enough of resentment, but overlooked their
+right way of redress. All they could do was to cause looms and
+workhouses to be set up in the several counties, at the county charge.
+They renewed the rewards of silk, and put great penalties upon every
+neglect of making flax and hemp. About this time they sustained some
+damage by the Dutch war; for which reason they ordered the forts to be
+rebuilt of brick. But having yet no true notion of the advantage of
+towns, they did not oblige the ships to ride under them. Which thing
+alone, well executed, would have answered all their desires.
+
+§ 90. Sir William Berkeley, who was always contriving and industrious
+for the good of the country, was not contented to set a useful example
+at home, by the essays he made of potash, flax, hemp, silk, &c., but was
+also resolved to make new discoveries abroad amongst the Indians.
+
+For this end he employed a small company of about fourteen English, and
+as many Indians, under the command of Captain Henry Batt, to go upon
+such an adventure. They set out together from Appomattox, and in seven
+days' march reached the foot of the mountains. The mountains they first
+arrived at, were not extraordinary high or steep; but, after they had
+passed the first ridge, they encountered others that seemed to reach the
+clouds, and were so perpendicular and full of precipices, that sometimes
+in a whole day's march, they could not travel three miles in a direct
+line. In other places they found large level plains and fine savannas,
+three or four miles wide, in which were an infinite quantity of turkies,
+deer, elks and buffaloes, so gentle and undisturbed that they had no
+fear at the appearance of the men, but would suffer them to come almost
+within reach of their hands. There they also found grapes so
+prodigiously large, that they seemed more like bullace than grapes. When
+they traversed these mountains, they came to a fine level country again,
+and discovered a rivulet that descended backwards. Down that stream they
+travelled several days, till they came to old fields and cabins, where
+the Indians had lately been, but were supposed to have fled at the
+approach of Batt and his company. However, the captain followed the old
+rule of leaving some toys in their cabins for them to find at their
+return, by which they might know they were friends. Near to these cabins
+were great marshes, where the Indians which Captain Batt had with him
+made a halt, and would positively proceed no farther. They said, that
+not far off from that place lived a nation of Indians, that made salt,
+and sold it to their neighbors. That this was a great and powerful
+people, which never suffered any strangers to return that had once
+discovered their towns. Captain Batt used all the arguments he could to
+get them forward, but in vain. And so, to please those timorous Indians,
+the hopes of this discovery were frustrated, and the detachment was
+forced to return. In this journey it is supposed that Batt never crossed
+the great ridge of mountains, but kept up under it to the southward. For
+of late years the Indian traders have discovered, on this side the
+mountains, about five hundred miles to the southward, a river they call
+Oukfuskie, full of broad sunken grounds and marshes, but falling into
+the bay or great gulf between cape Florida and the mouth of the
+Mississippi, which I suppose to be the river where Batt saw the Indian
+cabins and marshes, but is gone to from Virginia without ever piercing
+the high mountains, and only encountering the point of an elbow, which
+they make a little to the southward of Virginia.
+
+§ 91. Upon Captain Batt's report to Sir William Berkeley, he resolved to
+make a journey himself, that so there might be no hinderance for want of
+sufficient authority, as had been in the aforesaid expedition. To this
+end he concerted matters for it, and had pitched upon his deputy
+governor. The assembly also made an act to encourage it. But all these
+preparations came to nothing, by the confusion which happened there soon
+after by Bacon's rebellion. And since that, there has never been any
+such discovery attempted from Virginia, when Governor Spotswood found a
+passage over the great ridge of mountains, and went over them himself.
+
+§ 92. The occasion of this rebellion is not easy to be discovered: but
+'tis certain there were many things that concurred towards it. For it
+cannot be imagined, that upon the instigation of two or three traders
+only, who aimed at a monopoly of the Indian trade, as some pretend to
+say, the whole country would have fallen into so much distraction; in
+which people did not only hazard their necks by rebellion, but
+endeavored to ruin a governor, whom they all entirely loved, and had
+unanimously chosen; a gentleman who had devoted his whole life and
+estate to the service of the country, and against whom in thirty-five
+years experience there had never been one single complaint. Neither can
+it be supposed, that upon so slight grounds, they would make choice of a
+leader they hardly knew, to oppose a gentleman that had been so long and
+so deservedly the darling of the people. So that in all probability
+there was something else in the wind, without which the body of the
+country had never been engaged in that insurrection.
+
+Four things may be reckoned to have been the main ingredients towards
+this intestine commotion, viz., First, The extreme low price of tobacco,
+and the ill usage of the planters in the exchange of goods for it, which
+the country, with all their earnest endeavors, could not remedy.
+Secondly, The splitting the colony into proprieties, contrary to the
+original charters; and the extravagant taxes they were forced to
+undergo, to relieve themselves from those grants. Thirdly, The heavy
+restraints and burdens laid upon their trade by act of Parliament in
+England. Fourthly, The disturbance given by the Indians. Of all which in
+their order.
+
+§ 93. First, Of the low price of tobacco, and the disappointment of all
+sort of remedy, I have spoken sufficiently before. Secondly, Of
+splitting the country into proprieties.
+
+King Charles the Second, to gratify some nobles about him, made two
+great grants out of that country. These grants were not of the
+uncultivated wood land only, but also of plantations, which for many
+years had been seated and improved, under the encouragement of several
+charters granted by his royal ancestors to that colony. Those grants
+were distinguished by the names of the Northern and Southern grants of
+Virginia, and the same men were concerned in both. They were kept
+dormant some years after they were made, and in the year 1674 begun to
+be put in execution. As soon as ever the country came to know this, they
+remonstrated against them; and the assembly drew up an humble address to
+his majesty, complaining of the said grants, as derogatory to the
+previous charters and privileges granted to that colony, by his majesty
+and his royal progenitors. They sent to England Mr. Secretary Ludwell
+and Colonel Park, as their agents to address the king, to vacate those
+grants. And the better to defray that charge, they laid a tax of fifty
+pounds of tobacco per poll, for two years together, over and above all
+other taxes, which was an excessive burden. They likewise laid
+amercements of seventy, fifty, or thirty pounds of tobacco, as the cause
+was on every law case tried throughout the country. Besides all this,
+they applied the balance, remaining due upon account of the two shilling
+per hogshead, and fort duties, to this use. Which taxes and amercements
+fell heaviest on the poor people, the effect of whose labor would not
+clothe their wives and children. This made them desperately uneasy,
+especially when, after a whole year's patience under all these
+pressures, they had no encouragement from their agents in England, to
+hope for remedy; nor any certainty when they should be eased of those
+heavy impositions.
+
+§ 94. Thirdly, Upon the back of all these misfortunes came out the act
+of 25 Car. II. for better securing the plantation trade. By this act
+several duties were laid on the trade from one plantation to another.
+This was a new hardship, and the rather, because the revenue arising by
+this act was not applied to the use of the plantations wherein it was
+raised: but given clear away; nay, in that country it seemed to be of no
+other use, but to burden the trade, or create a good income to the
+officers; for the collector had half, the comptroller a quarter, and the
+remaining quarter was subdivided into salaries, till it was lost.
+
+By the same act also very great duties were laid on the fisheries of the
+plantations, if manufactured by the English inhabitants there; while the
+people of England were absolutely free from all customs. Nay, though the
+oil, blubber and whale bone, which were made by the inhabitants of the
+plantations, were carried to England by Englishmen, and in English built
+ships, yet it was held to a considerable duty, more than the inhabitants
+of England paid.
+
+§ 95. These were the afflictions that country labored under when the
+fourth accident happened, viz., the disturbance offered by the Indians
+to the frontiers.
+
+This was occasioned, first, by the Indians on the head of the bay.
+Secondly, by the Indians on their own frontiers.
+
+First. The Indians at the head of the bay drove a constant trade with
+the Dutch in Monadas, now called New York; and to carry on this, they
+used to come every year by the frontiers of Virginia, to hunt and
+purchase skins and furs of the Indians to the southward. This trade was
+carried on peaceably while the Dutch held Monadas; and the Indians used
+to call on the English in Virginia on their return, to whom they would
+sell part of their furs, and with the rest go on to Monadas. But after
+the English came to possess that place, and understood the advantages
+the Virginians made by the trade of their Indians, they inspired them
+with such a hatred to the inhabitants of Virginia that, instead of
+coming peaceably to trade with them, as they had done for several years
+before, they afterwards never came, but only to commit robberies and
+murders upon the people.
+
+Secondly. The Indians upon their own frontiers were likewise inspired
+with ill thoughts of them. For their Indian merchants had lost a
+considerable branch of their trade they knew not how; and apprehended
+the consequences of Sir William Berkeley's intended discoveries,
+(espoused by the assembly,) might take away the remaining part of their
+profit. This made them very troublesome to the neighbor Indians; who on
+their part, observing an unusual uneasiness in the English, and being
+terrified by their rough usage, immediately suspected some wicked design
+against their lives, and so fled to their remoter habitations. This
+confirmed the English in the belief, that they had been the murderers,
+till at last they provoked them to be so in earnest.
+
+§ 96. This addition of mischief to minds already full of discontent,
+made people ready to vent all their resentment against the poor Indians.
+There was nothing to be got by tobacco; neither could they turn any
+other manufacture to advantage; so that most of the poorer sort were
+willing to quit their unprofitable employments, and go volunteers
+against the Indians.
+
+At first they flocked together tumultuously, running in troops from one
+plantation to another without a head, till at last the seditious humor
+of Colonel Nath. Bacon led him to be of the party. This gentleman had
+been brought up at one of the Inns of court in England, and had a
+moderate fortune. He was young, bold, active, of an inviting aspect, and
+powerful elocution. In a word, he was every way qualified to head a
+giddy and unthinking multitude. Before he had been three years in the
+country, he was, for his extraordinary qualifications, made one of the
+council, and in great honor and esteem among the people. For this reason
+he no sooner gave countenance to this riotous mob, but they all
+presently fixed their eyes upon him for their general, and accordingly
+made their addresses to him. As soon as he found this, he harangued them
+publicly. He aggravated the Indian mischiefs, complaining that they were
+occasioned for want of a due regulation of their trade. He recounted
+particularly the other grievances and pressures they lay under, and
+pretended that he accepted of their command with no other intention but
+to do them and the country service, in which he was willing to encounter
+the greatest difficulties and dangers. He farther assured them he would
+never lay down his arms till he had revenged their sufferings upon the
+Indians, and redressed all their other grievances.
+
+§ 97. By these insinuations he wrought his men into so perfect an
+unanimity, that they were one and all at his devotion. He took care to
+exasperate them to the utmost, by representing all their misfortunes.
+After he had begun to muster them, he dispatched a messenger to the
+governor, by whom he aggravated the mischiefs done by the Indians, and
+desired a commission of general to go out against them. This gentleman
+was in so great esteem at that time with the council, that the governor
+did not think fit to give him a flat refusal; but sent him word he would
+consult the council, and return him a farther answer.
+
+§ 98. In the mean time Bacon was expeditious in his preparations, and
+having all things in readiness, began his march, depending on the
+authority the people had given him. He would not lose so much time as to
+stay for his commission; but dispatched several messengers to the
+governor to hasten it. On the other hand, the governor, instead of a
+commission, sent positive orders to him to disperse his men and come
+down in person to him, upon pain of being declared a rebel.
+
+§ 99. This unexpected order was a great surprise to Bacon, and not a
+little trouble to his men. However, he was resolved to prosecute his
+first intentions, depending upon his strength and interest with the
+people. Nevertheless, he intended to wait upon the governor, but not
+altogether defenceless. Pursuant to this resolution, he took about forty
+of his men down with him in a sloop to Jamestown, where the governor was
+with his council.
+
+§ 100. Matters did not succeed there to Mr. Bacon's satisfaction,
+wherefore he expressed himself a little too freely. For which, being
+suspended from the council, he went away again in a huff with his sloop
+and followers. The governor filled a long boat with men, and pursued the
+sloop so close, that Colonel Bacon moved into his boat to make more
+haste. But the governor had sent up by land to the ships at Sandy Point,
+where he was stopped and sent down again. Upon his return he was kindly
+received by the governor, who, knowing he had gone a step beyond his
+instructions in having suspended him, was glad to admit him again of the
+council; after which he hoped all things might be pacified.
+
+§ 101. Notwithstanding this; Colonel Bacon still insisted upon a
+commission to be general of the volunteers, and to go out against the
+Indians; from which the governor endeavored to dissuade him, but to no
+purpose, because he had some secret project in view. He had the luck to
+be countenanced in his importunities, by the news of fresh murder and
+robberies committed by the Indians. However, not being able to
+accomplish his ends by fair means, he stole privately out of town; and
+having put himself at the head of six hundred volunteers, marched
+directly to Jamestown, where the assembly was then sitting. He presented
+himself before the assembly, and drew up his men in battalia before the
+house wherein they sat. He urged to them his preparations; and alledged
+that if the commission had not been delayed so long, the war against the
+Indians might have been finished.
+
+§ 102. The governor resented this insolent usage worst of all, and now
+obstinately refused to grant him anything, offering his naked breast
+against the presented arms of his followers. But the assembly, fearing
+the fatal consequences of provoking a discontented multitude ready
+armed, who had the governor, council and assembly entirely in their
+power, addressed the governor to grant Bacon his request. They prepared
+themselves the commission, constituting him general of the forces of
+Virginia, and brought it to the governor to be signed.
+
+With much reluctancy the governor signed it, and thereby put the power
+of war and peace into Bacon's hands. Upon this he marched away
+immediately, having gained his end, which was in effect a power to
+secure a monopoly of the Indian trade to himself and his friends.
+
+§ 103. As soon as General Bacon had marched to such a convenient
+distance from Jamestown that the assembly thought they might deliberate
+with safety, the governor, by their advice, issued a proclamation of
+rebellion against him, commanding his followers to surrender him, and
+forthwith disperse themselves, giving orders at the same time for
+raising the militia of the country against him.
+
+§ 104. The people being much exasperated, and General Bacon by his
+address and eloquence having gained an absolute dominion over their
+hearts, they unanimously resolved that not a hair of his head should be
+touched, much less that they should surrender him as a rebel. Therefore
+they kept to their arms, and instead of proceeding against the Indians
+they marched back to Jamestown, directing their fury against such of
+their friends and countrymen as should dare to oppose them.
+
+§ 105. The governor seeing this, fled over the bay to Accomac, whither
+he hoped the infection of Bacon's conspiracy had not reached. But
+there, instead of that people's receiving him with open arms, in
+remembrance of the former services he had done them, they began to make
+terms with him for redress of their grievances, and for the ease and
+liberty of trade against the acts of parliament. Thus Sir William, who
+had been almost the idol of the people, was, by reason of their calamity
+and jealousy, abandoned by all, except some few, who went over to him
+from the western shore in sloops and boats, among which one Major Robert
+Beverley was the most active and successful commander; so that it was
+sometime before he could make head against Bacon, but left him to range
+through the country at discretion.
+
+§ 106. General Bacon at first held a convention, of such of the chief
+gentlemen of the country as would come to him, especially of those about
+Middle Plantation, who were near at hand. At this convention they made a
+declaration to justify his unlawful proceedings, and obliged people to
+take an oath of obedience to him as their general. Then, by their
+advice, on pretence of the governor's abdication, he called an assembly,
+by writs signed by himself and four others of the council.
+
+The oath was word for word as follows:
+
+ "Whereas the country hath raised an army against our common enemy
+ the Indians, and the same under the command of General Bacon,
+ being upon the point to march forth against the said common enemy,
+ hath been diverted and necessitated to move to the suppressing of
+ forces, by evil disposed persons raised against the said General
+ Bacon, purposely to foment and stir up civil war among us, to the
+ ruin of this his majesty's country. And whereas it is notoriously
+ manifest, that Sir William Berkeley, knight, governor of the
+ country, assisted, counselled and abetted by those evil disposed
+ persons aforesaid, hath not only commanded, fomented and stirred
+ up the people to the said civil war, but failing therein, hath
+ withdrawn himself, to the great astonishment of the people, and
+ the unsettlement of the country. And whereas the said army,
+ raised by the country for the causes aforesaid, remain full of
+ dissatisfaction in the middle of the country, expecting attempts
+ from the said governor and the evil counsellers aforesaid. And
+ since no proper means have been found out for the settlement of
+ the distractions, and preventing the horrid outrages and murders
+ daily committed in many places of the country by the barbarous
+ enemy, it hath been thought fit by the said general, to call unto
+ him all such sober and discreet gentlemen as the present
+ circumstances of the country will admit, to the Middle Plantation,
+ to consult and advise of re-establishing the peace of the country.
+ So we, the said gentlemen, being this third of August, 1676,
+ accordingly met, do advise, resolve, declare and conclude, and for
+ ourselves do swear in manner following:
+
+ 1st. That we will at all times join with the said general Bacon
+ and his army, against the common enemy in all points whatsoever.
+
+ 2nd. That whereas certain persons have lately contrived and
+ designed the raising forces against the said general, and the army
+ under his command, thereby to beget a civil war, we will endeavor
+ the discovery and apprehending of all and every of those evil
+ disposed persons, and them secure, until farther order from the
+ general.
+
+ 3rd. And whereas it is credibly reported, that the governor hath
+ informed the king's majesty that the said general, and the people
+ of the country in arms under his command, their aiders and
+ abettors, are rebellious, and removed from their allegiance; and
+ that upon such like information, he, the said governor, hath
+ advised and petitioned the king to send forces to reduce them, we
+ do farther declare and believe in our consciences, that it
+ consists with the welfare of this country, and with our allegiance
+ to his most sacred majesty, that we, the inhabitants of Virginia,
+ to the utmost of our power, do oppose and suppress all forces
+ whatsoever of that nature, until such time as the king be fully
+ informed of the state of the case, by such person or persons as
+ shall be sent from the said Nathaniel Bacon, in the behalf of the
+ people, and the determination thereof be remitted hither. And we
+ do swear, that we will him, the said general, and the army under
+ his command, aid and assist accordingly."
+
+§ 108. By this time the governor had got together a small party to side
+with him. These he furnished with sloops, arms and ammunition, under
+command of Major Robert Beverley, in order to cross the bay and oppose
+the malcontents. By this means there happened some skirmishes, in which
+several were killed, and others taken prisoners. Thus they were going on
+by a civil war to destroy one another, and lay waste their infant
+country, when it pleased God, after some months' confusion, to put an
+end to their misfortunes, as well as to Bacon's designs, by his natural
+death. He died at Dr. Green's in Gloucester county. But where he was
+buried was never yet discovered, though afterward there was great
+inquiry made, with design to expose his bones to public infamy.
+
+§ 109. In the meanwhile those disorders occasioned a general neglect of
+husbandry, and a great destruction of the stocks of cattle, so that
+people had a dreadful prospect of want and famine. But the malcontents
+being thus disunited by the loss of their general, in whom they all
+confided, they began to squabble among themselves, and every man's
+business was, how to make the best terms he could for himself.
+
+Lieutenant General Ingram, (whose true name was Johnson) and Major
+General Walklate, surrendered, on condition of pardon for themselves and
+their followers, though they were both forced to submit to an incapacity
+of bearing office in that country for the future.
+
+Peace being thus restored, Sir William Berkeley returned to his former
+seat of government, and every man to his several habitation.
+
+§ 110. While this intestine war was fomenting there, the agents of the
+country in England could not succeed in their remonstrance against the
+propriety grants, though they were told that those grants should be
+revoked. But the news of their civil war reaching England about the same
+time, the king would then proceed no farther in that matter. So the
+agents thought it their best way to compound with the proprietors.
+Accordingly they agreed with them for four hundred pounds a man, which
+was paid. And so all the clamor against those grants ended; neither was
+any more heard from them there till above a dozen years afterwards.
+
+§ 111. But all those agents could obtain after their composition with
+the lords, was merely the name of a new charter, granting only so much
+of their former constitution as mentioned a residence of the governor or
+deputy; a granting of escheat lands for two pounds of tobacco per acre,
+composition; and that the lands should be held of the crown in the same
+tenure as East Greenwich, that is, free and common soccage, and have
+their immediate dependence on the crown.
+
+§ 112. When this storm, occasioned by Bacon, was blown over, and all
+things quiet again, Sir William Berkeley called an assembly, for
+settling the affairs of the country, and for making reparation to such
+as had been oppressed. After which a regiment of soldiers arrived from
+England, which were sent to suppress the insurrection; but they, coming
+after the business was over, had no occasion to exercise their courage.
+However, they were kept on foot there about three years after, and in
+the Lord Colepepper's time, paid off and disbanded.
+
+§ 113. The confusion occasioned by the civil war, and the advantage the
+Indians made of it in butchering the English upon all their frontiers,
+caused such a desolation, and put the country so far back, that to the
+year 1704 they had seated very little beyond the boundaries that were
+then inhabited. At that time Jamestown was again burnt down to the
+ground by Richard Laurence, one of Bacon's captains, who, when his own
+men, that abhorred such barbarity, refused to obey his command, he
+himself became the executioner, and fired the houses with his own
+hands. This unhappy town did never after arrive to the perfection it
+then had: and now it is almost deserted by removing in Governor
+Nicholson's time the assembly and general court from thence to
+Williamsburg, an inland place about seven miles from it.
+
+§ 114. With the regiment above mentioned arrived commissioners, to
+enquire into the occasion and authors of this rebellion; and Sir William
+Berkeley came to England: where from the time of his arrival, his
+sickness obliged him to keep his chamber till he died; so that he had no
+opportunity of kissing the king's hand. But his majesty declared himself
+well satisfied with his conduct in Virginia, and was very kind to him
+during his sickness, often enquiring after his health, and commanding
+him not to hazard it by too early an endeavor to come to court.
+
+§ 115. Upon Sir William Berkeley's voyage to England, Herbert Jeffreys,
+Esq., was appointed governor. He made formal articles of peace with the
+Indians, and held an assembly at Middle Plantation, wherein they settled
+and allowed a free trade with the Indians; but restrained it to certain
+marts, to which the Indians should bring their commodities: and this
+also to be under such certain rules as were by that assembly directed.
+But this method was not agreeable to the Indians, who had never before
+been under any regulation. They thought, that if all former usages were
+not restored, the peace was not perfect; and therefore did not much rely
+upon it, which made those new restrictions useless.
+
+Governor Jeffreys his time was very short there, he being taken off by
+death the year following.
+
+§ 116. After him Sir Henry Chicheley was made deputy governor, in the
+latter end of the year 1678. In his time the assembly, for the greater
+terror of the Indians, built magazines at the heads of the four great
+rivers, and furnished them with arms, ammunition and men in constant
+service.
+
+This assembly also prohibited the importation of tobacco, which
+Carolina, and sometimes Maryland, were wont to send thither, in order to
+its being shipped off for England. But in that, I think, Virginia
+mistook her interest. For, had they permitted this custom to become
+habitual, and thus engrossed the shipping, as would soon have happened,
+they could easily have regulated the trade of tobacco at any time,
+without the concurrence of those other colonies, and without submitting
+to their perverse humors as formerly.
+
+§ 117. The spring following, Thomas Lord Colepepper arrived there
+governor, and carried with him some laws, which had been drawn up in
+England, to be enacted in their assembly. And coming with the advantage
+of restoring peace to a troubled nation, it was not difficult for him to
+obtain whatever he pleased from the people. His influence too was the
+greater by the power he had of pardoning those who had a hand in the
+disorders committed in the late rebellion.
+
+§ 118. In his first assembly he passed several acts very obliging to the
+country, viz., First, an act of naturalization, whereby the power of
+naturalizing foreigners was placed in the governor. Secondly, an act for
+cohabitation and encouragement of trade and manufactures; whereby a
+certain place in each county was appointed for a town, in which all
+goods imported and exported were to be landed and shipped off, bought
+and sold. Which act was kindly brought to nothing by the opposition of
+the tobacco merchants of England. Thirdly, an act of general pardon and
+oblivion, whereby all the transgressions and outrages committed in the
+time of the late rebellion were entirely remitted; and reparation
+allowed to people that should be evil spoken of on that account.
+
+§ 119. By passing some laws that obliged the country, the Lord
+Colepepper carried one that was very pleasing to himself, viz., the act
+for raising a public revenue for the better support of the government.
+By this he got the duties contained therein to be made perpetual; and
+that the money, which before used to be accounted for to the assembly,
+should be from thenceforth disposed of by his majesty's sole direction,
+for the support of the government. When this was done, he obtained of
+the king out of the said duties a salary of two thousand pounds per
+annum, instead of one thousand, which was formerly allowed. Also one
+hundred and sixty pounds per annum for house rent, besides all the usual
+perquisites.
+
+§ 120. In those submissive times his lordship reduced the greatest
+perquisite of his place to a certainty, which before that was only
+gratuitous; that is, instead of the masters of ships making presents of
+liquors or provisions towards the governor's house keeping, as they were
+wont to do, he demanded a certain sum of money, remitting that custom.
+This rate has ever since been demanded of all commanders as a duty; and
+is twenty shillings for each ship or vessel, under an hundred tons, and
+thirty shillings for each ship upwards of that burden, to be paid every
+voyage, or port clearing.
+
+§ 121. This noble lord seemed to lament the unhappy state of the country
+in relation to their coin. He was tenderly concerned that all their cash
+should be drained away by the neighboring colonies, which had not set so
+low an estimate upon it as Virginia; and therefore he proposed the
+raising of it.
+
+This was what the country had formerly desired, and the assembly was
+about making a law for it: but his lordship stopped them, alledging it
+was the king's prerogative, by virtue of which he would do it by
+proclamation. This they did not approve of, well knowing, if that were
+the case, his lordship and every other governor would at any time have
+the same prerogative of altering it, and so people should never be at
+any certainty; as they quickly after found from his own practice. For
+his drift was only to make advantage of paying the soldiers; money for
+that purpose being put into his lordship's hands, he provided light
+pieces of eight, which he with this view had bought at a cheap rate.
+When this contrivance was ripe for execution, he extended the royal
+prerogative, and issued forth a proclamation for raising the value of
+pieces of eight from five to six shillings; and as soon as they were
+admitted current at that value, he produced an order for paying and
+disbanding the soldiers. Then those poor fellows, and such as had
+maintained them, were forced to take their pay in those light pieces of
+eight, at six shillings. But his lordship soon after himself found the
+inconvenience of that proclamation; for people began to pay their
+duties, and their ship money in coin of that high estimate, which was
+like to cut short both his lordship's perquisites; and so he was forced
+to make use of the same prerogative, to reduce the money again to its
+former standard.
+
+§ 122. In less than a year the Lord Colepepper returned to England,
+leaving Sir Henry Chicheley deputy governor.
+
+The country being then settled again, made too much tobacco, or too much
+trash tobacco, for the market; and the merchants would hardly allow the
+planter any thing for it.
+
+This occasioned much uneasiness again, and the people, from former
+experience, despairing of succeeding in any agreement with the
+neighboring governments, resolved a total destruction of the tobacco in
+that country, especially of the sweet scented; because that was planted
+no where else. In pursuance of which design, they contrived that all the
+plants should be destroyed, while they were yet in the beds, and after
+it was too late to sow more.
+
+Accordingly the ringleaders in this project began with their own first,
+and then went to cut up the plants of such of their neighbors as were
+not willing to do it themselves. However, they had not resolution enough
+to go through with their work.
+
+This was adjudged sedition and felony. Several people were committed
+upon it, and some condemned to be hanged. And afterwards the assembly
+passed a law to make such proceedings felony for the future, (whatever
+it was before,) provided the company kept together after warning by a
+justice.
+
+§ 123. After this accident of plant cutting, the Lord Colepepper
+returned, and held his second assembly, in which he contrived to gain
+another great advantage over the country. His lordship, in his first
+voyage thither, perceiving how easily he could twist and manage the
+people, conceived new hopes of retrieving the propriety of the Northern
+Neck, as being so small a part of the colony. He conceived that while
+the remainder escaped free, which was far the greater part, they would
+not engage in the interest of the lesser number; especially considering
+the discouragements they had met with before, in their former
+solicitation: though all this while, and for many years afterwards, his
+lordship did not pretend to lay public claim to any part of the
+propriety.
+
+It did not square with this project that appeals should be made to the
+general assembly, as till then had been the custom. He feared the
+burgesses would be too much in the interest of their countrymen, and
+adjudge the inhabitants of the Northern Neck to have an equal liberty
+and privilege in their estates with the rest of Virginia, as being
+settled upon the same foot. In order therefore to make a better
+pennyworth of those poor people, he studied to overturn this odious
+method of appealing to the assembly, and to fix the last resort in
+another court.
+
+To bring this point about, his lordship contrived to blow up a
+difference in the assembly between the council and the burgesses,
+privately encouraging the burgesses to insist upon the privilege of
+determining all appeals by themselves, exclusive of the council; because
+they, having given their opinions before in the general court, were, for
+that reason, unfit judges in appeals from themselves to the assembly.
+This succeeded according to his wish, and the burgesses bit at the bait,
+under the notion of privilege, never dreaming of the snake that lay in
+the grass, nor considering the danger of altering an old constitution so
+abruptly. Thus my lord gained his end; for he represented that quarrel
+with so many aggravations, that he got an instruction from the king to
+take away all appeals from the general court to the assembly, and cause
+them to be made to himself in council, if the thing in demand was of
+£300 value, otherwise no appeal from the general court.
+
+§ 124. Of this his lordship made sufficient advantage; for in the
+confusion that happened in the end of king James the Second's reign,
+viz., in October 1688, he having got an assignment from the other
+patentees, gained a favorable report from the king's council at law upon
+his patent for the Northern Neck.
+
+When he had succeeded in this, his lordship's next step was to engage
+some noted inhabitant of the place to be on his side. Accordingly he
+made use of his cousin Secretary Spencer, who lived in the said Neck,
+and was esteemed as wise and great a man as any of the council. This
+gentleman did but little in his lordship's service, and only gained some
+few strays, that used to be claimed by the coroner, in behalf of the
+king.
+
+Upon the death of Mr. Secretary Spencer, he engaged another noted
+gentleman, an old stander in that country, though not of the Northern
+Neck, Col. Philip Ludwell, who was then in England. He went over with
+this grant in the year 1690, and set up an office in the Neck, claiming
+some escheats; but he likewise could make nothing of it. After him Col.
+George Brent and Col. William Fitzhugh, that were noted lawyers and
+inhabitants of the said Neck, were employed in that affair: but
+succeeded no better than their predecessors. The people, in the mean
+while, complained frequently to their assemblies, who at last made
+another address to the king; but there being no agent in England to
+prosecute it, that likewise miscarried. At last Colonel Richard Lee, one
+of the council, a man of note and inhabitant of the Northern Neck,
+privately made a composition with the proprietors themselves for his own
+land. This broke the ice, and several were induced to follow so great an
+example; so that by degrees, they were generally brought to pay their
+quit-rents into the hands of the proprietors' agents. And now at last it
+is managed for them by Col. Robert Carter, another of the council, and
+the greatest freeholder in that proprietary.
+
+§ 125. To return to my Lord Colepepper's government, I cannot omit a
+useful thing which his lordship was pleased to do, with relation to
+their courts of justice. It seems, nicety of pleading, with all the
+juggle of Westminster Hall, was creeping into their courts. The clerks
+began in some cases to enter the reasons with the judgments, pretending
+to set precedents of inviolable form to be observed in all future
+proceedings. This my lord found fault with, and retrenched all dilatory
+pleas, as prejudicial to justice, keeping the courts close to the merits
+of the cause, in order to bring it to a speedy determination, according
+to the innocence of former times, and caused the judgments to be entered
+up short, without the reason, alledging that their courts were not of so
+great experience as to be able to make precedents to posterity; who
+ought to be left at liberty to determine, according to the equity of the
+controversy before them.
+
+§ 126. In his time also were dismantled the forts built by Sir Henry
+Chicheley at the heads of the rivers, and the forces there were
+disbanded, as being too great a charge. The assembly appointed small
+parties of light horse in their stead, to range by turns upon the
+frontiers. These being chosen out of the neighboring inhabitants, might
+afford to serve at easier rates, and yet do the business more
+effectually; they were raised under the title or name of rangers.
+
+§ 127. After this the Lord Colepepper returned again for England, his
+second stay not being much longer than the first; and Sir Henry
+Chicheley being dead, he proclaimed his kinsman, Mr. Secretary Spencer,
+president, though he was not the eldest member of the council.
+
+§ 128. The next year, being 1684, upon the Lord Colepepper's refusing to
+return, Francis, Lord Howard of Effingham, was sent over governor. In
+order to increase his perquisites, he imposed the charge of an annual
+under seal of twenty shillings each for school masters; five pounds for
+lawyers at the general court, and fifty shillings each lawyer at the
+county courts. He also extorted an excessive fee for putting the seal to
+all probates of wills, and letters of administration, even where the
+estates of the deceased were of the meanest value. Neither could any be
+favored with such administration, or probate, without paying that
+extortion. If any body presumed to remonstrate against it, his
+lordship's behavior towards that man was very severe. He kept several
+persons in prison and under confinement, from court to court, without
+bringing them to trial. Which proceedings, and many others, were so
+oppressive, that complaints were made thereof to the king, and Colonel
+Philip Ludwell was appointed agent to appear against him in England.
+Whereupon the seal-money was taken off.
+
+§ 129. During the first session of assembly in this noble lord's time,
+the duty on liquors imported from the other English plantations, was
+first imposed. It was then laid, on pretence of lessening the levy by
+the poll, for payment of public taxes; but more especially for
+rebuilding the State house, which had not been rebuilt since Laurence
+burnt it in Bacon's time.
+
+This duty was at first laid on wine and rum only, at the rate of three
+pence per gallon, with an exemption of all such as should be imported in
+the ships of Virginia owners. But the like duty has since been laid on
+other liquors also, and is raised to four pence per gallon on wine and
+rum, and one penny per gallon on beer, cider, lime-juice, &c.; and the
+privilege of Virginia owners taken away, to the great discouragement of
+their shipping and home trade.
+
+§ 130. This lord, though he pretended to no great skill in legal
+proceedings, yet he made great innovations in their courts, pretending
+to follow the English forms. Thus he created a new court of chancery
+distinct from the general court, who had ever before claimed that
+jurisdiction. He erected himself into a lord chancellor, taking the
+gentlemen of the council to sit with him as mere associates and
+advisers, not having any vote in the causes before them. And that it
+might have more the air of a new court, he would not so much as sit in
+the State house, where all the other public business was dispatched, but
+took the dining-room of a large house for that use. He likewise made
+arbitrary tables of fees, peculiar to this high court. However, his
+lordship not beginning this project very long before he left the
+country, all these innovations came to an end upon his removal, and the
+jurisdiction returned to the general court again, in the time of Colonel
+Nathaniel Bacon, whom he left president.
+
+§ 131. During that gentleman's presidency, which began Anno 1689, the
+project of a college was first agreed upon. The contrivers drew up their
+scheme, and presented it to the president and council. This was by them
+approved, and referred to the next assembly. But Colonel Bacon's
+administration being very short, and no assembly called all the while,
+this pious design could proceed no farther.
+
+§ 132. Anno 1690, Francis Nicholson, esq., being appointed lieutenant
+governor under the Lord Effingham, arrived there. This gentleman
+discoursed freely of country improvements, instituted public exercises,
+and gave prizes to all those that should excel in the exercises of
+riding, running, shooting, wrestling, and cudgeling. When the design of
+a college was communicated to him, he promised it all imaginable
+encouragement. The first thing desired of him in its behalf, was the
+calling of an assembly, but this he could by no means agree to, being
+under obligations to the Lord Effingham to stave off assemblies as long
+he could, for fear there might be farther representations sent over
+against his lordship, who was conscious to himself how uneasy the
+country had been under his despotic administration.
+
+§ 133. When that could not be obtained, then they proposed that a
+subscription might pass through the colony, to try the humor of the
+people in general, and see what voluntary contributions they could get
+towards it. This he granted, and he himself, together with the council,
+set a generous example to the other gentlemen of the country, so that
+the subscriptions at last amounted to about two thousand five hundred
+pounds, in which sum is included the generous benevolences of several
+merchants of London.
+
+§ 134. Anno 1691, an assembly being called, this design was moved to
+them, and they espoused it heartily; and soon after made an address to
+king William and queen Mary in its behalf, and sent the Rev. Mr. James
+Blair their agent to England to solicit their majesties charter for it.
+
+It was proposed that three things should be taught in this college,
+viz., languages, divinity, and natural philosophy.
+
+The assembly was so fond of Governor Nicholson at that time, that they
+presented him with the sum of three hundred pounds, as a testimony of
+their good disposition towards him. But he having an instruction to
+receive no present from the country, they drew up an address to their
+majesties, praying that he might have leave to accept it, which was
+granted, and he gave one half thereof to the college.
+
+§ 135. Their majesties were well pleased with that pious design of the
+plantation, and granted a charter, according to the desire of Mr. Blair
+their agent.
+
+Their majesties were graciously pleased to give near two thousand pounds
+sterling, the balance then due upon the account of quit-rents, towards
+the founding the college; and towards the endowing of it, they allowed
+twenty thousand acres of choice land, together with the revenue arising
+by the penny per pound on tobacco exported from Virginia and Maryland to
+the other plantations.
+
+It was a great satisfaction to the archbishops and bishops, to see such
+a nursery of religion founded in that new world, especially for that it
+was begun in an episcopal way, and carried on wholly by zealous
+conformists to the Church of England.
+
+§ 136. In this first assembly, Lieutenant Governor Nicholson passed acts
+for encouragement of the linen manufacture, and to promote the leather
+trade by tanning, currying, and shoe making. He also in that session
+passed a law for cohabitation, and improvement of trade.
+
+Before the next assembly he tacked about, and was quite the reverse of
+what he was in the first, as to cohabitation. Instead of encouraging
+ports and towns, he spread abroad his dislike of them; and went among
+the people finding fault with those things which he and the assembly had
+unanimously agreed upon the preceding session. Such a violent change
+there was in him, that it proceeded from some other cause than barely
+the inconstancy of his temper. He had received directions from those
+English merchants, who well knew that cohabitation would lessen their
+consigned trade.
+
+§ 137. In February, 1692, Sir Edmund Andros arrived governor. He began
+his government with an assembly, which overthrew the good design of
+ports and towns; but the groundwork of this proceeding was laid before
+Sir Edmund's arrival. However this assembly proceeded no farther than to
+suspend the law till their majesties' pleasure should be known. But it
+seems the merchants in London were dissatisfied, and made public
+complaints against it, which their majesties were pleased to hear; and
+afterwards referred the law back to the assembly again, to consider if
+it were suitable to the circumstances of the country, and to regulate it
+accordingly. But the assembly did not then proceed any farther in it,
+the people themselves being infected by the merchants' letters.
+
+§ 138. At this session Mr. Neal's project for a post-office, and his
+patent of post-master-general in those parts of America, were presented.
+The assembly made an act to promote that design; but by reason of the
+inconvenient distance of their habitations, and want of towns, this
+project fell to nothing.
+
+§ 139. With Sir Edmund Andros, was sent over the college charter; and
+the subsequent assembly declared, that the subscriptions which had been
+made to the college were due, and immediately demandable. They likewise
+gave a duty on the exportation of skins and furs, for its more
+plentiful endowment, and the foundation of the college was laid.
+
+The subscription money did not come in with the same readiness with
+which it had been underwritten. However there was enough given by their
+majesties, and gathered from the people, to keep all hands at work and
+carry on the building, the foundation whereof they then laid; and the
+rest, upon suit, had judgment given against them.
+
+§ 140. Sir Edmund Andros was a great encourager of manufactures. In his
+time fulling-mills were set up by act of assembly. He also gave
+particular marks of his favor towards the propagating of cotton, which
+since his time has been much neglected. He was likewise a great lover of
+method and dispatch in all sorts of business, which made him find fault
+with the management of the secretary's office. And, indeed, with very
+good reason; for from the time of Bacon's rebellion till then, there
+never was any office in the world more negligently kept. Several patents
+of land were entered blank upon record; many original patents, records
+and deeds of land, with other matters of great consequence, were thrown
+loose about the office, and suffered to be dirtied, torn, and eaten by
+the moths and other insects. But upon this gentleman's accession to the
+government, he immediately gave directions to reform all these
+irregularities; he caused the loose and torn records of value to be
+transcribed into new books, and ordered conveniences to be built within
+the office for preserving the records from being lost and confounded as
+before. He prescribed methods to keep the papers dry and clean, and to
+reduce them into such order, as that any thing might be turned to
+immediately. But all these conveniences were burnt soon after they were
+finished, in October 1698, together with the office itself, and the
+whole State House. But his diligence was so great in that affair, that
+though his stay afterward in the country was very short, yet he caused
+all the records and papers which had been saved from the fire to be
+sorted again and registered in order, and indeed in much better order
+than ever they had been before. In this condition he left them at his
+quitting the government.
+
+He made several offers to rebuild the State House in the same place; and
+had his government continued but six months longer, 'tis probable he
+would have effected it after such a manner as might have been least
+burthensome to the people, designing the greatest part at his own cost.
+
+§ 141. Sir Edmund Andros being upon a progress one summer, called at a
+poor man's house in Stafford county for water. There came out to him an
+ancient woman, and with her a lively brisk lad about twelve years old.
+The lad was so ruddy and fair that his complexion gave the governor a
+curiosity to ask some questions concerning him; and to his great
+surprise was told that he was the son of that woman at 76 years of age.
+His excellency, smiling at this improbability, enquired what sort of man
+had been his father? To this the good woman made no reply, but instantly
+ran and led her husband to the door, who was then above 100 years old.
+He confirmed all that the woman had said about the lad, and,
+notwithstanding his great age, was strong in his limbs and voice; but
+had lost his sight. The woman for her part was without complaint, and
+seemed to retain a vigor very uncommon at her years. Sir Edmund was so
+well pleased with this extraordinary account, that, after having made
+himself known to them, he offered to take care of the lad; but they
+would by no means be persuaded to part with him. However, he gave them
+20 pounds.
+
+§ 142. In November 1698, Francis Nicholson, Esq., was removed from
+Maryland, to be governor of Virginia. But he went not then with that
+smoothness on his brow he had carried with him when he was appointed
+lieutenant-governor. He talked then no more of improving of
+manufactures, towns and trade. But instead of encouraging the
+manufactures, he sent over inhuman memorials against them, opposite to
+all reason. In one of these, he remonstrates, "that the tobacco of that
+country often bears so low a price, that it would not yield clothes to
+the people that make it;" and yet presently after, in the same memorial,
+he recommends it to the parliament "to pass an act, forbidding the
+plantations to make their own clothing;" which, in other words, is
+desiring a charitable law, that the planters shall go naked. In a late
+memorial concerted between him and his creature Col. Quarrey, 'tis most
+humbly proposed, "that all the English colonies on the continent of
+North America be reduced under one government, and under one Viceroy;
+and that a standing army be there kept on foot to subdue the queen's
+enemies;" surmising that they were intending to set up for themselves.
+
+§ 143. He began his government with a shew of zeal for the church. In
+the latter end of his time, one half of the intended building, that is
+two sides of the square, was carried up and finished, in which were
+allotted the public hall, the apartments and conveniences for several
+masters and scholars, and the public offices for the domestics: the
+masters and scholars were also settled in it, and it had its regular
+visitations from the visitors and governors thereof.
+
+§ 144. Soon after his accession to the government, he procured the
+assembly and courts of judicature to be removed from Jamestown, where
+there were good accommodations for people, to Middle Plantation, where
+there were none. There he flattered himself with the fond imagination of
+being the founder of a new city. He marked out the streets in many
+places so as that they might represent the figure of a W, in memory of
+his late majesty King William, after whose name the town was called
+Williamsburg. There he procured a stately fabric to be erected, which he
+placed opposite to the college, and graced it with the magnificent name
+of the capitol.
+
+§ 145. In the second year of this gentleman's government, there happened
+an adventure very fortunate for him, which gave him much credit, and
+that was the taking of a pirate within the capes of that country.
+
+It fell out that several merchant ships were got ready, and fallen down
+to Lynhaven bay, near the mouth of James river, in order for sailing. A
+pirate being informed of this, and hearing that there was no man of war
+there, except a sixth rate, ventured within the capes, and took several
+of the merchant ships. But a small vessel happened to come down the bay,
+and seeing an engagement between the pirate and a merchantman, made a
+shift to get into the mouth of James river, where the Shoram, a fifth
+rate man of war, was newly arrived. The sixth rate, commanded by Capt.
+John Aldred, was then on the careen in Elizabeth river, in order for her
+return to England.
+
+The governor happened to be at that time at Kiquotan, sealing up his
+letters, and Capt. Passenger, commander of the Shoram, was ashore, to
+pay his respects to him. In the meanwhile news was brought that a pirate
+was within the capes; upon which the captain was in haste to go aboard
+his ship; but the governor stayed him a little, promising to go along
+with him. The captain soon after asked his excuse, and went off, leaving
+him another boat, if he pleased to follow. It was about one o'clock in
+the afternoon when the news was brought; but 'twas within night before
+his excellency went aboard, staying all that while ashore upon some
+weighty occasions. At last he followed, and by break of day the man of
+war was fairly out between the capes and the pirate; where, after ten
+hours sharp engagement, the pirate was obliged to strike and surrender
+upon the terms of being left to the king's mercy.
+
+Now it happened that three men of this pirate's gang were not on board
+their own ship at the time of the surrender, and so were not included in
+the articles of capitulation, but were tried in that country. In summing
+up the charge against them (the governor being present) the
+attorney-general extolled his excellency's mighty courage and conduct,
+as if the honor of taking the pirate had been due to him. Upon this,
+Capt. Passenger took the freedom to interrupt Mr. Attorney in open
+court, and said that he was commander of the Shoram; that the pirates
+were his prisoners; and that no body had pretended to command in that
+engagement but himself: he farther desired that the governor, who was
+then present, would do him the justice to confess whether he had given
+the least word of command all that day, or directed any one thing during
+the whole fight. This, his excellency acknowledged, was true; and fairly
+yielded the honor of that exploit to the captain.
+
+§ 146. This governor likewise gained some reputation by another instance
+of his management, whereby he let the world know the violent passion he
+had to publish his own fame.
+
+To get honor in New York, he had zealously recommended to the court of
+England the necessity that Virginia should contribute a certain quota of
+men, or else a sum of money, towards the building and maintaining a fort
+at New York. The reason he gave for this, was, because New York was
+their barrier, and as such, it was but justice they should help to
+defend it. This was by order of his late majesty King William proposed
+to the assembly; but upon the most solid reasons they humbly
+remonstrated, "that neither the forts then in being, nor any other that
+might be built in the province of New York, could in the least avail to
+the defence and security of Virginia; for that either the French or the
+northern Indians might invade that colony, and not come within an
+hundred miles of any such fort." The truth of these objections are
+obvious to any one that ever looked on the maps of that part of the
+world. But the secret of the whole business in plain terms was this:
+Those forts were necessary for New York, to enable that province to
+engross the trade of the neighbor Indians, which Virginia had sometimes
+shared in, when the Indians rambled to the southward.
+
+Now the glory Col. Nicholson got in that affair was this: after he had
+represented Virginia as republican and rebellious for not complying with
+his proposal, he said publicly that New York should not want the 900
+pounds, though he paid it out of his own pocket, and soon after took a
+journey to that province.
+
+When he arrived there, he blamed Virginia very much, but pretending
+earnest desires to serve New York, gave his own bills of exchange for
+900 pounds to the aforesaid use, but prudently took a defeasance from
+the gentleman to whom they were given, specifying, "that till her
+majesty should be graciously pleased to remit him the money out of the
+quit rents of Virginia, those bills should never be made use of." This
+was an admirable piece of sham generosity, and worthy of the great pains
+he took to proclaim it. I myself have frequently heard him boast that he
+gave this money out of his own pocket, and only depended on the queen's
+bounty to repay him: though the money is not paid by him to this day.
+
+§ 147. Neither was he contented to spread abroad this untruth there; but
+he also foisted it into a memorial of Col. Quarry's to the council of
+trade, in which are these words:
+
+ "As soon as Governor Nicholson found the assembly of Virginia would not
+ see their own interest, nor comply with her majesty's orders, he went
+ immediately to New York; and out of his great zeal to the queen's
+ service, and the security of her province, he gave his own bills for
+ 900 pounds to answer the quota of Virginia, wholly depending on her
+ majesty's favor to reimburse him out of the revenues in that province.
+
+ "Certainly his excellency and Colonel Quarry, by whose joint wisdom and
+ sincerity this memorial was composed, must believe that the council of
+ trade have very imperfect intelligence how matters pass in that part of
+ the world, or else they would not presume to impose such a banter upon
+ them."
+
+But this is nothing, if compared with some other passages of that unjust
+representation, wherein they took upon them to describe the people of
+"Virginia to be both numerous and rich, of republican notions and
+principles such as ought to be corrected and lowered in time; and that
+then, or never, was the time to maintain the queen's prerogatives, and
+put a stop to those wrong, pernicious notions which were improving
+daily, not only in Virginia but in all her majesty's other governments.
+A frown now from her majesty will do more than an army hereafter," &c.
+
+With those inhuman, false imputations, did those gentlemen afterwards
+introduce the necessity of a standing army.
+
+§ 148. Thus did this gentleman continue to rule till August 1705, when
+Edward Nott, esq., arrived governor, and gave ease to the country by a
+mild rule. His commission was to be governor-general, but part of his
+salary was paid my Lord Orkney as chief. Governor Nott had the general
+commission given him, because it was suggested that that method, viz:
+the supreme title, would give the greater awe, and the better put the
+country to rights.
+
+§ 149. Governor Nott called an assembly the fall after his arrival, who
+passed the general revisal of the laws, which had been too long in hand.
+But that part of it which related to the church and clergy Mr.
+Commissary could not be pleased in; wherefore that bill was dropt, and
+so it lies at this day.
+
+§ 150. This assembly also passed a new law for ports and towns,
+grounding it only upon encouragements, according to her majesty's letter
+to that purpose. But it seems this also could not please the Virginia
+merchants in England, for they complained against it to the crown, and
+so it was also suspended.
+
+§ 151. This assembly also passed the law making slaves a real estate,
+which made a great alteration in the nature of their estates, and
+becomes a very good security for orphans whose parents happened to die
+intestate.
+
+§ 152. This assembly also voted a house to be built for the governor's
+residence, and laid duties to raise the money for it. But his excellency
+lived not to see much effected therein, being taken off by death in
+August 1706. In the first year of his government the college was burnt
+down to the ground.
+
+§ 153. After this governor's death, their being no other nominated by
+her majesty to succeed him, the government fell into the hands of Edmund
+Jenings, Esq., the president, and the council, who held no assembly
+during his time, neither did anything of note happen here. Only we heard
+that Brigadier Robert Hunter received commission to be lieutenant-governor
+under George, Earl of Orkney, the chief, and set out for Virginia, but was
+taken prisoner into France.
+
+§ 154. During Brigadier Hunter's confinement in France, a new commission
+issued to Colonel Alexander Spotswood to be lieutenant-governor, who
+arrived here in Anno 1710. He, to the extraordinary benefit of this
+country, still continues governor, having improved it beyond
+imagination. His conduct has produced wonders. But it would not become
+me to affront his modesty by publishing those innumerable benefits of
+his administration to his face; therefore I shall leave them to adorn
+the brighter history of some abler penman.
+
+
+
+
+BOOK II.
+
+OF THE NATURAL PRODUCT AND CONVENIENCES OF VIRGINIA IN ITS UNIMPROVED
+ STATE, BEFORE THE ENGLISH WENT THITHER.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+OF THE BOUNDS AND COAST OF VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 1. Virginia, as you have heard before, was a name at first given to
+all the northern part of the continent of America; and when the original
+grant was made, both to the first and second colonies, that is, to those
+of Virginia and New England, they were both granted under the name of
+Virginia. And afterwards, when grants for other new colonies were made
+by particular names, those names for a long time served only to
+distinguish them as so many parts of Virginia; and until the plantations
+became more familiar to England, it was so continued. But in process of
+time, the name of Virginia was lost to all except to that tract of land
+lying along the bay of Chesapeake, and a little to the southward, in
+which are included Virginia and Maryland; both which, in common
+discourse, are still very often meant by the name of Virginia.
+
+The least extent of bounds in any of the grants made to Virginia, since
+it was settled, and which we find upon record there, is two hundred
+miles north from Point Comfort, and two hundred miles south, winding
+upon the sea coast to the eastward, and including all the land west and
+northwest, from sea to sea, with the islands on both seas, within an
+hundred miles of the main. But these extents, both on the north and
+south, have been since abridged by the proprietary grants of Maryland on
+the north, and Carolina on the south.
+
+§ 2. The entrance into Virginia for shipping is by the mouth of
+Chesapeake bay, which is indeed more like a river than a bay; for it
+runs up into the land about two hundred miles, being everywhere near as
+wide as it is at the mouth, and in many places much wider. The mouth
+thereof is about seven leagues over, through which all ships pass to go
+to Maryland.
+
+The coast is a bold and even coast, with regular soundings, and is open
+all the year round; so that, having the latitude, which also can hardly
+be wanted upon a coast where so much clear weather is, any ship may go
+in by soundings alone, by day or night, in summer or in winter, and need
+not fear any disaster, if the mariners understand anything; for, let the
+wind blow how it will, and chop about as suddenly as it pleases, any
+master, though his ship be never so dull, has opportunity, (by the
+evenness of the coast,) either of standing off and clearing the shore,
+or else of running into safe harbor within the capes. A bolder and safer
+coast is not known in the universe; to which conveniences, there is the
+addition of good anchorage all along upon it, without the capes.
+
+§ 3. Virginia, in the most restrained sense, distinct from Maryland, is
+the spot to which I shall altogether confine this description; though
+you may consider, at the same time, that there cannot be much difference
+between this and Maryland, they being contiguous one to the other, lying
+in the same bay, producing the same sort of commodities, and being
+fallen into the same unhappy form of settlements, altogether upon
+country seats, without towns. Virginia, thus considered, is bounded on
+the south by North Carolina, on the north by Potomac river, which
+divides it from Maryland, on the east by the main ocean, called the
+Virginia seas, and on the west and northwest by the Californian sea,
+whenever the settlements shall be extended so far, or now by the river
+Mississippi.
+
+This part of Virginia, now inhabited, if we consider the improvements in
+the hands of the English, it cannot upon that score be commended; but if
+we consider its natural aptitude to be improved, it may with justice be
+accounted one of the finest countries in the world. Most of the natural
+advantages of it, therefore, I shall endeavor to discover, and set in
+their true light, together with its inconveniences, and afterwards
+proceed to the improvements.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+OF THE WATERS.
+
+
+§ 4. The largeness of the bay of Chesapeake, I have mentioned already.
+From one end of it to the other, there is good anchorage, and so little
+danger of a wreck, that many masters, who have never been there before,
+venture up to the head of the bay, upon the slender knowledge of a
+common sailor. But the experience of one voyage teaches any master to go
+up afterwards without a pilot.
+
+Besides this bay, the country is watered with four great rivers, viz:
+James, York, Rappahannock, and Potomac rivers, all which are full of
+convenient and safe harbors. There are also abundance of lesser rivers,
+many of which are capable of receiving the biggest merchant ships, viz:
+Elizabeth river, Nansemond, Chickahominy, Pocoson, Pamunkey, Mattapony,
+(which two last are the two upper branches of York river,) North river,
+Eastermost river, Corotoman, Wiccocomoco, Pocomoke, Chissenessick,
+Pungotegue, and many others. But because they are so well described in
+the large maps of Virginia, I shall forbear any farther description of
+them.
+
+These rivers are of such convenience, that for almost every half dozen
+miles of their extent, there is a commodious and safe road for a whole
+fleet, which gives opportunity to the masters of ships to lie up and
+down straggling, according as they have made their acquaintance, riding
+before that gentleman's door where they find the best reception, or
+where 'tis most suitable to their business.
+
+§ 5. These rivers are made up by the conflux of an infinite number of
+crystal springs of cool and pleasant water, issuing everywhere out of
+the banks and sides of the valleys. These springs flow so plentifully,
+that they make the river water fresh fifty, threescore, and sometimes a
+hundred miles below the flux and reflux of the tides, and sometimes
+within thirty or forty miles of the bay itself. The conveniences of
+these springs are so many, they are not to be numbered. I shall
+therefore content myself to mention that one of supplying the country
+elsewhere, except in the lowlands, with as many mills as they can find
+work for; and some of these send forth such a glut of water, that in
+less than a mile below the fountain head, they afford a stream
+sufficient to supply a grist mill, of which there are several instances.
+
+§ 6. The only mischief I know belonging to these rivers is, that in the
+month of June annually, there rise up in the salts, vast beds of
+seedling-worms, which enter the ships, sloops or boats wherever they
+find the coat of pitch, tar, or lime worn off the timber, and by degrees
+eat the plank into cells like those of a honey-comb. These worms
+continue thus upon the surface of the water, from their rise in June
+until the first great rains after the middle of July, but after that do
+no fresh damage till the next summer season, and never penetrate farther
+than the plank or timber they first fix upon.
+
+The damage occasioned by these worms may be four several ways avoided.
+
+ 1. By keeping the coat (of pitch, lime and tallow, or whatever
+ else it is) whole upon the bottom of the ship or vessel, for these
+ worms never fasten nor enter, but where the timber is naked.
+
+ 2. By anchoring the large vessel in the strength of the tide,
+ during the worm season, and hauling the smaller ashore; for in the
+ current of a strong tide, the worm cannot fasten.
+
+ 3. By burning and cleaning immediately after the worm season is
+ over; for then they are but just stuck into the plank, and have
+ not buried themselves in it; so that the least fire in the world
+ destroys them entirely, and prevents all damage that would
+ otherwise ensue from them.
+
+ 4. By running up into the freshes with the ship or vessel during
+ the five or six weeks that the worm is thus above water; for they
+ never enter, nor do any damage in fresh water, or where it is not
+ very salt.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+OF THE EARTH AND SOILS.
+
+
+§ 7. The soil is of such variety, according to the difference of
+situation, that one part or other of it seems fitted to every sort of
+plant that is requisite either for the benefit or pleasure of mankind.
+And were it not for the high mountains to the northwest, which are
+supposed to retain vast magazines of snow, and by that means cause the
+wind from that quarter to descend a little too cold upon them, 'tis
+believed that many of those delicious summer fruits, growing in the
+hotter climates, might be kept there green all the winter without the
+charge of housing, or any other care, than what is due to the natural
+plants of the country, when transplanted into a garden. But as that
+would be no considerable charge, any man that is curious might, with all
+the ease imaginable, preserve as many of them as would gratify a
+moderate luxury; and the summer affords genial heat enough to ripen them
+to perfection.
+
+There are three different kinds of land, according to the difference of
+situation, either in the lower parts of the country, the middle, or that
+on the heads of the rivers.
+
+ 1. The land towards the mouth of the rivers is generally of a low,
+ moist, and fat mould, such as the heavier sort of grain delight
+ in: as rice, hemp, Indian corn, &c. This also is varied here and
+ there with veins of a cold, hungry, sandy soil, of the same
+ moisture, and very often lying under water. But this also has its
+ advantages; for on such land generally grow the huckleberries,
+ cranberries, chinkapins, &c. These low lands are, for the most
+ part, well stored with oaks, poplars, pines, cedars, cypress and
+ sweet gums; the trunks of which are often thirty, forty, fifty,
+ some sixty or seventy feet high, without a branch or limb. They
+ likewise produce great variety of evergreens, unknown to me by
+ name, besides the beauteous holly, sweet myrtle, cedar, and the
+ live oak, which for three quarters of the year is continually
+ dropping its acorns, and at the same time budding and bearing
+ others in their stead.
+
+ 2. The land higher up the rivers, throughout the whole country, is
+ generally a level ground, with shallow valleys, full of streams
+ and pleasant springs of clear water, having interspersed here and
+ there among the large levels some small hills and extensive vales.
+ The mould in some places is black, fat, and thick laid; in others
+ looser, lighter and thin. The foundation of the mould is also
+ various; sometimes clay, then gravel and rocky stones, and
+ sometimes marl. The middle of the necks, or ridges between the
+ rivers, is generally poor, being either a light sand, or a white
+ or red clay, with a thin mould. Yet even these places are stored
+ with chestnuts, chinkapins, acorns of the shrub oak, and a reedy
+ grass in summer, very good for cattle. The rich lands lie next the
+ rivers and branches, and are stored with large oak, walnut,
+ hickory, ash, beech, poplar, and many other sorts of timber, of
+ surprising bigness.
+
+ 3. The heads of the rivers afford a mixture of hills, valleys and
+ plains, some richer than others, whereof the fruit and timber
+ trees are also various. In some places lie great plats of low and
+ very rich ground, well timbered; in others, large spots of meadows
+ and savannahs, wherein are hundreds of acres without any tree at
+ all, but yields reeds and grass of incredible height; and in the
+ swamps and sunken grounds grow trees as vastly big as I believe
+ the world affords, and stand so close together, that the branches
+ or boughs of many of them lock into one another; but what lessens
+ their value is, that the greatest bulk of them are at some
+ distance from water-carriage. The land of these upper parts
+ affords greater variety of soil than any other, and as great
+ variety in the foundations of the soil or mould, of which good
+ judgment may be made by the plants and herbs that grow upon it.
+ The rivers and creeks do in many places form very fine large
+ marshes, which are a convenient support for their flocks and
+ herds.
+
+§ 8. There is likewise found great variety of earths for physic,
+cleansing, scouring, and making all sorts of potter's ware; such as
+antimony, talk, yellow and red oker, fuller's-earth, pipe-clay, and
+other fat and fine clays, marl, &c.; in a word, there are all kinds of
+earth fit for use.
+
+They have besides, in those upper parts, coal for firing, slate for
+covering, and stones for building, and flat paving in vast quantities,
+as likewise pebble stones. Nevertheless, it has been confidently
+affirmed by many, who have been in Virginia, that there is not a stone
+in all the country. If such travelers knew no better than they said, my
+judgment of them is, that either they were people of extreme short
+memories, or else of very narrow observation. For though generally the
+lower parts are flat, and so free from stones, that people seldom shoe
+their horses; yet in many places, and particularly near the falls of the
+rivers, are found vast quantities of stone, fit for all kinds of uses.
+However, as yet, there is seldom any use made of them, because commonly
+wood is to be had at much less trouble; and as for coals, it is not
+likely they should ever be used there in anything but forges and great
+towns, if ever they happen to have any, for, in their country
+plantations, the wood grows at every man's door so fast, that after it
+has been cut down, it will in seven years time grow up again from seed,
+to substantial fire-wood; and in eighteen or twenty years it will come
+to be very good board timber.
+
+§ 9. For mineral earths, it is believed they have great plenty and
+variety, that country being in a good latitude, and having great
+appearances of them. It has been proved, too, that they have both iron
+and lead, as appears by what was said before concerning the iron works
+set up at Falling creek in James river, where the iron proved reasonably
+good; but before they got into the body of the mine, the people were cut
+off in that fatal massacre, and the project has never been set on foot
+since, till of late; but it has not had its full trial.
+
+The golden mine, of which there was once so much noise, may, perhaps, be
+found hereafter to be some good metal, when it comes to be fully
+examined. But be that as it will, the stones that are found near it, in
+great plenty, are valuable, their lustre approaching nearer to that of
+the diamond than those of Bristol or Kerry. There is no other fault in
+them but their softness, which the weather hardens, when they have been
+sometime exposed to it, they being found under the surface of the earth.
+This place has now plantations on it.
+
+This I take to be the place in Purchase's fourth book of his pilgrim,
+called Uttamussack, where was formerly the principal temple of the
+country, and the metropolitan seat of the priests in Powhatan's time.
+There stood the three great houses, near sixty feet in length, which he
+reports to have been filled with the images of their gods; there were
+likewise preserved the bodies of their kings. These houses they counted
+so holy, that none but their priests and kings durst go into them, the
+common people not presuming, without their particular direction, to
+approach the place.
+
+There also was their great Pawcorance, or altar stone, which, the
+Indians tell us, was a solid crystal, of between three and four feet
+cube, upon which, in their greatest solemnities, they used to sacrifice.
+This, they would make us believe, was so clear, that the grain of a
+man's skin might be seen through it; and was so heavy too that when they
+removed their gods and kings, not being able to carry it away, they
+buried it thereabouts; but the place has never been yet discovered.
+
+Mr. Alexander Whittaker, minister of Henrico, on James river, in the
+company's time, writing to them, says thus: "Twelve miles from the
+falls there is a crystal rock, wherewith the Indians do head many of
+their arrows; and three days journey from thence, there is a rock and
+stony hill found, which is on the top covered over with a perfect and
+most rich silver ore. Our men that went to discover those parts had but
+two iron pickaxes with them, and those so ill tempered that the points
+of them turned again, and bowed at every stroke, so that we could not
+search the entrails of the place; yet some trial was made of that ore
+with good success."
+
+§ 10. Some people that have been in that country, without knowing any
+thing of it, have affirmed that it is all a flat, without any mixture of
+hills, because they see the coast to seaward perfectly level: or else
+they have made their judgment of the whole country by the lands lying on
+the lower parts of the rivers, (which, perhaps, they had never been
+beyond,) and so conclude it to be throughout plain and even. When in
+truth, upon the heads of the great rivers, there are vast high hills;
+and even among the settlements there are some so topping that I have
+stood upon them and viewed the country all round over the tops of the
+highest trees for many leagues together; particularly, there are Mawborn
+hills in the freshes of James river; a ridge of hills about fourteen or
+fifteen miles up Mattapony river; Toliver's mount, upon Rappahannock
+river; and the ridge of hills in Stafford county, in the freshes of
+Potomac river; all which are within the bounds of the English
+inhabitants. But a little farther backward, there are mountains, which
+indeed deserve the name of mountains for their height and bigness; which
+by their difficulty in passing may easily be made a good barrier of the
+country against incursions of the Indians, &c., and shew themselves over
+the tops of the trees to many plantations at 70 or 80 miles distance
+very plain.
+
+These hills are not without their advantages; for, out of almost every
+rising ground, throughout the country, there issue abundance of most
+pleasant streams, of pure and crystal water, than which certainly the
+world does not afford any more delicious. These are every where to be
+found in the upper parts of this country, and many of them flow out of
+the sides of banks very high above the vales, which are the most
+suitable places for gardens--where the finest water works in the world
+may be made at a very small expense.
+
+There are likewise several mineral springs, easily discoverable by their
+taste, as well as by the soil which they drive out with their streams.
+But I am not naturalist skilful enough to describe them with the
+exactness they deserve.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+OF THE WILD FRUITS OF THE COUNTRY.
+
+
+§ 11. Of fruits natural to the country, there is great abundance, but
+the several species of them are produced according to the difference of
+the soil, and the various situation of the country; it being impossible
+that one piece of ground should produce so many different kinds
+intermixed. Of the better sorts of the wild fruits that I have met with,
+I will barely give you the names, not designing a natural history. And
+when I have done that, possibly I may not mention one-half of what the
+country affords, because I never went out of my way to enquire after
+anything of this nature.
+
+§ 12. Of stoned fruits, I have met with three good sorts, viz: Cherries,
+plums and persimmons.
+
+ 1. Of cherries natural to the country, and growing wild in the
+ woods, I have seen three sorts. Two of these grow upon trees as
+ big as the common English white oak, whereof one grows in bunches
+ like grapes. Both these sorts are black without, and but one of
+ them red within. That which is red within, is more palatable than
+ the English black cherry, as being without its bitterness. The
+ other, which hangs on the branch like grapes, is water colored
+ within, of a faintish sweet, and greedily devoured by the small
+ birds. The third sort is called the Indian cherry, and grows
+ higher up in the country than the others do. It is commonly found
+ by the sides of rivers and branches on small slender trees, scarce
+ able to support themselves, about the bigness of the peach trees
+ in England. This is certainly the most delicious cherry in the
+ world; it is of a dark purple when ripe, and grows upon a single
+ stalk like the English cherry, but is very small, though, I
+ suppose, it may be made larger by cultivation, if anybody would
+ mind it. These, too, are so greedily devoured by the small birds,
+ that they won't let them remain on the tree long enough to ripen;
+ by which means, they are rarely known to any, and much more rarely
+ tasted, though, perhaps, at the same time they grow just by the
+ houses.
+
+ 2. The plums, which I have observed to grow wild there, are of two
+ sorts, the black and the Murrey plum, both which are small, and
+ have much the same relish with the damson.
+
+ 3. The persimmon is by Heriot called the Indian plum; and so
+ Smith, Purchase, and Du Lake, call it after him; but I can't
+ perceive that any of those authors had ever heard of the sorts I
+ have just now mentioned, they growing high up in the country.
+ These persimmons, amongst them, retain their Indian name. They are
+ of several sizes, between the bigness of a damson plum and a
+ burgamot pear. The taste of them is so very rough, it is not to be
+ endured till they are fully ripe, and then they are a pleasant
+ fruit. Of these, some vertuosi make an agreeable kind of beer, to
+ which purpose they dry them in cakes, and lay them up for use.
+ These, like most other fruits there, grow as thick upon the trees
+ as ropes of onions: the branches very often break down by the
+ mighty weight of the fruit.
+
+§ 13. Of berries there is a great variety, and all very good in their
+kinds. Our mulberries are of three sorts, two black and one white; the
+long black sort are the best, being about the bigness of a boy's thumb;
+the other two sorts are of the shape of the English mulberry, short and
+thick, but their taste does not so generally please, being of a faintish
+sweet, without any tartness. They grow upon well spread, large bodied
+trees, which run up surprisingly fast. These are the proper food of the
+silk-worm.
+
+ 1. There grow naturally two sorts of currants, one red and the
+ other black, more sweet than those of the same color in England.
+ They grow upon small bushes, or slender trees.
+
+ 2. There are three sorts of hurts, or huckleberries, upon bushes,
+ from two to ten feet high. They grow in the valleys and sunken
+ grounds, having different relishes; but are all pleasing to the
+ taste. The largest sort grow upon the largest bushes, and, I
+ think, are the best berries.
+
+ 3. Cranberries grow in the low lands and barren sunken grounds,
+ upon low bushes, like the gooseberry, and are much of the same
+ size. They are of a lively red, when gathered and kept in water,
+ and make very good tarts. I believe these are the berries which
+ Captain Smith compared to the English gooseberry, and called
+ Rawcomens; having, perhaps, seen them only on the bushes, where
+ they are always very sour.
+
+ 4. The wild raspberry is by some there preferred to those that
+ were transplanted thither from England; but I cannot be of their
+ opinion.
+
+ 5. Strawberries they have, as delicious as any in the world, and
+ growing almost every where in the woods and fields. They are eaten
+ almost by all creatures; and yet are so plentiful that very few
+ persons take care to transplant them, but can find enough to fill
+ their baskets, when they have a mind, in the deserted old fields.
+
+§ 14. There grow wild several sorts of good nuts, viz.: chestnuts,
+chinkapins, hazelnuts, hickories, walnuts, &c.
+
+ 1. Chestnuts are found upon very high trees, growing in barren
+ ridges. They are something less than the French chestnut; but, I
+ think not differing at all in taste.
+
+ 2. Chinkapins have a taste something like a chestnut, and grow in
+ a husk or bur, being of the same sort of substance, but not so big
+ as an acorn. They grow upon large bushes, some about as high as
+ the common apple trees in England, and either in the high or low,
+ but always barren ground.
+
+ 3. Hazelnuts are there in infinite plenty, in all the swamps; and
+ towards the heads of the rivers, whole acres of them are found
+ upon the high land.
+
+ 4. Hickory nuts are of several sorts, all growing upon great
+ trees, and in an husk, like the French walnut, except that the
+ husk is not so thick, and more apt to open. Some of these nuts are
+ inclosed in so hard a shell, that a light hammer will hardly crack
+ them; and when they are cracked, their kernel is fastened with so
+ firm a web, that there is no coming at it. Several other sorts I
+ have seen with thinner shells, whose kernels may be got with less
+ trouble. There are also several sorts of hickories, called pig
+ nuts, some of which have as thin a shell as the best French
+ walnuts, and yield their meat very easily; they are all of the
+ walnut kind.
+
+ 5. They have a sort of walnut they call black walnuts, which are
+ as big again as any I ever saw in England, but are very rank and
+ oily, having a thick, hard, foul shell, and come not clear of the
+ husk as the walnut in France doth; but the inside of the nut, and
+ leaves, and growing of the tree, declare it to be of the walnut
+ kind.
+
+ 6. Their woods likewise afford a vast variety of acorns, seven
+ sorts of which have fallen under my observation. That which grows
+ upon the live oak, buds, ripens and drops off the tree, almost the
+ whole year around. All their acorns are very fat and oily; but the
+ live oak acorn is much more so than the rest, and I believe the
+ making of oil of them would turn to a good account; but now they
+ only serve as mast for the hogs and other wild creatures, as do
+ all the other fruits aforementioned, together with several other
+ sorts of mast growing upon the beach, pine and other trees. The
+ same use is made also of diverse sorts of pulse and other fruits
+ growing upon wild vines; such as peas, beans, vetches, squashes,
+ maycocks, maracocks, melons, cucumbers, lupines, and an infinity
+ of other sorts of fruits, which I cannot name.
+
+§ 15. Grapes grow wild there in an incredible plenty and variety, some
+of which are very sweet and pleasant to the taste; others rough and
+harsh, and perhaps fitter for wine or brandy. I have seen great trees
+covered with single vines, and those vines almost hid with the grapes.
+Of these wild grapes, besides those large ones in the mountains,
+mentioned by Batt in his discovery, I have observed four very different
+kinds, viz:
+
+ 1. One of these sorts grows among the sand banks upon the edges of
+ the low grounds, and islands next the bay and sea, and also in the
+ swamps and breaches of the uplands. They grow thin in small
+ bunches, and upon very low vines. These are noble grapes; and
+ though they are wild in the woods, are as large as the Dutch
+ gooseberry. One species of them is white, others purple, blue and
+ black, but all much alike in flavor; and some long, some round.
+
+ 2. A second kind is produced throughout the whole country, in the
+ swamps and sides of hills. These also grow upon small vines, and
+ in small bunches; but are themselves the largest grapes, as big as
+ the English bullace, and of a rank taste when ripe, resembling the
+ smell of a fox, from whence they are called fox grapes. Both these
+ sorts make admirable tarts, being of a fleshy substance, and
+ perhaps, if rightly managed, might make good raisins.
+
+ 3. There are two species more that are common to the whole
+ country, some of which are black, and some blue on the outside,
+ and some white. They grow upon vast large vines, and bear very
+ plentifully. The nice observer might perhaps distinguish them into
+ several kinds, because they differ in color, size, and relish; but
+ I shall divide them only into two, viz: the early and the late
+ ripe. The early ripe common grape is much larger, sweeter and
+ better than the other. Of these some are quite black, and others
+ blue, and some white or yellow; some also ripen three weeks or a
+ month before the other. The distance of their ripening, is from
+ the latter end of August to the latter end of October. The late
+ ripe common grapes are less than any of the other, neither are
+ they so pleasant to the taste. They hang commonly till the latter
+ end of November, or till Christmas; all that I have seen of these
+ are black. Of the former of these two sorts, the French refugees
+ at the Monacan town made a sort of claret, though they were
+ gathered off of the wild vines in the woods. I was told by a very
+ good judge who tasted it, that it was a pleasant, strong, and full
+ bodied wine. From which we may conclude, that if the wine was but
+ tolerable good when made of the wild grape, which is shaded by the
+ woods from the sun, it would be much better if produced of the
+ same grape cultivated in a regular vineyard.
+
+The year before the massacre, Anno 1622, which destroyed so many good
+projects for Virginia, some French vignerons were sent thither to make
+an experiment of their vines. These people were so in love with the
+country, that the character they then gave of it in their letters to the
+company in England, was very much to its advantage, namely: "That it far
+excelled their own country of Languedoc, the vines growing in great
+abundance and variety all over the land; that some of the grapes were of
+that unusual bigness, that they did not believe them to be grapes, until
+by opening them they had seen their kernels; that they had planted the
+cuttings of their vines at Michaelmas, and had grapes from those very
+cuttings the spring following. Adding in the conclusion, that they had
+not heard of the like in any other country." Neither was this out of the
+way, for I have made the same experiment, both of their natural vine and
+of the plants sent thither from England.
+
+The copies of the letters, here quoted, to the company in England, are
+still to be seen; and Purchase, in his fourth volume of pilgrims, has
+very justly quoted some of them.
+
+§ 16. The honey and sugar trees are likewise spontaneous near the heads
+of the rivers. The honey tree bears a thick swelling pod, full of honey,
+appearing at a distance like the bending pod of a bean or pea; it is
+very like the carob tree in the herbals. The sugar tree yields a kind of
+sap or juice, which by boiling is made into sugar. This juice is drawn
+out by wounding the trunk of the tree, and placing a receiver under the
+wound. It is said that the Indians make one pound of sugar out of eight
+pounds of the liquor. Some of this sugar I examined very carefully. It
+was bright and moist, with a large, full grain, the sweetness of it
+being like that of good muscovado.
+
+Though this discovery has not been made by the English above 28 or
+thirty years, yet it has been known among the Indians before the English
+settled there. It was found out by the English after this manner: The
+soldiers which were kept on the land frontiers to clear them of the
+Indians, taking their range through a piece of low ground about forty
+miles above the then inhabited parts of Potomac river, and resting
+themselves in the woods of those low grounds, observed an inspissate
+juice, like molasses, distilling from the tree. The heat of the sun had
+candied some of this juice, which gave the men a curiosity to taste it.
+They found it sweet, and by this process of nature learned to improve it
+into sugar. But the Christian inhabitants are now settled where many of
+these trees grow, but it hath not yet been tried, whether for quantity
+or quality it may be worth while to cultivate this discovery.
+
+Thus the Canada Indians make sugar of the sap of a tree. And Peter
+Martyr mentions a tree that yields the like sap, but without any
+description. The eleomeli of the ancients, a sweet juice like honey, is
+said to be got by wounding the olive tree; and the East Indians extract
+a sort of sugar, they call jagra, from the juice, or potable liquor,
+that flows from the coco tree. The whole process of boiling, graining
+and refining of which, is accurately set down by the authors of Hortus
+Malabaricus.
+
+§ 17. At the mouth of their rivers, and all along upon the sea and bay,
+and near many of their creeks and swamps, grows the myrtle, bearing a
+berry, of which they make a hard brittle wax, of a curious green color,
+which by refining becomes almost transparent. Of this they make candles,
+which are never greasy to the touch, nor melt with lying in the hottest
+weather; neither does the snuff of these ever offend the smell like that
+of a tallow candle; but instead of being disagreeable, if an accident
+put a candle out, it yields a pleasant fragrancy to all that are in the
+room; insomuch, that nice people often put them out, on purpose to have
+the incense of the expiring snuff.
+
+The melting of these berries is said to have been first found out by a
+surgeon in New England, who performed wonderful things, with a salve
+made of them. This discovery is very modern, notwithstanding these
+countries have been so long settled.
+
+The method of managing these berries is by boiling them in water, till
+they come to be entirely dissolved, except the stone or seed in the
+middle, which amounts in quantity to about half the bulk of the berry;
+the biggest of which is something less than a corn of pepper.
+
+There are also in the plains, and rich low grounds of the freshes,
+abundance of hops, which yield their product without any labor of the
+husbandman, in weeding, hilling or poling.
+
+§ 18. All over the country is interspersed here and there a surprising
+variety of curious plants and flowers. They have a sort of briar,
+growing something like the sarsaparilla. The berry of this is as big as
+a pea, and as round, the seed being of a bright crimson color. It is
+very hard, and finely polished by nature, so that it might be put to
+diverse ornamental uses, as necklaces are, &c.
+
+There are several woods, plants and earths, which have been fit for the
+dying of curious colors. They have the puccoon and musquaspen, two
+roots, with which the Indians use to paint themselves red. And a berry,
+which grows upon a wild briar, dyes a handsome blue. There is the sumac
+and the sassafras, which make a deep yellow. Mr. Heriot tells us of
+several others which he found at Pamtego, and gives the Indian names of
+them; but that language being not understood by the Virginians, I am not
+able to distinguish which he means. Particularly he takes notice of
+wasebur, an herb; chapacour, a root; and tangomockonominge, a bark.
+
+There's the snake root, so much admired in England for a cordial, and
+for being a great antidote in all pestilential distempers.
+
+There's the rattlesnake root, to which no remedy was ever yet found
+comparable; for it effectually cures the bite of a rattlesnake, which
+sometimes has been mortal in two minutes. If this medicine be early
+applied, it presently removes the infection, and in two or three hours
+restores the patient to as perfect health as if he had never been hurt.
+
+The Jamestown weed (which resembles the thorny apple of Peru, and I take
+to be the plant so called) is supposed to be one of the greatest coolers
+in the world. This being an early plant, was gathered very young for a
+boiled salad, by some of the soldiers sent thither to quell the
+rebellion of Bacon; and some of them eat plentifully of it, the effect
+of which was a very pleasant comedy; for they turned natural fools upon
+it for several days: one would blow up a feather in the air; another
+would dart straws at it with much fury; and another stark naked was
+sitting up in a corner, like a monkey, grinning and making mows at them;
+a fourth would fondly kiss and paw his companions, and snear in their
+faces, with a countenance more antic than any in a Dutch droll. In this
+frantic condition they were confined, lest they should in their folly
+destroy themselves; though it was observed that all their actions were
+full of innocence and good nature. Indeed, they were not very cleanly,
+for they would have wallowed in their own excrements if they had not
+been prevented. A thousand such simple tricks they played, and after
+eleven days returned to themselves again, not remembering anything that
+had passed.
+
+Perhaps this was the same herb that Mark Antony's army met with in his
+retreat from the Parthian war and siege of Phraata, when such as had
+eaten thereof employed themselves with much earnestness and industry in
+grubbing up stones, and removing them from one place to another, as if
+it had been a business of the greatest consequence. Wine, as the story
+says, was found a sovereign remedy for it, which is likely enough, the
+malignity of this herb being cold.
+
+Of spontaneous flowers they have an unknown variety: the finest crown
+imperial in the world; the cardinal flower, so much extolled for its
+scarlet color, is almost in every branch; the moccasin flower, and a
+thousand others not yet known to English herbalists. Almost all the year
+round the levels and vales are beautified with flowers of one kind or
+other, which make their woods as fragrant as a garden. From the
+materials, their wild bees make vast quantities of honey, but their
+magazines are very often rifled by bears, raccoons, and such like
+liquorish vermin.
+
+About the year 1701, walking out to take the air, I found, a little
+without my pasture fence, a flower as big as a tulip, and upon a stalk
+resembling the stalk of a tulip. The flower was of a flesh color, having
+a down upon one end, while the other was plain. The form of it resembled
+the pudenda of a man and woman lovingly joined in one. Not long after I
+had discovered this rarity, and while it was still in bloom, I drew a
+grave gentleman, about an hundred yards out of his way, to see this
+curiosity, not telling him anything more than that it was a rarity, and
+such perhaps as he had never seen nor heard of. When we arrived at the
+place, I gathered one of them, and put it into his hand, which he had no
+sooner cast his eye upon, but he threw it away with indignation, as
+being ashamed of this waggery of nature. It was impossible to persuade
+him to touch it again, or so much as to squint towards so immodest a
+representation. Neither would I presume to mention such an indecency,
+but that I thought it unpardonable to omit a production so
+extraordinary.
+
+There is also found the fine tulip-bearing laurel tree, which has the
+pleasantest smell in the world, and keeps blossoming and seeding several
+months together. It delights much in gravelly branches of chrystal
+streams, and perfumes the very woods with its odor. So also do the large
+tulip tree, which we call a poplar, the locust, which resembles much
+the jasmine, and the perfuming crab tree, during their season. With one
+sort or other of these, as well as many other sweet-flowering trees not
+named, the vales are almost everywhere adorned, and yield a surprising
+variety to divert the traveler.
+
+They find a world of medicinal plants likewise in that country, and
+amongst the rest the planters pretend to have a swamp-root, which
+infallibly cures all fevers and agues. The bark of the sassafras tree
+and wild cherry tree have been experimented to partake very much of the
+virtue of the cortex peruviana. The bark of the root, of that which we
+call the prickly ash, being dried and powdered, has been found to be a
+specific in old ulcers and long running sores. Infinite is the number of
+other valuable vegetables of every kind; but natural history not having
+been my study, I am unwilling to do wrong to my subject by an unskillful
+description.
+
+§ 19. Several kinds of the creeping vines bearing fruit, the Indians
+planted in their gardens or fields, because they would have plenty of
+them always at hand; such as muskmelons, watermelons, pompions, cushaws,
+macocks and gourds.
+
+ 1. Their muskmelons resemble the large Italian kind, and generally
+ fill four or five quarts.
+
+ 2. Their watermelons were much more large, and of several kinds,
+ distinguished by the color of their meat and seed; some are red,
+ some yellow, and others white meated; and so of the seed, some are
+ yellow, some red, and some black; but these are never of different
+ colors in the same melon. This fruit the Muscovites call arpus;
+ the Turks and Tartars karpus, because they are extremely cooling.
+ The Persians call them hindnanes, because they had the first seed
+ of them from the Indies. They are excellently good, and very
+ pleasant to the taste, as also to the eye; having the rind of a
+ lively green color, streaked and watered, the meat of a carnation,
+ and the seed black and shining, while it lies in the melon.
+
+ 3. Their pompions I need not describe, but must say they are much
+ larger and finer than any I ever heard of in England.
+
+ 4. Their cushaws are a kind of pompion, of a bluish green color,
+ streaked with white, when they are fit for use. They are larger
+ than the pompions, and have a long narrow neck. Perhaps this may
+ be the ecushaw of T. Harriot.
+
+ 5. Their macocks are a sort of melopepones, or lesser sort of
+ pompion or cushaw. Of these they have great variety; but the
+ Indian name macock serves for all, which name is still retained
+ among them. Yet the clypeatæ are sometimes called cymnels, (as are
+ some others also,) from the lenten cake of that name, which many
+ of them very much resemble. Squash, or squanter-squash, is their
+ name among the northern Indians, and so they are called in New
+ York and New England. These being boiled whole, when the apple is
+ young, and the shell tender, and dished with cream or butter,
+ relish very well with all sorts of butcher's meat, either fresh or
+ salt. And whereas the pompion is never eaten till it be ripe,
+ these are never eaten after they are ripe.
+
+ 6. The Indians never eat the gourds, but plant them for other
+ uses. Yet the Persians, who likewise abound with this sort of
+ fruit, eat the cucurbita lagenaris, which they call kabach,
+ boiling it while it is green, before it comes to its full
+ maturity, for when it is ripe the rind dries, and grows as hard as
+ the bark of a tree, and the meat within is so consumed and dried
+ away, that there is then nothing left but the seed, which the
+ Indians take clean out, and afterwards use the shells, instead of
+ flagons and cups, as is done also in several other parts of the
+ world.
+
+ 7. The maracock, which is the fruit of what we call the passion
+ flower, our natives did not take the pains to plant, having enough
+ of it growing everywhere, though they often eat it; this fruit is
+ about the size of a pullet's egg.
+
+§ 20. Besides all these, our natives had originally amongst them Indian
+corn, peas, beans, potatoes and tobacco.
+
+This Indian corn was the staff of food upon which the Indians did ever
+depend; for when sickness, bad weather, war, or any other ill accident
+kept them from hunting, fishing and fowling, this, with the addition of
+some peas, beans, and such other fruits of the earth, as were then in
+season, was the family's dependence, and the support of their women and
+children.
+
+There are four sorts of Indian corn: two of which are early ripe, and
+two late ripe, all growing in the same manner; every single grain of
+this when planted produces a tall upright stalk, which has several ears
+hanging on the sides of it, from six to ten inches long. Each ear is
+wrapt up in a cover of many folds, to protect it from the injuries of
+the weather. In every one of these ears are several rows of grain, set
+close to one another, with no other partition but of a very thin husk.
+So that oftentimes the increase of this grain amounts to above a
+thousand for one.
+
+The two sorts which are early ripe, are distinguished only by the size,
+which shows itself as well in the grain as in the ear and the stalk.
+There is some difference also in the time of ripening.
+
+The lesser size of early ripe corn yields an ear not much larger than
+the handle of a case knife, and grows upon a stalk between three and
+four feet high. Of this may be made two crops in a year, and perhaps
+there might be heat enough in England to ripen it.
+
+The larger sort differs from the former only in largeness, the ear of
+this being seven or eight inches long, as thick as a child's leg, and
+growing upon a stalk nine or ten feet high. This is fit for eating about
+the latter end of June, whereas the smaller sort (generally speaking)
+affords ears fit to roast by the middle of June. The grains of both
+these sorts are as plump and swelled as if the skin were ready to
+burst.
+
+The late ripe corn is diversified by the shape of the grain only,
+without any respect to the accidental differences in color, some being
+blue, some red, some yellow, some white, and some streaked. That
+therefore which makes the distinction, is the plumpness or shriveling of
+the grain; the one looks as smooth and as full as the early ripe corn,
+and this they call flint corn; the other has a larger grain, and looks
+shriveled, with a dent on the back of the grain, as if it had never come
+to perfection; and this they call she corn. This is esteemed by the
+planters as the best for increase, and is universally chosen by them for
+planting; yet I can't see but that this also produces the flint corn,
+accidentally among the other.
+
+All these sorts are planted alike in rows, three, four or five grains in
+a hill; the larger sort at four or five feet distance, the lesser sort
+nearer. The Indians used to give it one or two weedings, and make a hill
+about it, and so the labor was done. They likewise plant a bean in the
+same hill with the corn, upon whose stalk it sustains itself.
+
+The Indians sowed peas sometimes in the intervals of the rows of corn,
+but more generally in a patch of ground by themselves. They have an
+unknown variety of them, (but all of a kidney shape,) some of which I
+have met with wild; but whence they had their Indian corn I can give no
+account; for I don't believe that it was spontaneous in those parts.
+
+Their potatoes are either red or white, about as long as a boy's leg,
+and sometimes as long and big as both the leg and thigh of a young
+child, and very much resembling it in shape. I take these kinds to be
+the same with those which are represented in the herbals to be Spanish
+potatoes. I am sure those called English or Irish potatoes are nothing
+like these, either in shape, color or taste. The way of propagating
+potatoes there, is by cutting the small ones to pieces, and planting the
+cuttings in hills of loose earth; but they are so tender, that it is
+very difficult to preserve them in the winter, for the least frost
+coming at them, rots and destroys them, and therefore people bury 'em
+under ground, near the fire-hearth, all the winter, until the time comes
+that their seedings are to be set.
+
+How the Indians ordered their tobacco I am not certain, they now
+depending chiefly upon the English for what they smoke; but I am
+informed they used to let it all run to seed, only succoring the leaves
+to keep the sprouts from growing upon, and starving them; and when it
+was ripe they pulled off the leaves, cured them in the sun, and laid
+them up for use. But the planters make a heavy bustle with it now, and
+can't please the market neither.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+OF THE FISH.
+
+
+§ 21. As for fish, both of fresh and salt water, of shell fish, and
+others, no country can boast of more variety, greater plenty, or of
+better in their several kinds.
+
+In the spring of the year herrings come up in such abundance into their
+brooks and fords to spawn, that it is almost impossible to ride through
+without treading on them. Thus do those poor creatures expose their own
+lives to some hazard, out of their care to find a more convenient
+reception for their young, which are not yet alive. Thence it is that at
+this time of the year the freshes of the rivers, like that of the
+Broadruck, stink of fish.
+
+Besides these herrings, there come up likewise into the freshes from the
+sea multitudes of shad, rock, sturgeon, and some few lampreys, which
+fasten themselves to the shad, as the remora of Imperatus is said to do
+to the shark of Tiburone. They continue their stay there about three
+months. The shads at their first coming up are fat and fleshy; but they
+waste so extremely in milting and spawning, that at their going down
+they are poor, and seem fuller of bones, only because they have less
+flesh. It is upon this account (I suppose) that those in the Severn,
+which in Gloucester they call twaits, are said at first to want those
+intermusculary bones, which afterwards they abound with. As these are in
+the freshes, so the salts afford at certain times of the year many other
+kinds of fish in infinite shoals, such as the old-wife, a fish not much
+unlike an herring, and the sheep's-head, a sort of fish, which they
+esteem in the number of their best.
+
+§ 22. There is likewise great plenty of other fish all the summer long;
+and almost in every part of the rivers and brooks, there are found of
+different kinds. Wherefore I shall not pretend to give a detail of them,
+but venture to mention the names only of such as I have eaten and seen
+myself, and so leave the rest to those that are better skilled in
+natural history. However, I may add, that besides all those that I have
+met with myself, I have heard of a great many very good sorts, both in
+the salts and freshes; and such people, too, as have not always spent
+their time in that country, have commended them to me beyond any they
+had ever eaten before.
+
+Those which I know of myself I remember by the names of herring, rock,
+sturgeon, shad, old-wife, sheep's-head, black and red drum, trout,
+taylor, green-fish, sun-fish, bass, chub, place, flounder, whiting,
+fatback, maid, wife, small-turtle, crab, oyster, mussel, cockle, shrimp,
+needle-fish, breme, carp, pike, jack, mullet, eel, conger-eel, perch,
+and cat, &c.
+
+Those which I remember to have seen there, of the kinds that are not
+eaten, are the whale, porpus, shark, dog-fish, garr, stingray,
+thornback, saw-fish, toad-fish, frog-fish, land-crab, fiddler, and
+periwinckle. One day as I was hauling a sein upon the salts, I caught a
+small fish about two inches and an half long, in shape something
+resembling a scorpion, but of a dirty, dark color. I was a little shy of
+handling it, though I believe there was no hurt in it. This I judge to
+be that fish which Mr. Purchase in his Pilgrims, and Captain Smith in
+his General History, page 125, affirm to be extremely like St. George's
+Dragon, except only that it wants feet and wings. Governor Spotswood has
+one of them dried in full shape.
+
+§ 23. Before the arrival of the English there the Indians had fish in
+such vast plenty, that the boys and girls would take a pointed stick and
+strike the lesser sort as they swam upon the flats. The larger fish,
+that kept in deeper water, they were put to a little more difficulty to
+take. But for these they made weirs, that is, a hedge of small riv'd
+sticks, or reeds, of the thickness of a man's finger. These they wove
+together in a row, with straps of green oak, or other tough wood, so
+close that the small fish could not pass through. Upon high water mark
+they pitched one end of this hedge, and the other they extended into the
+river, to the depth of eight or ten feet, fastening it with stakes,
+making cods out from the hedge on one side almost at the end, and
+leaving a gap for the fish to go into them, which were contrived so that
+the fish could easily find their passage into those cods when they were
+at the gap, but not see their way out again when they were in. Thus, if
+they offered to pass through, they were taken.
+
+Sometimes they made such a hedge as this quite across a creek at high
+water, and at low would go into the run, then contracted into a narrow
+stream, and take out what fish they pleased.
+
+At the falls of the rivers, where the water is shallow, and the current
+strong, the Indians use another kind of weir, thus made: They make a dam
+of loose stone, whereof there is plenty at hand, quite across the river,
+leaving one, two or more spaces or tunnels for the water to pass
+through; at the mouth of which they set a pot of reeds, wove in form of
+a cone, whose base is about three feet, and perpendicular ten, into
+which the swiftness of the current carries the fish, and there lodges
+them.
+
+The Indian way of catching sturgeon, when they came into the narrow part
+of the rivers, was by a man's clapping a noose over their tails, and by
+keeping fast his hold. Thus a fish finding itself entangled would
+flounce, and often pull the man under water, and then that man was
+counted a cockarouse, or brave fellow, that would not let go; till with
+swimming, wading and diving, he had tired the sturgeon, and brought it
+ashore. These sturgeons would also often leap into their canoes in
+crossing the river, as many of them do still every year into the boats
+of the English.
+
+They have also another way of fishing like those on the Euxine sea, by
+the help of a blazing fire by night. They make a hearth in the middle of
+their canoe, raising it within two inches of the edge; upon this they
+lay their burning lightwood, split into small shivers, each splinter
+whereof will blaze and burn, end for end, like a candle: 'Tis one man's
+work to attend his fire and keep it flaming. At each end of the canoe
+stands an Indian, with a gig or pointed spear, setting the canoe
+forward, with the butt end of the spear, as gently as he can, by that
+means stealing upon the fish without any noise, or disturbing of the
+water. Then they with great dexterity dart these spears into the fish,
+and so take them. Now there is a double convenience in the blaze of this
+fire, for it not only dazzles the eyes of the fish, which will lie
+still, glaring upon it, but likewise discovers the bottom of the river
+clearly to the fisherman, which the daylight does not.
+
+The following print, I may justly affirm to be a very true
+representation of the Indian fishery.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond, Va._
+Tab: 1. Book 2. Pag: 120]
+
+TAB. I. Represents the Indians in a canoe with a fire in the middle,
+attended by a boy and a girl. In one end is a net made of silk grass,
+which they use in fishing their weirs. Above is the shape of their
+weirs, and the manner of setting a weir wedge across the mouth of a
+creek.
+
+ NOTE. That in fishing their weirs they lay the side of the canoe
+ to the cods of the weir, for the more convenient coming at them,
+ and not with the end going into the cods, as is set down in the
+ print: but we could not otherwise represent it here, lest we
+ should have confounded the shape of the weir with the canoe.
+
+ In the air you see a fishing hawk flying away with a fish, and a
+ bald eagle pursuing to take it from him; the bald eagle has always
+ his head and tail white, and they carry such a lustre with them
+ that the white thereof may be discerned as far as you can see the
+ shape of the bird, and seems as if it were without feathers, and
+ thence it has its name bald eagle.
+
+§ 24. 'Tis a good diversion to observe, the manner of the fishing-hawk's
+preying upon fish, which may be seen every fair day all the summer long,
+and especially in a morning. At the first coming of the fish in the
+spring, these birds of prey are surprisingly eager. I believe, in the
+dead of winter, they fish farther off at sea, or remain among the craggy
+uninhabited islands upon the sea coast. I have often been pleasantly
+entertained by seeing these hawks take the fish out of the water, and as
+they were flying away with their quarry, the bald eagles take it from
+them again. I have often observed the first of these hover over the
+water and rest upon the wing some minutes together, without the least
+change of place, and then from a vast height dart directly into the
+water, and there plunge down for the space of half a minute or more, and
+at last bring up with him a fish which he could hardly rise with; then,
+having got upon the wing again, he would shake himself so powerfully
+that he threw the water like a mist about him; afterwards away he'd fly
+to the woods with his game, if he were not overlooked by the bald eagle
+and robbed by the way, which very frequently happens. For the bald eagle
+no sooner perceives a hawk that has taken his prey but he immediately
+pursues and strives to get above him in the air, which if he can once
+attain, the hawk for fear of being torn by him, lets the fish drop, and
+so by the loss of his dinner compounds for his own safety. The poor fish
+is no sooner loosed from the hawk's talons, but the eagle shoots himself
+with wonderful swiftness after it, and catches it in the air, leaving
+all further pursuit of the hawk, which has no other remedy but to go and
+fish for another.
+
+Walking once with a gentleman in an orchard by the river side, early in
+the spring, before the fish were by us perceived to appear in shoal
+water or near the shores, and before any had been caught by the people,
+we heard a great noise in the air just over our heads, and looking up we
+saw an eagle in close pursuit of a hawk that had a great fish in his
+pounces. The hawk was as low as the apple trees before he would let go
+his fish, thinking to recover the wood which was just by, where the
+eagles dare never follow, for fear of bruising themselves. But,
+notwithstanding the fish was dropped so low, and though it did not fall
+above thirty yards from us, yet we with our hollowing, running and
+casting up our hats, could hardly save the fish from the eagle, and if
+it had been let go two yards higher he would have got it: but we at last
+took possession of it alive, carried it home, and had it dressed
+forthwith. It served five of us very plentifully for a breakfast, and
+some to the servants. This fish was a rock near two feet long, very fat,
+and a great rarity for the time of year, as well as for the manner of
+its being taken.
+
+These fishing hawks, in more plentiful seasons, will catch a fish and
+loiter about with it in the air, on purpose to have chase with an eagle;
+and when he does not appear soon enough the hawk will make a saucy
+noise, and insolently defy him. This has been frequently seen by persons
+who have observed their fishings.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+OF WILD FOWL AND HUNTED GAME.
+
+
+§ 25. As in summer, the rivers and creeks are filled with fish, so in
+winter they are in many places covered with fowl. There are such a
+multitude of swans, geese, brants, sheldrakes, ducks of several sorts,
+mallard, teal, blewings, and many other kinds of water fowl, that the
+plenty of them is incredible. I am but a small sportsman, yet with a
+fowling piece have killed above twenty of them at a shot. In like manner
+are the mill ponds and great runs in the woods stored with these wild
+fowl at certain seasons of the year.
+
+§ 26. The shores, marshy grounds, swamps and savannahs are also stored
+with the like plenty of other game of all sorts, as cranes, curlews,
+herons, snipes, woodcocks, saurers, ox-eyes, plovers, larks, and many
+other good birds for the table that they have not yet found a name for.
+Not to mention beavers, otters, musk rats, minxes, and an infinite
+number of other wild creatures.
+
+§ 27. Although the inner lands want these benefits, (which, however, no
+pond or plash is without,) yet even they have the advantage of wild
+turkeys, of an incredible bigness, pheasants, partridges, pigeons, and
+an infinity of small birds, as well as deer, hares, foxes, raccoons,
+squirrels, opossums. And upon the frontier plantations, they meet with
+bears, panthers, wild cats, elks, buffaloes and wild hogs, which yield
+pleasure as well as profit to the sportsman. And though some of these
+names may seem frightful to the English, who hear not of them in their
+own country, yet they are not so there, for all these creatures ever
+fly from the face of man, doing no damage but to the cattle and hogs,
+which the Indians never troubled themselves about.
+
+Here I cannot omit a strange rarity in the female opossum, which I
+myself have seen. They have a false belly, or loose skin quite over the
+belly; this never sticks to the flesh of the belly, but may be looked
+into at all times, after they have been concerned in procreation. In the
+hinderpart of this is an aperture big enough for a small hand to pass
+into: hither the young ones, after they are full haired, and strong
+enough to run about, do fly whenever any danger appears, or when they go
+to rest or suck. This they continue till they have learned to live
+without the dam: but what is yet stranger, the young ones are bred in
+this false belly without ever being within the true one. They are formed
+at the teat, and there they grow for several weeks together into perfect
+shape, becoming visibly larger, till at last they get strength, sight
+and hair; and then they drop off and rest in this false belly, going in
+and out at pleasure. I have observed them thus fastened at the teat from
+the bigness of a fly until they become as large as a mouse. Neither is
+it any hurt to the old one to open this budget and look in upon her
+young.
+
+§ 28. The Indians had no other way of taking their water or land fowl,
+but by the help of bows and arrows. Yet so great was their plenty, that
+with this weapon only they killed what numbers they pleased. And when
+the water fowl kept far from shore (as in warmer weather they sometimes
+did) they took their canoes and paddled after them.
+
+But they had a better way of killing the elks, buffaloes, deer, and
+greater game, by a method which we call fire hunting: that is, a company
+of them would go together back into the woods any time in the winter,
+when the leaves were falling and so dry that they would burn; and being
+come to the place designed, they would fire the woods in a circle of
+five or six miles compass; and when they had completed the first round
+they retreated inward, each at his due distance, and put fire to the
+leaves and grass afresh, to accelerate the work, which ought to be
+finished with the day. This they repeat till the circle be so contracted
+that they can see their game herded all together in the middle, panting
+and almost stifled with heat and smoke; for the poor creatures being
+frightened at the flame keep running continually round, thinking to run
+from it, and dare not pass through the fire; by which means they are
+brought at last into a very narrow compass. Then the Indians retreat
+into the centre, and let fly their arrows at them as they pass round
+within the circle; by this means, though they stand often quite clouded
+in smoke, they rarely shoot each other. By this means they destroy all
+the beasts collected within that circle. They make all this slaughter
+chiefly for the sake of the skins, leaving most of the carcasses to
+perish in the woods.
+
+Father Verbiast, in his description of the Emperor of China's voyage
+into the Eastern Tartary, Anno 1682, gives an account of a way of
+hunting the Tartars have, not much unlike this; only whereas the Indians
+surround their game with fire, the Tartars do it with a great body of
+armed men, who having environed the ground they design to drive, march
+equally inwards, which, still as the ring lessens, brings the men nearer
+each other, till at length the wild beasts are encompassed with a living
+wall.
+
+The Indians have many pretty inventions to discover and come up to the
+deer, turkeys and other game undiscerned; but that being an art known to
+very few English there, I will not be so accessary to the destruction of
+their game as to make it public. I shall therefore only tell you, that
+when they go a hunting into the outlands, they commonly go out for the
+whole season with their wives and family. At the place where they find
+the most game they build up a convenient number of small cabins, wherein
+they live during that season. These cabins are both begun and finished
+in two or three days, and after the season is over they make no farther
+account of them.
+
+§ 29. This, and a great deal more, was the natural production of that
+country, which the native Indians enjoyed, without the curse of
+industry, their diversion alone, and not their labor, supplying their
+necessities. The women and children indeed were so far provident as to
+lay up some of the nuts and fruits of the earth in their season for
+their farther occasions: but none of the toils of husbandry were
+exercised by this happy people, except the bare planting a little corn
+and melons, which took up only a few days in the summer, the rest being
+wholly spent in the pursuit of their pleasures. And indeed all that the
+English have done since their going thither has been only to make some
+of these native pleasures more scarce, by an inordinate and unseasonable
+use of them; hardly making improvements equivalent to that damage.
+
+I shall in the next book give an account of the Indians themselves,
+their religion, laws and customs; that so both the country and its
+primitive inhabitants may be considered together in that original state
+of nature in which the English found them. Afterwards I will treat of
+the present state of the English there, and the alterations, I can't
+call them improvements, they have made at this day.
+
+
+
+
+BOOK III.
+
+OF THE INDIANS, THEIR RELIGION, LAWS AND CUSTOMS, IN WAR AND PEACE.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+OF THE INDIANS AND THEIR DRESS.
+
+
+§ 1. The Indians are of the middling and largest stature of the English.
+They are straight and well proportioned, having the cleanest and most
+exact limbs in the world. They are so perfect in their outward frame,
+that I never heard of one single Indian that was either dwarfish,
+crooked, bandy-legged, or otherwise misshapen. But if they have any such
+practice among them as the Romans had, of exposing such children till
+they died, as were weak and misshapen at their birth, they are very shy
+of confessing it, and I could never yet learn that they had.
+
+Their color, when they are grown up, is a chestnut brown and tawny; but
+much clearer in their infancy. Their skin comes afterwards to harden and
+grow blacker by greasing and sunning themselves. They have generally
+coal black hair, and very black eyes, which are most commonly graced
+with that sort of squint which many of the Jews are observed to have.
+Their women are generally beautiful, possessing shape and features
+agreeable enough, and wanting no charm but that of education and a fair
+complexion.
+
+§ 2. The men wear their hair cut after several fanciful fashions,
+sometimes greased, and sometimes painted. The great men, or better sort,
+preserve a long lock behind for distinction. They pull their beards up
+by the roots with musselshells, and both men and women do the same by
+the other parts of their body for cleanliness sake. The women wear the
+hair of the head very long, either hanging at their backs, or brought
+before in a single lock, bound up with a fillet of peak, or beads;
+sometimes also they wear it neatly tied up in a knot behind. It is
+commonly greased, and shining black, but never painted.
+
+The people of condition, of both sexes, wear a sort of coronet on their
+heads, from four to six inches broad, open at the top, and composed of
+peak, or beads, or else of both interwoven together, and worked into
+figures, made by a nice mixture of the colors. Sometimes they wear a
+wreath of died furs, as likewise bracelets on their necks and arms. The
+common people go bare-headed, only sticking large shining feathers about
+their heads, as their fancies lead them.
+
+§ 3. Their clothes are a large mantle, carelessly wrapped about their
+bodies, and sometimes girt close in the middle with a girdle. The upper
+part of this mantle is drawn close upon the shoulders, and the other
+hangs below their knees. When that's thrown off, they have only for
+modesty sake a piece of cloth, or a small skin tied round their waist,
+which reaches down to the middle of the thigh. The common sort tie only
+a string round their middle, and pass a piece of cloth or skin round
+between their thighs, which they turn at each end over the string.
+
+Their shoes, when they wear any, are made of an entire piece of
+buckskin, except when they sew a piece to the bottom to thicken the
+sole. They are fastened on with running strings, the skin being drawn
+together like a purse on the top of the foot, and tied round the ankle.
+The Indian name of this kind of shoe is moccasin.
+
+But because a draught of these things will inform the reader more
+at first view than a description in many words, I shall present him with
+the following prints drawn by the life.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond, Va._
+Tab: 2 Book: 3 Pag 129]
+
+TAB. II. is an Indian man in his summer dress. The upper part of his
+hair is cut short to make a ridge, which stands up like the comb of a
+cock, the rest is either shorn off, or knotted behind his ear. On his
+head are stuck three feathers of the wild turkey, pheasant, hawk, or
+such like. At his ear is hung a fine shell with pearl drops. At his
+breast is a tablet, or fine shell, smooth as polished marble, which
+sometimes also hath etched on it a star, half moon, or other figure,
+according to the maker's fancy. Upon his neck and wrists hang strings of
+beads, peak and roenoke. His apron is made of a deer skin, gashed round
+the edges, which hang like tassels or fringe; at the upper end of the
+fringe is an edging of peak, to make it finer. His quiver is of a thin
+bark; but sometimes they make it of the skin of a fox, or young wolf,
+with the head hanging to it, which has a wild sort of terror in it; and
+to make it yet more warlike, they tie it on with the tail of a panther,
+buffalo, or such like, letting the end hang down between their legs. The
+pricked lines on his shoulders, breast and legs, represent the figures
+painted thereon. In his left hand he holds a bow, and in his right an
+arrow. The mark upon his shoulderblade is a distinction used by the
+Indians in traveling, to show the nation they are of; and perhaps is the
+same with that which Baron Lahontan calls the arms and heraldry of the
+Indians. Thus the several lettered marks are used by several other
+nations about Virginia, when they make a journey to their friends and
+allies.
+
+The landscape is a natural representation of an Indian field.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchie & Dunnavant Richmond._
+Fig. 2 Fig. 1
+Tab. 3 Book 3 Pag. 129]
+
+TAB. III is two Indian men in their winter dress. Seldom any but the
+elder people wore the winter cloaks (which they call match-coats) till
+they got a supply of European goods; and now most have them of one sort
+or other in the cold winter weather. Fig. 1 wears the proper Indian
+match-coat, which is made of skins, dressed with the fur on, sewed
+together, and worn with the fur inwards, having the edges also gashed
+for beauty sake. On his feet are moccasins. By him stand some Indian
+cabins on the banks of the river. Fig. 2 wears the Duffield match-coat
+bought of the English; on his head is a coronet of peak, on his legs are
+stockings made of Duffields: that is, they take a length to reach from
+the ankle to the knee, so broad as to wrap round the leg; this they sew
+together, letting the edges stand out at an inch beyond the seam. When
+this is on, they garter below knee, and fasten the lower end in the
+moccasin.
+
+§ 4. I don't find that the Indians have any other distinction in their
+dress, or the fashion of their hair, than only what a greater degree of
+riches enables them to make, except it be their religious persons, who
+are known by the particular cut of the hair and the unusual figure of
+their garments; as our clergy are distinguished by their canonical
+habit.
+
+The habit of the Indian priest is a cloak made in the form of a woman's
+petticoat; but instead of tieing it about their middle, they fasten the
+gatherings about their neck and tie it upon the right shoulder, always
+keeping one arm out to use upon occasion. This cloak hangs even at the
+bottom, but reaches no lower than the middle of the thigh; but what is
+most particular in it is, that it is constantly made of a skin dressed
+soft, with the pelt or fur on the outside, and reversed; insomuch, that
+when the cloak has been a little worn the hair falls down in flakes, and
+looks very shagged and frightful.
+
+The cut of their hair is likewise peculiar to their function; for 'tis
+all shaven close except a thin crest, like a cock's comb, which stands
+bristling up, and runs in a semicircle from the forehead up along the
+crown to the nape of the neck. They likewise have a border of hair over
+the forehead, which by its own natural strength, and by the
+stiffening it receives from grease and paint, will stand out like the
+peak of a bonnet.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchie & Dunnavant Richmond._
+a Huskanaw pen.
+ 3
+Fig 2 a Priest a Conjurer Fig. 1
+ Tab 4 Book 3 Pag 131]
+
+TAB. IV. Is a priest and a conjurer in their proper habits. The priest's
+habit is sufficiently described above. The conjurer shaves all his hair
+off, except the crest on the crown; upon his ear he wears the skin of
+some dark colored bird; he, as well as the priest, is commonly grimed
+with soot or the like; to save his modesty he hangs an otter skin at his
+girdle, fastening the tail between his legs; upon his thigh hangs his
+pocket, which is fastened by tucking it under his girdle, the bottom of
+this is likewise fringed with tassels for ornament sake. In the middle
+between them is the Huskanawpen spoken of § 32.
+
+§ 5. The dress of the women is little different from that of the men,
+except in the tieing of their hair. The women of distinction wear deep
+necklaces, pendants and bracelets, made of small cylinders of the conch
+shell, which they call peak: they likewise keep their skin clean and
+shining with oil, while the men are commonly bedaubed all over with
+paint.
+
+They are remarkable for having small round breasts, and so firm, that
+they are hardly ever observed to hang down, even in old women. They
+commonly go naked as far as the navel downward, and upward to the middle
+of the thigh, by which means they have the advantage of discovering
+their fine limbs and complete shape.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchie & Dunnavant Richmond._
+Fig. 2 Fig. 1
+Tab 5 Book 3 Pag. 131]
+
+TAB. V. Is a couple of young women. The first wearing a coronet,
+necklace and bracelet of peak; the second a wreath of furs on her head,
+and her hair is bound with a fillet of peak and beads. Between the two
+is a woman under a tree making a basket of silk grass after their own
+manner.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond, Va._
+Pipe of peace v. ch. I have seen. Lahontans Calumet of peace.
+a Birchen Canoe or Canoe of Bark
+Tab. 6 Book 3 Pag. 132]
+
+TAB. VI. Is a woman and a boy running after her. One of her hands rests
+in her necklace of peak, and the other holds a gourd, in which they put
+water or other liquid.
+
+The boy wears a necklace of runtees, in his right hand is an Indian
+rattle, and in his left a roasting ear of corn. Round his waist is a
+small string, and another brought cross through his crotch, and for
+decency a soft skin is fastened before.
+
+Runtees are made of the conch shell as the peak is, only the shape is
+flat and round like a cheese, and drilled edge ways.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+OF THE MARRIAGES AMONGST THE INDIANS, AND MANAGEMENT OF THEIR CHILDREN.
+
+
+§ 6. The Indians have their solemnities of marriage, and esteem the vows
+made at that time as most sacred and inviolable. Notwithstanding they
+allow both the man and the wife to part upon disagreement, yet so great
+is the disreputation of a divorce, that married people, to avoid the
+character of inconstant and ungenerous, very rarely let their quarrels
+proceed to a separation. However, when it does so happen, they reckon
+all the ties of matrimony dissolved, and each hath the liberty of
+marrying another. But infidelity is accounted the most unpardonable of
+all crimes in either of the parties as long as the contract continues.
+
+In these separations, the children go, according to the affection of the
+parent, with the one or the other; for children are not reckoned a
+charge among them, but rather riches, according to the blessing of the
+Old Testament; and if they happen to differ about dividing their
+children, their method is then to part them equally, allowing the man
+the first choice.
+
+§ 7. Though the young Indian women are said to prostitute their bodies
+for wampom peak, runtees, beads, and other such like fineries; yet I
+never could find any ground for the accusation, and believe it only to
+be an unjust scandal upon them. This I know, that if ever they have a
+child while they are single, it is such a disgrace to them that they
+never after get husbands. Besides, I must do them the justice to say, I
+never heard of a child any of them had before marriage, and the Indians
+themselves disown any such custom; though they acknowledge, at the same
+time, that the maidens are entirely at their own disposal, and may
+manage their persons as they think fit.
+
+§ 8. The manner of the Indians treating their young children is very
+strange; for instead of keeping them warm, at their first entry into the
+world, and wrapping them up, with I don't know how many clothes,
+according to our fond custom, the first thing they do is to dip the
+child over head and ears in cold water, and then to bind it naked to a
+convenient board, having a hole fitly placed for evacuation; but they
+always put cotton, wool, fur, or other soft things, for the body to rest
+easy on, between the child and the board. In this posture they keep it
+several months, till the bones begin to harden, the joints to knit, and
+the limbs to grow strong; and then they let it loose from the board,
+suffering it to crawl about, except when they are feeding or playing
+with it.
+
+While the child is thus at the board, they either lay it flat on its
+back, or set it leaning on one end, or else hang it up by a string
+fastened to the upper end of the board for that purpose; the child and
+board being all this while carried about together. As our women undress
+their children to clean and shift their linen, so they do theirs to wash
+and grease them.
+
+The method the women have of carrying their children after they are
+suffered to crawl about, is very particular; they carry them at their
+backs in summer, taking one leg of the child under their arm, and the
+counter-arm of the child in their hand over their shoulder; the other
+leg hanging down, and the child all the while holding fast with its
+other hand; but in winter they carry them in the hollow of their
+match-coat at their back, leaving nothing but the child's head out, as
+appears by the figure.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond._
+Fig: 2. Fig: 3. Fig: 1.
+Tab: 7. Book 3. Pag: 134]
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond._
+Tab. 8 Book 3 Pag. 135]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+OF THE TOWNS, BUILDINGS AND FORTIFICATIONS OF THE INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 9. The method of the Indian settlements is altogether by cohabitation,
+in townships, from fifty to five hundred families in a town, and each of
+these towns is commonly a kingdom. Sometimes one king has the command of
+several of these towns, when they happen to be united in his hands by
+descent or conquest; but in such cases there is always a vicegerent
+appointed in the dependent town, who is at once governor, judge,
+chancellor, and has the same power and authority which the king himself
+has in the town where he resides. This viceroy is obliged to pay his
+principal some small tribute, as an acknowledgment of his submission, as
+likewise to follow him to his wars whenever he is required.
+
+§ 10. The manner the Indians have of building their houses is very
+slight and cheap. When they would erect a wigwam, which is the Indian
+name for a house, they stick saplings into the ground by one end, and
+bend the other at the top, fastening them together by strings made of
+fibrous roots, the rind of trees, or of the green wood of the white oak,
+which will rive into thongs. The smallest sort of these cabins are
+conical like a bee-hive; but the larger are built in an oblong form, and
+both are covered with the bark of trees, which will rive off into great
+flakes. Their windows are little holes left open for the passage of the
+light, which in bad weather they stop with shutters of the same bark,
+opening the leeward windows for air and light. Their chimney, as among
+the true born Irish, is a little hole on the top of the house, to let
+out the smoke, having no sort of funnel, or any thing within, to
+confine the smoke from ranging through the whole roof of the cabin, if
+the vent will not let it out fast enough. The fire is always made in the
+middle of the cabin. Their door is a pendent mat, when they are near
+home; but when they go abroad they barricade it with great logs of wood
+set against the mat, which are sufficient to keep out wild beasts.
+There's never more than one room in a house, except in some houses of
+state, or religion, where the partition is made only by mats and loose
+poles.
+
+§ 11. Their houses, or cabins, as we call them, are by this ill method
+of building continually smoky when they have fire in them; but to ease
+that inconvenience, and to make the smoke less troublesome to their
+eyes, they generally burn pine or lightwood, (that is, the fat knots of
+dead pine,) the smoke of which does not offend the eyes, but smuts the
+skin exceedingly, and is perhaps another occasion of the darkness of
+their complexion.
+
+§ 12. Their seats, like those in the eastern part of the world, are the
+ground itself; and as the people of distinction amongst those used
+carpets, so cleanliness has taught the better sort of these to spread
+match-coats and mats to sit on.
+
+They take up their lodging in the sides of their cabins upon a couch
+made of boards, sticks, or reeds, which are raised from the ground upon
+forks, and covered with mats or skins. Sometimes they lie upon a bear
+skin, or other thick pelt dressed with the hair on, and laid upon the
+ground near a fire, covering themselves with their match-coats. In warm
+weather a single mat is their only bed, and another rolled up their
+pillow. In their travels, a grass plat under the covert of a shady tree,
+is all the lodging they require, and is as pleasant and refreshing to
+them as a down bed and fine Holland sheets are to us.
+
+§ 13. Their fortifications consist only of a palisade, of about ten or
+twelve feet high; and when they would make themselves very safe, they
+treble the pale. They often encompass their whole town; but for the
+most part only their king's houses, and as many others as they judge
+sufficient to harbor all their people when an enemy comes against them.
+They never fail to secure within their palisade all their religious
+relics, and the remains of their princes. Within this inclosure, they
+likewise take care to have a supply of water, and to make a place for a
+fire, which they frequently dance round with great solemnity.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+OF THEIR COOKERY AND FOOD.
+
+
+§ 14. Their cookery has nothing commendable in it, but that it is
+performed with little trouble. They have no other sauce but a good
+stomach, which they seldom want. They boil, broil, or toast all the meat
+they eat, and it is very common with them to boil fish as well as flesh
+with their homony; this is Indian corn soaked, broken in a mortar,
+husked, and then boiled in water over a gentle fire for ten or twelve
+hours, to the consistence of frumenty: the thin of this is what my Lord
+Bacon calls cream of maise, and highly commends for an excellent sort of
+nutriment.
+
+They have two ways of broiling, viz., one by laying the meat itself upon
+the coals, the other by laying it upon sticks raised upon forks at some
+distance above the live coals, which heats more gently, and dries up the
+gravy; this they, and we also from them, call barbecueing.
+
+They skin and paunch all sorts of quadrupeds; they draw and pluck their
+fowl; but their fish they dress with their scales on, without gutting;
+but in eating they leave the scales, entrails and bones to be thrown
+away. They also roast their fish upon a hot hearth, covering them with
+hot ashes and coals, then take them out, the scales and skin they strip
+clean off, so they eat the flesh, leaving the bones and entrails to be
+thrown away.
+
+They never serve up different sorts of victuals in one dish; as roast
+and boiled fish and flesh; but always serve them up in several vessels.
+
+They bake their bread either in cakes before the fire, or in loaves on a
+warm hearth, covering the loaf first with leaves, then with warm ashes,
+and afterwards with coals over all.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchie & Dunnavant Richmond._
+Tab. 9 Book 3 Pag. 139]
+
+TAB. IX. Represents the manner of their roasting and barbecueing, with
+the form of their baskets for common uses, and carrying fish.
+
+§ 15. Their food is fish and flesh of all sorts, and that which
+participates of both; as the beaver, a small kind of turtle, or
+terrapins, (as we call them,) and several species of snakes. They
+likewise eat grubs, the nymphæ of wasps, some kinds of scarabæi, cicadæ,
+&c. These last are such as are sold in the markets of Fess, and such as
+the Arabians, Lybians, Parthians and Æthiopians commonly eat; so that
+these are not a new diet, though a very slender one; and we are informed
+that St. John was dieted upon locusts and wild honey.
+
+They make excellent broth of the head and umbles of a deer, which they
+put into the pot all bloody. This seems to resemble the _jus nigrum_ of
+the Spartans, made with the blood and bowels of a hare. They eat not the
+brains with the head, but dry them and reserve them to dress their
+leather with.
+
+They eat all sorts of peas, beans, and other pulse, both parched and
+boiled. They make their bread of the Indian corn, wild oats, or the seed
+of the sunflower. But when they eat their bread, they eat it alone, and
+not with their meat.
+
+They have no salt among them, but for seasoning use the ashes of
+hickory, stickweed, or some other wood or plant affording a salt ash.
+
+They delight much to feed on roasting ears; that is, the Indian corn,
+gathered green and milky, before it is grown to its full bigness, and
+roasted before the fire in the ear. For the sake of this diet, which
+they love exceedingly, they are very careful to procure all the several
+sorts of Indian corn before mentioned, by which means they contrive to
+prolong their season. And indeed this is a very sweet and pleasing food.
+
+They have growing near their towns, peaches, strawberries, cushaws,
+melons, pompions, macocks, &c. The cushaws and pompions they lay by,
+which will keep several months good after they are gathered; the peaches
+they save by drying them in the sun; they have likewise several sorts of
+the phaseoli.
+
+In the woods, they gather chinkapins, chestnuts, hickories and walnuts.
+The kernels of the hickories they beat in a mortar with water, and make
+a white liquor like milk, from whence they call our milk hickory.
+Hazelnuts they will not meddle with, though they make a shift with
+acorns sometimes, and eat all the other fruits mentioned before, but
+they never eat any sort of herbs or leaves.
+
+They make food of another fruit called cuttanimmons, the fruit of a kind
+of arum, growing in the marshes: they are like boiled peas or capers to
+look on, but of an insipid earthy taste. Captain Smith in his History of
+Virginia calls them ocaughtanamnis, and Theod. de Bry in his
+translation, sacquenummener.
+
+Out of the ground they dig trubs, earth nuts, wild onions, and a
+tuberous root they call tuckahoe, which while crude is of a very hot and
+virulent quality: but they can manage it so, as in case of necessity, to
+make bread of it, just as the East Indians and those of Egypt are said
+to do of colocassia, or the West Indians of cassava. It grows like a
+flag in the miry marshes, having roots of the magnitude and taste of
+Irish potatoes, which are easy to be dug up.
+
+§ 16. They accustom themselves to no set meals, but eat night and day,
+when they have plenty of provisions, or if they have got any thing that
+is a rarity. They are very patient of hunger, when by any accident they
+happen to have nothing to eat; which they make more easy to themselves
+by girding up their bellies, just as the wild Arabs are said to do in
+their long marches; by which means they are less sensible of the
+impressions of hunger.
+
+§ 17. Among all this variety of food, nature hath not taught them the
+use of any other drink than water; which though they have in cool and
+pleasant springs every where, yet they will not drink that if they can
+get pond water, or such as has been warmed by the sun and weather.
+Baron Lahontan tells of a sweet juice of maple, which the Indians to the
+northward gave him, mingled with water; but our Indians use no such
+drink. For their strong drink they are altogether beholden to us, and
+are so greedy of it, that most of them will be drunk as often as they
+find an opportunity; notwithstanding which it is a prevailing humor
+among them, not to taste any strong drink at all, unless they can get
+enough to make them quite drunk, and then they go as solemnly about it
+as if it were part of their religion.
+
+§ 18. Their fashion of sitting at meals is on a mat spread on the
+ground, with their legs lying out at length before them, and the dish
+between their legs; for which reason they seldom or never sit more than
+two together at a dish, who may with convenience mix their legs together
+and have the dish stand commodiously to them both, as appears by the
+figure.
+
+The spoons which they eat with do generally hold half a pint; and they
+laugh at the English for using small ones, which they must be forced to
+carry so often to their mouths that their arms are in danger of being
+tired before their belly.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond._
+Tab. 10. Book 3 Pag. 141]
+
+TAB. X. Is a man and his wife at dinner.
+
+ No. 1. Is their pot boiling with homony and fish in it.
+
+ 2. Is a bowl of corn, which they gather up in their fingers, to
+ feed themselves.
+
+ 3. The tomahawk, which he lays by at dinner.
+
+ 4. His pocket, which is likewise stripped off, that he may be at
+ full liberty.
+
+ 5. A fish. }
+ } Both ready for dressing.
+ 6. A heap of roasting ears.}
+
+ 7. The gourd of water.
+
+ 8. A cockle shell, which they sometimes use instead of a spoon.
+
+ 9. The mat they sit on.
+
+All other matters in this figure are understood by the foregoing and
+following descriptions.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+OF THE TRAVELING, RECEPTION AND ENTERTAINMENT OF THE INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 19. Their travels they perform altogether on foot, the fatigue of
+which they endure to admiration. They make no other provision for their
+journey but their gun or bow, to supply them with food for many hundred
+miles together. If they carry any flesh in their marches, they barbecue
+it, or rather dry it by degrees, at some distance over the clear coals
+of a wood fire; just as the Charibees are said to preserve the bodies of
+their kings and great men from corruption. Their sauce to this dry meat,
+(if they have any besides a good stomach,) is only a little bear's oil,
+or oil of acorns; which last they force out by boiling the acorns in a
+strong lye. Sometimes also in their travels each man takes with him a
+pint or quart of rockahomonie, that is, the finest Indian corn parched
+and beaten to powder. When they find their stomach empty, (and cannot
+stay for the tedious cookery of other things,) they put about a spoonful
+of this into their mouths and drink a draught of water upon it, which
+stays their stomachs, and enables them to pursue their journey without
+delay. But their main dependence is upon the game they kill by the way,
+and the natural fruits of the earth. They take no care about lodging in
+these journeys, but content themselves with the shade of a tree or a
+little high grass.
+
+When they fear being discovered or followed by an enemy in their
+marches, they every morning, having first agreed where they shall
+rendezvous at night, disperse themselves into the woods, and each takes
+a several way, that so the grass or leaves being but singly pressed, may
+rise again and not betray them. For the Indians are very artful in
+following a track, even where the impressions are not visible to other
+people, especially if they have any advantage from the looseness of the
+earth, from the stiffness of the grass, or the stirring of the leaves,
+which in the winter season lie very thick upon the ground; and likewise
+afterwards, if they do not happen to be burned.
+
+When in their travels they meet with any waters which are not fordable,
+they make canoes of birch bark, by slipping it whole off the tree in
+this manner: First, they gash the bark quite round the tree, at the
+length they would have the canoe off, then slit down the length from end
+to end; when that is done, they with their tomahawks easily open the
+bark and strip it whole off. Then they force it open with sticks in the
+middle, slope the under side of the ends and sow them up, which helps to
+keep the belly open; or if the birch trees happen to be small they sow
+the bark of two together. The seams they daub with clay or mud, and then
+pass over in these canoes, by two, three, or more at a time, according
+as they are in bigness. By reason of the lightness of these boats, they
+can easily carry them over land, if they foresee that they are like to
+meet with any more waters that may impede their march; or else they
+leave them at the water side, making no farther account of them, except
+it be to repass the same waters in their return. See the resemblance,
+Tab. 6.
+
+§ 20. They have a peculiar way of receiving strangers, and
+distinguishing whether they come as friends or enemies, though they do
+not understand each other's language: and that is by a singular method
+of smoking tobacco, in which these things are always observed:
+
+ 1. They take a pipe much larger and bigger than the common tobacco
+ pipe, expressly made for that purpose, with which all towns are
+ plentifully provided; they call them the pipes of peace.
+
+ 2. This pipe they always fill with tobacco, before the face of the
+ strangers, and light it.
+
+ 3. The chief man of the Indians, to whom the strangers come, takes
+ two or three whiffs, and then hands it to the chief of the
+ strangers.
+
+ 4. If the stranger refuses to smoke in it, 'tis a sign of war.
+
+ 5. If it be peace, the chief of the strangers takes a whiff or two
+ in the pipe, and presents it to the next great man of the town
+ they come to visit; he, after taking two or three whiffs, gives it
+ back to the next of the strangers, and so on alternately, until
+ they have past all the persons of note on each side, and then the
+ ceremony is ended.
+
+After a little discourse, they march together in a friendly manner into
+the town, and then proceed to explain the business upon which they came.
+This method is as general a rule among all the Indians of those parts of
+America as the flag of truce is among the Europeans. And though the
+fashion of the pipe differ, as well as the ornaments of it, according to
+the humor of the several nations, yet 'tis a general rule to make these
+pipes remarkably bigger than those for common use, and to adorn them
+with beautiful wings and feathers of birds, as likewise with peak,
+beads, or other such foppery. Father Lewis Henepin gives a particular
+description of one that he took notice of among the Indians upon the
+lakes wherein he traveled. He describes it by the name of the calumet of
+peace, and his words are these, Book I., chap. 24:
+
+"This calumet is the most mysterious thing in the world among the
+savages of the continent of the Northern America; for it is used in all
+their important transactions: however, it is nothing else but a large
+tobacco pipe, made of red, black or white marble; the head is finely
+polished, and the quill, which is commonly two feet and a half long, is
+made of a pretty strong reed or cane, adorned with feathers of all
+colors, interlaced with locks of women's hair. They tie it to two wings
+of the most curious birds they can find, which makes their calumet not
+much unlike Mercury's wand, or that staff ambassadors did formerly carry
+when they went to treat of peace. They sheath that reed into the neck
+of birds they call huars, which are as big as our geese, and spotted
+with black and white; or else of a sort of ducks, which make their nests
+upon trees, though the water be their ordinary element, and whose
+feathers be of many different colors. However, every nation adorns their
+calumet as they think fit, according to their own genius, and the birds
+they have in their country.
+
+"Such a pipe is a pass and safe conduct among all the allies of the
+nation who has given it. And in all embassies, the ambassador carries
+that calumet, as the symbol of peace, which is always respected: for the
+savages are generally persuaded, that a great misfortune would befall
+them, if they violated the public faith of the calumet.
+
+"All their enterprises, declarations of war, or conclusions of peace, as
+well as all the rest of their ceremonies, are sealed, (if I may be
+permitted to say so,) with this calumet: They fill that pipe with the
+best tobacco they have, and then present it to those with whom they have
+concluded any great affair, and smoke out of the same after them."
+
+In tab. 6, is seen the calumet of peace, drawn by Lahontan, and one of
+the sort which I have seen.
+
+§ 21. They have a remarkable way of entertaining all strangers of
+condition, which is performed after the following manner: First, the
+king or queen, with a guard and a great retinue, march out of the town,
+a quarter or half a mile, and carry mats for their accommodation. When
+they meet the strangers, they invite them to sit down upon those mats.
+Then they pass the ceremony of the pipe, and afterwards, having spent
+about half an hour in grave discourse, they get up, all together, and
+march into the town. Here the first compliment is to wash the courteous
+traveler's feet; then he is treated at a plentiful entertainment, served
+up by a great number of attendants; after which he is diverted with
+antique Indian dances, performed both by men and women, and accompanied
+with great variety of wild music. At this rate he is regaled till
+bedtime, when a brace of young, beautiful virgins are chosen to wait
+upon him that night for his particular refreshment. These damsels are to
+undress this happy gentleman, and as soon as he is in bed, they gently
+lay themselves down by him, one on one side of him, and the other on the
+other. They esteem it a breach of hospitality, not to submit to
+everything he desires of them. This kind ceremony is used only to men of
+great distinction--and the young women are so far from suffering in
+their reputation for this civility, that they are envied for it by all
+the other girls, as having had the greatest honor done them in the
+world.
+
+After this manner, perhaps, many of the heroes were begotten in old
+time, who boasted themselves to be the sons of some wayfaring god.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+OF THE LEARNING AND LANGUAGES OF THE INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 22. These Indians have no sort of letters to express their words by;
+but when they would communicate anything that cannot be delivered by
+message, they do it by a sort of hieroglyphic, or representation of
+birds, beasts, or other things, shewing their different meaning by the
+various forms described, and by the different position of the figures.
+
+Baron Lahontan, in his second volume of New Voyages, has two
+extraordinary chapters concerning the heraldry and hieroglyphics of the
+Indians; but I, having had no opportunity of conversing with our Indians
+since that book came to my hands, nor having ever suspected them to be
+acquainted with heraldry, I am not able to say anything upon that
+subject.
+
+The Indians, when they travel ever so small a way, being much embroiled
+in war one with another, use several marks painted upon their shoulders
+to distinguish themselves by, and show what nation they are of. The
+usual mark is one, two, or three arrows. One nation paints these arrows
+upwards, another downwards, a third sideways--and others again use other
+distinctions, as in tab. 2, from whence it comes to pass, that the
+Virginia assembly took up the humor of making badges of silver, copper
+or brass, of which they gave a sufficient number to each nation in amity
+with the English, and then made a law, that the Indians should not
+travel among the English plantations without one of these badges in
+their company, to show that they are friends. And this is all the
+heraldry that I know is practiced among the Indians.
+
+§ 23. Their languages differ very much, as anciently in the several
+parts of Britain; so that nations at a moderate distance do not
+understand one another. However, they have a sort of general language,
+like what Lahontan calls the Algonkine, which is understood by the chief
+men of many nations, as Latin is in most parts of Europe, and Lingua
+Franca quite through the Levant.
+
+The general language here used is said to be that of the Occaneeches,
+though they have been but a small nation ever since those parts were
+known to the English; but in what this language may differ from that of
+the Algonkines, I am not able to determine.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+OF THE WAR, AND PEACE OF THE INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 24. When they are about to undertake any war or other solemn
+enterprise, the king summons a convention of his great men to assist at
+a grand council, which, in their language, is called a Matchacomoco. At
+these assemblies, 'tis the custom, especially when a war is expected,
+for the young men to paint themselves irregularly with black, red,
+white, and several other motley colors, making one-half of their face
+red, (for instance,) and the other black or white, with great circles of
+a different hue round their eyes, with monstrous mustaches, and a
+thousand fantastical figures, all over the rest of their body; and to
+make themselves appear yet more ugly and frightful, they strew feathers,
+down, or the hair of beasts upon the paint while it is still moist and
+capable of making those light substances stick fast on. When they are
+thus formidably equipped, they rush into the Matchacomoco, and instantly
+begin some very grotesque dance, holding their arrows or tomahawks in
+their hands, and all the while singing the ancient glories of their
+nation, and especially of their own families--threatening and making
+signs with their tomahawk what a dreadful havoc they intend to make
+amongst their enemies.
+
+Notwithstanding these terrible airs they give themselves, they are very
+timorous when they come to action, and rarely perform any open or bold
+feats; but the execution they do, is chiefly by surprise and ambuscade.
+
+§ 25. The fearfulness of their nature makes them very jealous and
+implacable. Hence it is, that when they get a victory, they destroy
+man, woman and child, to prevent all future resentments.
+
+§ 26. I can't think it anything but their jealousy that makes them
+exclude the lineal issue from succeeding immediately to the crown. Thus,
+if a king have several legitimate children, the crown does not descend
+in a direct line to his children, but to his brother by the same mother,
+if he have any, and for want of such, to the children of his eldest
+sister, always respecting the descent by the female, as the surer side.
+But the crown goes to the male heir (if any be) in equal degree, and for
+want of such, to the female, preferably to any male that is more
+distant.
+
+§ 27. As in the beginning of a war, they have assemblies for
+consultation, so, upon any victory or other great success, they have
+public meetings again for processions and triumphs. I never saw one of
+these, but have heard that they are accompanied with all the marks of a
+wild and extravagant joy.
+
+Captain Smith gives the particulars of one that was made upon his being
+taken prisoner, and carried to their town. These are his words, vol. I,
+page 159:
+
+ "Drawing themselves all in file, the king in the midst had all
+ their pieces and swords borne before him. Captain Smith was led
+ after him by three great savages, holding him fast by each arm,
+ and on each side six went in file, with their arrows nocked; but
+ arriving at the town, (which was but thirty or forty hunting
+ houses made of mats, which they remove as often as they please, as
+ we our tents,) all the women and children staring to behold him,
+ the soldiers first, all in the file, performed the form of a
+ bissom as well as could be, and on each flank officers as
+ sergeants to see them keep their order. A good time they continued
+ this exercise, and then cast themselves in a ring, dancing in such
+ several postures, and singing and yelling out such hellish notes
+ and screeches, being strangely painted, every one his quiver of
+ arrows, and at his back a club, on his arm a fox or an otter's
+ skin, or some such matter for his vambrace; their heads and
+ shoulders painted red, with oil and puccoons mingled together,
+ which scarlet-like color made an exceeding handsome show; his bow
+ in his hand, and the skin of a bird with the wings abroad dried,
+ tied on his head; a piece of copper, a white shell, a long
+ feather, with a small rattle growing at the tails of their snakes,
+ tied to it, or some such like toy. All this, while Smith and the
+ king stood in the midst guarded, as before is said, and after
+ three dances they all departed."
+
+I suppose here is something omitted, and that the conjurer should have
+been introduced in his proper dress, as the sequel of the story seems to
+mean.
+
+§ 28. They use formal embassies for treating, and very ceremonious ways
+in concluding of peace, or else some other memorable action, such as
+burying a tomahawk, and raising a heap of stones thereon, as the Hebrews
+were wont to do; or of planting a tree, in token that all enmity is
+buried with the tomahawk; that all the desolations of war are at an end,
+and that friendship shall flourish among them like a tree.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+CONCERNING THE RELIGION, WORSHIP, AND SUPERSTITIOUS CUSTOMS OF THE
+INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 29. I don't pretend to have dived into all the mysteries of the Indian
+religion, nor have I had such opportunities of learning them as father
+Henepin and Baron Lahontan had, by living much among the Indians in
+their towns; and because my rule is to say nothing but what I know to be
+truth, I shall be very brief upon this head.
+
+In the writings of those two gentlemen, I cannot but observe direct
+contradictions, although they traveled the same country, and the
+accounts they pretend to give are of the same Indians. One makes them
+have very refined notions of a Deity, and the other don't allow them so
+much as the name of a God. For which reason, I think myself obliged
+sincerely to deliver what I can warrant to be true upon my own
+knowledge; it being neither my interest, nor any part of my vanity, to
+impose upon the world.
+
+I have been at several of the Indian towns, and conversed with some of
+the most sensible of them in Virginia; but I could learn little from
+them, it being reckoned sacrilege to divulge the principles of their
+religion. However, the following adventure discovered something of it.
+As I was ranging the woods, with some other friends, we fell upon their
+quioccosan, (which is their house of religious worship,) at a time when
+the whole town were gathered together in another place, to consult about
+the bounds of the land given them by the English.
+
+Thus finding ourselves masters of so fair an opportunity, (because we
+knew the Indians were engaged,) we resolved to make use of it, and to
+examine their quioccosan, the inside of which they never suffer any
+Englishmen to see; and having removed about fourteen logs from the door,
+with which it was barricaded, we went in, and at first found nothing but
+naked walls, and a fireplace in the middle. This house was about
+eighteen feet wide, and thirty feet long, built after the manner of
+their other cabins, but larger, with a hole in the middle of the roof to
+vent the smoke, the door being at one end. Round about the house, at
+some distance from it, were set up posts, with faces carved on them, and
+painted. We did not observe any window or passage for the light, except
+the door and the vent of the chimney. At last we observed, that at the
+farther end, about ten feet of the room was cut off by a partition of
+very close mats, and it was dismal dark behind that partition. We were
+at first scrupulous to enter this obscure place, but at last we
+ventured, and, groping about, we felt some posts in the middle; then
+reaching our hands up those posts, we found large shelves, and upon
+these shelves three mats, each of which was rolled up, and sowed fast.
+These we handed down to the light, and to save time in unlacing the
+seams, we made use of a knife, and ripped them, without doing any damage
+to the mats. In one of these we found some vast bones, which we judged
+to be the bones of men--particularly we measured one thighbone, and
+found it two feet nine inches long. In another mat we found some Indian
+tomahawks finely graved and painted. These resembled the wooden falchion
+used by the prize-fighters in England, except that they have no guard to
+save the fingers. They were made of a rough, heavy wood, and the shape
+of them is represented in the tab. 10, No. 3. Among these tomahawks, was
+the largest that ever I saw. There was fastened to it a wild turkey's
+beard painted red, and two of the longest feathers of his wings hung
+dangling at it, by a string of about six inches long, tied to the end of
+the tomahawk. In the third mat there was something which we took to be
+their idol, though of an underling sort, and wanted putting together.
+The pieces were these--first, a board three feet and a half long, with
+one indenture at the upper end like a fork, to fasten the head upon.
+From thence half way down, were half hoops nailed to the edges of the
+board, at about four inches' distance, which were bowed out, to
+represent the breast and belly; on the lower half was another board of
+half the length of the other, fastened to it by joints or pieces of
+wood, which being set on each side stood out about fourteen inches from
+the body, and half as high. We supposed the use of these to be for the
+bowing out of the knees, when the image was set up. There were packed up
+with these things, red and blue pieces of cotton cloth, rolls made up
+for arms, thighs and legs, bent too at the knees, as is represented in
+the figure of their idol, which was taken by an exact drawer in the
+first discovery of the country. It would be difficult to see one of
+these images at this day, because the Indians are extreme shy of
+exposing them. We put the clothes upon the hoops for the body, and
+fastened on the arms and legs to have a view of the representation; but
+the head and rich bracelets, which it is usually adorned with, were not
+there, or at least we did not find them. We had not leisure to make a
+very narrow search, for having spent about an hour in this enquiry, we
+feared the business of the Indians might be near over, and that if we
+staid longer, we might be caught offering an affront to their
+superstition. For this reason, we wrapt up those holy materials in their
+several mats again, and laid them on the shelf where we found them. This
+image, when dressed up, might look very venerable in that dark place
+where 'tis not possible to see it, but by the glimmering light that is
+let in by lifting up a piece of the matting, which we observed to be
+conveniently hung for that purpose; for when the light of the door and
+chimney glance in several directions upon the image through that little
+passage, it must needs make a strange representation, which those poor
+people are taught to worship with a devout ignorance. There are other
+things that contribute towards carrying on this imposture. First, the
+chief conjurer enters within the partition in the dark, and may
+undiscerned move the image as he pleases. Secondly, a priest of
+authority stands in the room with the people, to keep them from being
+too inquisitive, under the penalty of the deity's displeasure and his
+own censure.
+
+Their idol bears a several name in every nation, as Okee, Quioccos,
+Kiwasa. They do not look upon it as one single being, but reckon there
+are many of the same nature; they likewise believe that there are
+tutelar deities in every town.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond, Va._
+Idol call'd, OKEÈ, QUIÓCCOS, or KIWASA.
+Tab. 11 Book 3 Pag. 155]
+
+TAB. 11. Their idol in his tabernacle.
+
+The dark edging shows the sides and roof of the house, which consists of
+saplings and bark. The paler edging shows the mats, by which they make a
+partition of about ten feet at the end of the house for the idol's
+abode. The idol is set upon his seat of mats within a dark recess above
+the people's heads, and the curtain is drawn up before him.
+
+§ 30. Father Henepin, in his continuation, page 60, will not allow that
+the Indians have any belief of a Deity, nor that they are capable of the
+arguments and reasonings that are common to the rest of mankind. He
+farther says, that they have not any outward ceremony to denote their
+worship of a Deity, nor have any word to express God by--that there's no
+sacrifice, priest, temple, or any other token of religion among them.
+Baron Lahontan, on the other hand, makes them have such refined notions,
+as seem almost to confute his own belief of Christianity.
+
+The first I cannot believe, though written by the pen of that pious
+father; because, to my own knowledge, all the Indians in these parts are
+a superstitious and idolatrous people; and because all other authors,
+who have written of the American Indians, are against him. As to the
+other account of the just thoughts the Indians have of religion, I must
+humbly intreat the baron's pardon; because I am very sure they have some
+unworthy conceptions of God and another world. Therefore, what that
+gentleman tells the public concerning them, is rather to show his own
+opinions, than those of the Indians.
+
+Once in my travels, in very cold weather, I met at an Englishman's house
+with an Indian, of whom an extraordinary character had been given me for
+his ingenuity and understanding. When I saw he had no other Indian with
+him, I thought I might be the more free; and therefore I made much of
+him, seating him close by a large fire, and giving him plenty of strong
+cider, which I hoped would make him good company and open-hearted. After
+I found him well warmed, (for unless they be surprised some way or
+other, they will not talk freely of their religion,) I asked him
+concerning their god, and what their notions of him were? He freely told
+me, they believed God was universally beneficent, that his dwelling was
+in the heavens above, and that the influences of his goodness reached to
+the earth beneath. That he was incomprehensible in his excellence, and
+enjoyed all possible felicity; that his duration was eternal, his
+perfection boundless, and that he possesses everlasting indolence and
+ease. I told him I had heard that they worshipped the devil, and asked
+why they did not rather worship God, whom they had so high an opinion
+of, and who would give them all good things, and protect them from any
+mischief that the devil could do them? To this his answer was, that,
+'tis true God is the giver of all good things, but they flow naturally
+and promiscuously from him; that they are showered down upon all men
+indifferently without distinction; that God does not trouble himself
+with the impertinent affairs of men, nor is concerned at what they do;
+but leaves them to make the most of their free will, and to secure as
+many as they can of the good things that flow from him; that therefore
+it was to no purpose either to fear or worship him. But on the contrary,
+if they did not pacify the evil spirit, and make him propitious, he
+would take away or spoil all those good things that God had given, and
+ruin their health, their peace, and their plenty, by sending war, plague
+and famine among them; for, said he, this evil spirit is always busying
+himself with our affairs, and frequently visiting us, being present in
+the air in the thunder, and in the storms. He told me farther, that he
+expected adoration and sacrifice from them, on pain of his displeasure,
+and that therefore they thought it convenient to make their court to
+him. I then asked him concerning the image which they worship in their
+quioccasan, and assured him that it was a dead, insensible log, equipped
+with a bundle of clouts, a mere helpless thing made by men, that could
+neither hear, see nor speak, and that such a stupid thing could noways
+hurt or help them. To this he answered very unwillingly, and with much
+hesitation; however, he at last delivered himself in these broken and
+imperfect sentences: It is the priests----they make the people believe,
+and----. Here he paused a little, and then repeated to me, that it was
+the priests----, and then gave me hopes that he would have said
+something more; but a qualm crossed his conscience, and hindered him
+from making any farther confession.
+
+§ 31. The priests and conjurers have a great sway in every nation. Their
+words are looked upon as oracles, and consequently are of great weight
+among the common people. They perform their adorations and conjurations
+in the general language before spoken of, as the catholics of all
+nations do their mass in the Latin. They teach that the souls of men
+survive their bodies, and that those who have done well here, enjoy most
+transporting pleasures in their elysium hereafter; that this elysium is
+stored with the highest perfection of all their earthly pleasures;
+namely, with plenty of all sorts of game for hunting, fishing and
+fowling; that it is blest with the most charming women, who enjoy an
+eternal bloom, and have an universal desire to please; that it is
+delivered from excesses of cold or heat, and flourishes with an
+everlasting spring. But that, on the contrary, those who are wicked and
+live scandalously here, are condemned to a filthy, stinking lake after
+death, that continually burns with flames that never extinguish; where
+they are persecuted and tormented day and night, with furies in the
+shape of old women.
+
+They use many divinations and enchantments, and frequently offer burnt
+sacrifice to the evil spirit. The people annually present their first
+fruits of every season and kind, namely, of birds, beasts, fish, fruits,
+plants, roots, and of all other things, which they esteem either of
+profit or pleasure to themselves. They repeat their offerings as
+frequently as they have great successes in their wars, or their fishing,
+fowling or hunting.
+
+Captain Smith describes the particular manner of a conjuration that was
+made about him, while he was a prisoner among the Indians at the Pamunky
+town, in the first settlement of the country; and after that I'll tell
+you of another of a more modern date, which I had from a very good hand.
+Smith's word's are these: vol. 1, p. 160.
+
+ "Early in the morning, a great fire was made in a long house, and
+ a mat spread on the one side and on the other. On the one they
+ caused him to sit, and all the guard went out of the house, and
+ presently there came skipping in a great grim fellow, all painted
+ over with coal mingled with oil, and many snakes and weasel skins
+ stuffed with moss, and all their tails tied together, so as they
+ met in the crown of his head, like a tassel, and round about the
+ tassel was a coronet of feathers, the skins hanging round about
+ his head, back and shoulders, and in a manner covering his face;
+ with a hellish voice, and a rattle in his hand, with most strange
+ gestures and postures, he began his invocation, and environed the
+ fire with a circle of meal; which done, three much such like
+ devils came rushing in with the like antic tricks, painted half
+ black, half red; but all their eyes were painted white, and some
+ great strokes like mustaches, along their cheeks. Round about him
+ these fiends danced a pretty while; and then came in three more as
+ ugly as the rest, with red eyes and white strokes over their black
+ faces. At last they all sat down right against him, three of them
+ on one hand of the chief priest and three on the other. Then all
+ of them with their rattles began a song; which ended, the chief
+ priest laid down five wheat corns; then straining his arms and
+ hands with such violence that he sweat, and his veins swelled, he
+ began a short oration. At the conclusion they gave a short groan,
+ and then laid down three grains more; after that, began their song
+ again, and then another oration, ever laying down so many corns as
+ before, till they had twice encircled the fire. That done, they
+ took a bunch of little sticks prepared for that purpose,
+ continuing still their devotion, and at the end of every song and
+ oration, they laid down a stick betwixt the divisions of corn.
+ Till night neither he nor they did eat or drink, and then they
+ feasted merrily with the provisions they could make. Three days
+ they used this ceremony, the meaning whereof they told him was to
+ know if he intended them well or no. The circle of meal signified
+ their country, the circles of corn the bounds of the sea, and the
+ sticks his country. They imagined the world to be flat and round
+ like a trencher, and they in the midst."
+
+Thus far is Smith's story of conjuration concerning himself; but when he
+says they encircled the fire with wheat, I am apt to believe he means
+their Indian corn, which some, contrary to the custom of the rest of
+mankind will still call by the name of Indian wheat.
+
+The latter story of conjuration is this: Some few years ago, there
+happened a very dry time towards the heads of the rivers, and especially
+on the upper parts of James river, where Col. Byrd had several quarters
+of negroes. This gentleman has been for a long time extremely respected
+and feared by all the Indians round about, who, without knowing the name
+of any governor, have ever been kept in order by him. During this
+drought, an Indian, well known to one of the Colonel's overseers, came
+to him, and asked if his tobacco was not like to be spoiled? The
+overseer answered yes, if they had not rain very suddenly. The Indian,
+who pretended great kindness for his master, told the overseer if he
+would promise to give him two bottles of rum, he would bring him rain
+enough. The overseer did not believe anything of the matter, not seeing
+at that time the least appearance of rain, nor so much as a cloud in the
+sky; however, he promised to give him the rum when his master came
+thither, if he would be as good as his word. Upon this, the Indian went
+immediately a pauwawing as they call it, and in about half an hour,
+there came up a black cloud into the sky that showered down rain enough
+upon this gentleman's corn and tobacco, but none at all upon any of the
+neighbors, except a few drops of the skirts of the shower. The Indian
+for that time went away without returning to the overseer again, till he
+heard of his master's arrival at the falls, and then he came to him and
+demanded the two bottles of rum. The Colonel at first seemed to know
+nothing of the matter, and asked the Indian for what reason he made that
+demand? (Although his overseer had been so overjoyed at what had
+happened that he could not rest till he had taken a horse and rode near
+forty miles to tell his master the story.) The Indian answered with some
+concern, that he hoped the overseer had let him know the service he had
+done him, by bringing a shower of rain to save his crop. At this the
+Colonel, not being apt to believe such stories, smiled, and told him he
+was a cheat, and had seen the cloud acoming, otherwise he could neither
+have brought the rain nor so much as foretold it. The Indian at this,
+seeming much troubled, replied, why then had not such a one, and such a
+one, (naming the next neighbor,) rain, as well as your overseer? for
+they lost their crops, but I loved you and therefore I saved yours. The
+Colonel made sport with him a little while, but in the end ordered him
+the two bottles of rum, letting him understand, however, that it was a
+free gift, and not the consequence of any bargain with his overseer.
+
+§ 32. The Indians have their altars and places of sacrifice. Some say
+they now and then sacrifice young children; but they deny it, and assure
+us, that when they withdraw their children, it is not to sacrifice them,
+but to consecrate them to the service of their god. Smith tells of one
+of these sacrifices in his time, from the testimony of some people who
+had been eye-witnesses. His words are these, (vol. 1, p. 140):
+
+ "Fifteen of the properest young boys, between ten and fifteen
+ years of age, they painted white; having brought them forth, the
+ people spent the forenoon in dancing and singing about them with
+ rattles. In the afternoon, they put these children to the root of
+ a tree. By them all the men stood in a guard, every one having a
+ bastinado in his hand, made of reeds bound together. They made a
+ lane between them all along, through which there were appointed
+ five young men to fetch these children: so every one of the five
+ went through the guard to fetch a child each after other by turns;
+ the guard fiercely beating them with their bastinadoes, and they
+ patiently enduring and receiving all, defending the children with
+ their naked bodies from the unmerciful blows, that pay them
+ soundly, though the children escape. All this while the women weep
+ and cry out very passionately, providing mats, skins, moss and dry
+ wood, as things fitting for their children's funeral. After the
+ children were thus past the guard, the guards tore down the tree,
+ branches and boughs with such violence, that they rent the body,
+ made wreaths for their heads, and bedecked their hair with the
+ leaves.
+
+ "What else was done with the children was not seen; but they were
+ all cast on a heap in a valley as dead, where they made a great
+ feast for all the company.
+
+ "The Werowance being demanded the meaning of this sacrifice,
+ answered, that the children were not dead, but that the Okee or
+ devil did suck the blood from the left breast of those, who
+ chanced to be his by lot, till they were dead; but the rest were
+ kept in the wilderness by the young men, till nine months were
+ expired, during which time they must not converse with any; and of
+ these were made their priests and conjurers."
+
+How far Captain Smith might be misinformed in this account, I can't say,
+or whether their Okee's sucking the breast, be only a delusion or
+pretence of the physician, (or priest, who is always a physician,) to
+prevent all reflection on his skill when any happened to die under his
+discipline. This I choose rather to believe, than those religious
+romances concerning their Okee. For I take this story of Smith's to be
+only an example of huskanawing, which being a ceremony then altogether
+unknown to him, he might easily mistake some of the circumstances of it.
+
+The solemnity of huskanawing is commonly practiced once every fourteen
+or sixteen years, or oftener, as their young men happen to grow up. It
+is an institution or discipline which all young men must pass before
+they can be admitted to be of the number of the great men, officers, or
+cockarouses of the nation; whereas, by Capt. Smith's relation, they were
+only set apart to supply the priesthood. The whole ceremony of
+huskanawing is performed after the following manner:
+
+The choicest and briskest young men of the town, and such only as have
+acquired some treasure by their travels and hunting, are chosen out by
+the rulers to be huskanawed; and whoever refuses to undergo this process
+dares not remain among them. Several of those odd preparatory fopperies
+are premised in the beginning, which have been before related; but the
+principal part of the business is, to carry them into the woods, and
+there keep them under confinement, and destitute of all society for
+several months, giving them no other sustenance but the infusion, or
+decoction, of some poisonous, intoxicating roots; by virtue of which
+physic, and by the severity of the discipline which they undergo, they
+became stark, staring mad; in which raving condition, they are kept
+eighteen or twenty days. During these extremities, they are shut up,
+night and day, in a strong inclosure, made on purpose; one of which I
+saw belonging to the Pamunky Indians, in the year 1694. It was in shape
+like a sugar loaf, and every way open like a lattice for the air to pass
+through, as in tab. 4, fig. 3. In this cage, thirteen young men had been
+huskanawed, and had not been a month set at liberty when I saw it. Upon
+this occasion, it is pretended that these poor creatures drink so much
+of that water of Lethe, that they perfectly lose the remembrance of all
+former things, even of their parents, their treasure, and their
+language. When the doctors find that they have drank sufficiently of the
+wysoccan, (so they call this mad potion,) they gradually restore them to
+their senses again, by lessening the intoxication of their diet; but
+before they are perfectly well, they bring them back into their towns,
+while they are still wild and crazy, through the violence of the
+medicine. After this, they are very fearful of discovering anything of
+their former remembrance; for if such a thing should happen to any of
+them, they must immediately be huskanawed again; and the second time,
+the usage is so severe, that seldom any one escapes with life. Thus they
+must pretend to have forgot the very use of their tongues, so as not to
+be able to speak, nor understand anything that is spoken, till they
+learn it again. Now, whether this be real or counterfeit, I don't know;
+but certain it is, that they will not for some time take notice of any
+body, nor anything with which they were before acquainted, being still
+under the guard of their keepers, who constantly wait upon them
+everywhere till they have learnt all things perfectly over again. Thus
+they unlive their former lives, and commence men by forgetting that they
+ever have been boys. If, under this exercise, any one should die, I
+suppose the story of Okee, mentioned by Smith, is the salvo for it; for,
+(says he) Okee was to have such as were his by lot, and such were said
+to be sacrificed.
+
+Now this conjecture is the more probable, because we know that Okee has
+not a share in every huskanawing; for though two young men happened to
+come short home, in that of the Pamunky Indians, which was performed in
+the year 1694, yet the Appomattoxs, formerly a great nation, though now
+an inconsiderable people, made a huskanaw in the year 1690, and brought
+home the same number they carried out.
+
+§ 33. I can account no other way for the great pains and secrecy of the
+keepers, during the whole process of this discipline, but by assuring
+you, that it is the most meritorious thing in the world to discharge
+that trust well, in order to their preferment to the greatest posts in
+the nation, which they claim as their undoubted right, in the next
+promotion. On the other hand, they are sure of a speedy passport into
+the other world, if they should, by their levity or neglect, shew
+themselves in the least unfaithful.
+
+Those which I have observed to have been huskanawed, were lively,
+handsome, well timbered young men, from fifteen to twenty years of age,
+or upward, and such as were generally reputed rich.
+
+I confess, I judged it at the first sight to be only an invention of the
+seniors, to engross the young men's riches to themselves; for, after
+suffering this operation, they never pretended to call to mind anything
+of their former property; but their goods were either shared by the old
+men, or brought to some public use; and so those younkers were obliged
+to begin the world again.
+
+But the Indians detest this opinion, and pretend that this violent
+method of taking away the memory, is to release the youth from all their
+childish impressions, and from that strong partiality to persons and
+things, which is contracted before reason comes to take place. They hope
+by this proceeding, to root out all the prepossessions and unreasonable
+prejudices which are fixed in the minds of children. So that, when the
+young men come to themselves again, their reason may act freely, without
+being biased by the cheats of custom and education. Thus, also, they
+become discharged from the remembrance of any ties by blood, and are
+established in a state of equality and perfect freedom, to order their
+actions, and dispose of their persons, as they think fit, without any
+other control than that of the law of nature. By this means also they
+become qualified, when they have any public office, equally and
+impartially to administer justice, without having respect either to
+friend or relation. Puffend. p. 7, book I. A proselyte of justice of
+the Jews had a new soul.
+
+§ 34. The Indians offer sacrifice almost upon every new occasion; as
+when they travel or begin a long journey, they burn tobacco instead of
+incense, to the sun, to bribe him to send them fair weather, and a
+prosperous voyage. When they cross any great water, or violent fresh, or
+torrent, they throw in tobacco, puccoon, peak, or some other valuable
+thing, that they happen to have about them, to intreat the spirit
+presiding there to grant them a safe passage. It is called a fresh, when
+after very great rains, or (as we suppose) after a great thaw of the
+snow and ice lying upon the mountains to the westward, the water
+descends in such abundance into the rivers, that they overflow the
+banks, which bound their streams at other times.
+
+Likewise, when the Indians return from war, from hunting, from great
+journeys or the like, they offer some proportion of their spoils, of
+their chiefest tobacco, furs and paint, as also the fat, and choice bits
+of their game.
+
+§ 35. I never could learn that they had any certain time or set days for
+their solemnities; but they have appointed feasts that happen according
+to the several seasons. They solemnize a day for the plentiful coming of
+their wild fowl, such as geese, ducks, teal, &c., for the returns of
+their hunting seasons, and for the ripening of certain fruits; but the
+greatest annual feast they have, is at the time of their corn-gathering,
+at which they revel several days together. To these they universally
+contribute, as they do to the gathering in the corn. On this occasion,
+they have their greatest variety of pastimes, and more especially of
+their war-dances and heroic songs; in which they boast, that their corn
+being now gathered, they have store enough for their women and children,
+and have nothing to do, but to go to war, travel, and to seek out for
+new adventures.
+
+§ 36. They make their account by units, tens, hundreds, &c., as we do;
+but they reckon the years by the winters, or _cobonks_, as they call
+them; which is a name taken from the note of the wild-geese, intimating
+so many times of the wild geese coming to them, which is every winter.
+They distinguish the several parts of the year, by five seasons, viz:
+the budding or blossoming of the spring; the earing of the corn, or
+roasting-ear time; the summer, or highest sun; the corn-gathering or
+fall of the leaf, and the winter, or _cobonks_. They count the months
+likewise by the moons, though not with any relation to so many in a
+year, as we do; but they make them return again by the same name, as the
+moon of stags, the corn moon, the first and second moon of _cobonks_,
+&c. They have no distinction of the hours of the day, but divide it only
+into three parts, the rise, power, and lowering of the sun. And they
+keep their account by knots on a string, or notches on a stick, not
+unlike the Peruvian quippoes.
+
+§ 37. In this state of nature, one would think they should be as pure
+from superstition, and overdoing matters in religion, as they are in
+other things; but I find it is quite the contrary; for this simplicity
+gives the cunning priest a greater advantage over them, according to the
+Romish maxim, "_Ignorance is the mother of devotion._" For, no bigotted
+pilgrim appears more zealous, or strains his devotion more at the
+shrine, than these believing Indians do, in their idolatrous adorations.
+Neither do the most refined Catholics undergo their pennance with so
+much submission, as these poor Pagans do the severities which their
+priests inflict upon them.
+
+They have likewise in other cases many fond and idle superstitions, as
+for the purpose. By the falls of James river upon Colonel Byrd's land,
+there lies a rock which I have seen, about a mile from the river,
+wherein are fairly imprest several marks like the footsteps of a
+gigantic man, each step being about five feet asunder. These they aver
+to be the track of their God.
+
+This is not unlike what the fathers of the Romish Church tell us, that
+our Lord left the print of His feet on the stone, whereon he stood while
+he talked with St. Peter; which stone was afterward preserved as a very
+sacred relic; and after several translations, was at last fixed in the
+Church of St. Sebastian, the martyr, where it is kept, and visited with
+great expressions of devotion. So that the Indians, as well as these,
+are not without their pious frauds.
+
+§ 38. As the people have a great reverence for the priest, so the priest
+very oddly endeavours to preserve their respect, by being as hideously
+ugly as he can, especially when he appears in public; for besides, that
+the cut of his hair is peculiar to his function, as in tab. 4, book 3,
+and the hanging of his cloak, with the fur reversed and falling down in
+flakes, looks horridly shagged, he likewise bedaubs himself in that
+frightful manner with paint, that he terrifies the people into a
+veneration for him.
+
+The conjuror is a partner with the priest, not only in the cheat, but in
+the advantages of it, and sometimes they officiate for one another. When
+this artist is in the act of conjuration, or of _pauwawing_, as they
+term it, he always appears with an air of haste, or else in some
+convulsive posture, that seems to strain all the faculties, like the
+Sybils, when they appeared to be under the power of inspiration. At
+these times, he has a black bird with expanded wings fastened to his
+ear, differing in nothing but color, from Mahomet's pigeon. He has no
+clothing but a small skin before, and a pocket at his girdle, as in tab.
+4, book 3.
+
+The Indians never go about any considerable enterprise, without first
+consulting their priests and conjurers, for the most ingenious amongst
+them are brought up to those functions, and by that means become better
+instructed in their histories, than the rest of the people. They
+likewise engross to themselves all the knowledge of nature, which is
+handed to them by tradition from their forefathers; by which means they
+are able to make a truer judgment of things, and consequently are more
+capable of advising those that consult them upon all occasions. These
+reverend gentlemen are not so entirely given up to their religious
+austerities, but they sometimes take their pleasure (as well as the
+laity) in fishing, fowling and hunting.
+
+§ 39. The Indians have posts fixed round their _Quioccassan_, which have
+men's faces carved upon them, and are painted. They are likewise set up
+round some of their other celebrated places, and make a circle for them
+to dance about on certain solemn occasions. They very often set up
+pyramidal stones and pillars, which they color with puccoon, and other
+sorts of paint, and which they adorn with peak, roenoke, &c. To these
+they pay all outward signs of worship and devotion, not as to God, but
+as they are hieroglyphics of the permanency and immutability of the
+Deity; because these, both for figure and substance, are of all
+sublunary bodies, the least subject to decay or change; they also, for
+the same reason, keep baskets of stones in their cabins. Upon this
+account too, they offer sacrifice to running streams, which by the
+perpetuity of their motion, typify the eternity of God.
+
+They erect altars wherever they have any remarkable occasion, and
+because their principal devotion consists in sacrifice, they have a
+profound respect for these altars. They have one particular altar, to
+which, for some mystical reason, many of their nations pay an
+extraordinary veneration; of this sort was the crystal cube, mentioned
+book II, chap. 3, § 9. The Indians call this by the name of pawcorance,
+from whence proceeds the great reverence they have for a small bird that
+uses the woods, and in their note continually sound that name. This bird
+flies alone, and is only heard in the twilight. They say, this is the
+soul of one of their princes; and on that score, they would not hurt it
+for the world. But there was once a profane Indian in the upper parts of
+James river, who, after abundance of fears and scruples, was at last
+bribed to kill one of them with his gun; but the Indians say he paid
+dear for his presumption; for in a few days after he was taken away,
+and never more heard of. I have young birds of this kind.
+
+When they travel by any of these altars, they take great care to
+instruct their children and young people in the particular occasion and
+time of their erection, and recommend the respect which they ought to
+have for them; so that their careful observance of these traditions
+proves almost as good a memorial of such antiquities as written records,
+especially for so long as the same people continue to inhabit in or near
+the same place.
+
+I can't understand that their women ever pretended to intermeddle with
+any offices that relate to the priesthood or conjuration.
+
+§ 40. The Indians are religious in preserving the corpses of their kings
+and rulers after death, which they order in the following manner: First,
+they neatly flay off the skin as entire as they can, slitting it only in
+the back; then they pick all the flesh off from the bones as clean as
+possible, leaving the sinews fastened to the bones, that they may
+preserve the joints together; then they dry the bones in the sun, and
+put them into the skin again, which, in the meantime, has been kept from
+drying or shrinking; when the bones are placed right in the skin, they
+nicely fill up the vacuities with a very fine white sand. After this
+they sew up the skin again, and the body looks as if the flesh had not
+been removed. They take care to keep the skin from shrinking, by the
+help of a little oil or grease, which saves it also from corruption. The
+skin being thus prepared, they lay it in an apartment for that purpose,
+upon a large shelf raised above the floor. This shelf is spread with
+mats, for the corpse to rest easy on, and skreened with the same, to
+keep it from the dust. The flesh they lay upon hurdles in the sun to
+dry, and when it is thoroughly dried, it is sewed up in a basket, and
+set at the feet of the corpse, to which it belongs. In this place also
+they set up a quioccos, or idol, which they believe will be a guard to
+the corpse. Here night and day one or other of the priests must give
+his attendance, to take care of the dead bodies. So great an honor and
+veneration have these ignorant and unpolished people for their princes,
+even after they are dead.
+
+The mat is supposed to be turned up in the figure, that the inside may
+be viewed.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond._
+Tab. 12 Book 3 Pag. 170]
+
+TAB. 12. Represents the burial of the kings.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+OF THE DISEASES AND CURES OF THE INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 41. The Indians are not subject to many diseases; and such as they
+have, generally come from excessive heats and sudden colds, which they
+as suddenly get away by sweating. But if the humor happen to fix, and
+make a pain in any particular joint, or limb, their general cure then is
+by burning, if it be in any part that will bear it; their method of
+doing this is by little sticks of lightwood, the coal of which will burn
+like a hot iron; the sharp point of this they run into the flesh, and
+having made a sore, keep it running till the humor be drawn off; or else
+they take punk, (which is a sort of soft touchwood, cut out of the knots
+of oak or hickory trees, but the hickory affords the best,) this they
+shape like a cone, (as the Japanese do their moxa for the gout,) and
+apply the basis of it to the place affected. Then they set fire to it,
+letting it burn out upon the part, which makes a running sore
+effectually.
+
+They use sucking in sores frequently, and scarifying, which, like the
+Mexicans, they perform with a rattlesnake's tooth. They seldom cut
+deeper than the epidermis, by which means they give passage to those
+sharp waterish humors that lie between the two skins, and cause
+inflammations. Sometimes they make use of reeds for cauterizing, which
+they heat over the fire, till they are ready to flame, and then apply
+them upon a piece of thin wet leather to the place aggrieved, which
+makes the heat more piercing.
+
+Their priests are always physicians, and by the method of their
+education in the priesthood, are made very knowing in the hidden
+qualities of plants and other natural things, which they count a part
+of their religion to conceal from everybody, but from those that are to
+succeed them in their holy function. They tell us their god will be
+angry with them if they should discover that part of their knowledge; so
+they suffer only the rattlesnake root to be known, and such other
+antidotes, as must be immediately applied, because their doctors can't
+be always at hand to remedy those sudden misfortunes which generally
+happen in their hunting or traveling.
+
+They call their physic wisoccan, not from the name of any particular
+root or plant, but as it signifies medicine in general. So that Heriot,
+De Bry, Smith, Purchase and De Laet, seem all to be mistaken in the
+meaning of this word wighsacan, which they make to be the name of a
+particular root; and so is Parkinson in the word woghsacan, which he
+will have to be the name of a plant. Nor do I think there is better
+authority for applying the word wisank to the plant vincetoxicum
+indianum germanicum, or winank to the sassafras tree.
+
+The physic of the Indians consists for the most part in the roots and
+barks of trees, they very rarely using the leaves either of herbs or
+trees; what they give inwardly, they infuse in water, and what they
+apply outwardly, they stamp or bruise, adding water to it, if it has not
+moisture enough of itself; with the thin of this they bath the part
+affected, then lay on the thick, after the manner of a poultice, and
+commonly dress round, leaving the sore place bare.
+
+§ 42. They take great delight in sweating, and therefore in every town
+they have a sweating house, and a doctor is paid by the public to attend
+it. They commonly use this to refresh themselves, after they have been
+fatigued with hunting, travel, or the like, or else when they are
+troubled with agues, aches, or pains in their limbs. Their method is
+thus: the doctor takes three or four large stones, which after having
+heated red hot, he places them in the middle of the stove, laying on
+them some of the inner bark of oak beaten in a mortar, to keep them
+from burning. This being done, they creep in six or eight at a time, or
+as many as the place will hold, and then close up the mouth of the
+stove, which is usually made like an oven, in some bank near the water
+side. In the meanwhile the doctor to raise a steam, after they have been
+stewing a little while, pours cold water on the stones, and now and then
+sprinkles the men to keep them from fainting. After they have sweat as
+long as they can well endure it, they sally out, and (though it be in
+the depth of winter) forthwith plunge themselves over head and ears in
+cold water, which instantly closes up the pores, and preserves them from
+taking cold. The heat being thus suddenly driven from the extreme parts
+to the heart, makes them a little feeble for the present, but their
+spirits rally again, and they instantly recover their strength, and find
+their joints as supple and vigorous as if they never had traveled, or
+been indisposed. So that I may say as Bellonius does in his observations
+on the Turkish bagnio's, all the crudities contracted in their bodies
+are by this means evaporated and carried off. The Muscovites and
+Finlanders are said to use this way of sweating also. "It is almost a
+miracle," says Olearius, "to see how their bodies, accustomed to and
+hardened by cold, can endure so intense a heat, and how that when they
+are not able to endure it longer, they come out of the stoves as naked
+as they were born, both men and women, and plunge into cold water, or
+cause it to be poured on them." Trav. into Musc., I, 3, page 67.
+
+The Indians also pulverize the roots of a kind of anchusa, or yellow
+alkanet, which they call puccoon, and of a sort of wild angelica, and
+mixing them together with bear's oil, make a yellow ointment, with
+which, after they have bathed, they anoint themselves Capapee; this
+supples the skin, renders them nimble and active, and withal so closes
+up the pores, that they lose but few of their spirits by perspiration.
+Piso relates the same of the Brazilians; and my Lord Bacon asserts, that
+oil and fat things do no less conserve the substance of the body, than
+oil-colors and varnish do that of the wood.
+
+They have also a farther advantage of this ointment; for it keeps all
+lice, fleas, and other troublesome vermin from coming near them; which
+otherwise, by reason of the nastiness of their cabins, they would be
+very much infested with.
+
+Smith talks of this puccoon, as if it only grew on the mountains,
+whereas it is common to all the plantations of the English, now on the
+land frontiers.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+OF THE SPORTS AND PASTIMES OF THE INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 43. Their sports and pastimes are singing, dancing, instrumental
+music, and some boisterous plays, which are performed by running,
+catching and leaping upon one another; they have also one great
+diversion, to the practicing of which are requisite whole handfuls of
+little sticks or hard straws, which they know how to count as fast as
+they can cast their eyes upon them, and can handle with a surprising
+dexterity.
+
+Their singing is not the most charming that I have heard; it consists
+much in exalting the voice, and is full of slow melancholy accents.
+However, I must allow even this music to contain some wild notes that
+are agreeable.
+
+Their dancing is performed either by few or a great company, but without
+much regard either to time or figure. The first of these is by one or
+two persons, or at most by three. In the meanwhile, the company sit
+about them in a ring upon the ground, singing outrageously and shaking
+their rattles. The dancers sometimes sing, and sometimes look menacing
+and terrible, beating their feet furiously against the ground, and
+shewing ten thousand grimaces and distortions. The other is performed by
+a great number of people, the dancers themselves forming a ring, and
+moving round a circle of carved posts, that are set up for that purpose;
+or else round a fire, made in a convenient part of the town; and then
+each has his rattle in his hand, or what other thing he fancies most, as
+his bow and arrows, or his tomahawk. They also dress themselves up with
+branches of trees, or some other strange accoutrements. Thus they
+proceed, dancing and singing, with all the antic postures they can
+invent; and he's the bravest fellow that has the most prodigious
+gestures. Sometimes they place three young women in the middle of the
+circle, as you may see in the figure.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond, Va._
+Tab. 13 Book 3 Pag. 176]
+
+TAB. 13. Represents a solemn festival dance of the Indians round their
+carved posts.
+
+Those which on each side are hopping upon their hams, take that way of
+coming up to the ring, and when they find an opportunity strike in among
+the rest.
+
+Captain Smith relates the particulars of a dance made for his
+entertainment, by Pocahontas, daughter of the emperor Powhatan, to
+divert him till her father came, who happened not to be at home when
+Smith arrived at his town. Gen. Hist., p. 194.
+
+ "In a fair plain field they made a fire, before which he sat down
+ upon a mat, when suddenly amongst the woods was heard such a
+ hideous noise and shrieking, that the English betook themselves to
+ their arms, and seized on two or three old men by them, supposing
+ Powhatan with all his power was coming to surprise them. But
+ presently Pocahontas came, willing him to kill her, if any hurt
+ were intended; and the beholders, which were men, women and
+ children, satisfied the captain that there was no such matter.
+ Then presently they were presented with this antic; thirty young
+ women came naked out of the woods, only covered behind and before
+ with a few green leaves, their bodies all painted, some of one
+ color, some of another, but all differing; their leader had a fair
+ pair of buck's horns on her head, an otter's skin at her girdle,
+ another at her arm, a quiver of arrows at her back, and a bow and
+ arrows in her hand. The next had in her hand a sword, another a
+ club, another a potstick; all of them being horned alike: the rest
+ were all set out with their several devices. These fiends, with
+ most hellish shouts and cries, rushing from among the trees, cast
+ themselves in a ring about the fire, singing and dancing with most
+ excellent ill variety, oft falling into their infernal
+ passions, and then solemnly betaking themselves again to sing and
+ dance; having spent an hour in this mascarado, as they entered, in
+ like manner they departed."
+
+They have a fire made constantly every night, at a convenient place in
+the town, whither all that have a mind to be merry, at the public dance
+or music, resort in the evening.
+
+Their musical instruments are chiefly drums and rattles: their drums are
+made of a skin, stretched over an earthen pot half full of water. Their
+rattles are the shell of a small gourd, or macock of the creeping kind,
+and not of those called callibaches, which grow upon trees; of which the
+Brazilians make their maraka, or tamaraka, a sort of rattle also, as
+Clusius seems to intimate.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+OF THE LAWS, AND AUTHORITY OF THE INDIANS AMONG ONE ANOTHER.
+
+
+§ 44. The Indians having no sort of letters among them, as has been
+before observed, they can have no written laws; nor did the constitution
+in which we found them seem to need many. Nature and their own
+convenience having taught them to obey one chief, who is arbiter of all
+things among them. They claim no property in lands, but they are in
+common to a whole nation. Every one hunts and fishes, and gathers fruits
+in all places. Their labor in tending corn, pompions, melons, &c., is
+not so great, that they need quarrel for room, where the land is so
+fertile, and where so much lies uncultivated.
+
+They bred no sort of cattle, nor had anything that could be called
+riches. They valued skins and furs for use, and peak and roenoke for
+ornament.
+
+They are very severe in punishing ill breeding, of which every Werowance
+is undisputed judge, who never fails to lay a rigorous penalty upon it:
+an example whereof I had from a gentleman that was an eye-witness; which
+was this:
+
+In the time of Bacon's rebellion, one of these Werowances, attended by
+several others of his nation, was treating with the English in New Kent
+county about a peace; and during the time of his speech, one of his
+attendants presumed to interrupt him, which he resented as the most
+unpardonable affront that could be offered him; and therefore he
+instantly took his tomahawk from his girdle and split the fellow's head
+for his presumption. The poor fellow dying immediately upon the spot, he
+commanded some of his men to carry him out, and went on again with his
+speech where he left off, as unconcerned as if nothing had happened.
+
+The Indians never forget nor forgive an injury, till satisfaction be
+given, be it national or personal: but it becomes the business of their
+whole lives; and even after that, the revenge is entailed upon their
+posterity, till full reparation be made.
+
+§ 45. The titles of honor that I have observed among them peculiar to
+themselves, are only Cockarouse and Werowance, besides that of the king
+and queen; but of late they have borrowed some titles from us, which
+they bestow among themselves. A Cockarouse is one that has the honor to
+be of the king or queen's council, with relation to the affairs of the
+government, and has a great share in the administration. A Werowance is
+a military officer, who of course takes upon him the command of all
+parties, either of hunting, traveling, warring, or the like, and the
+word signifies a war-captain.
+
+The priests and conjurers are also of great authority, the people having
+recourse to them for counsel and direction upon all occasions; by which
+means, and by help of the first fruits and frequent offerings, they riot
+in the fat of the land, and grow rich upon the spoils of their ignorant
+countrymen.
+
+They have also people of a rank inferior to the commons, a sort of
+servants among them. These are called black boys, and are attendant upon
+the gentry, to do their servile offices, which, in their state of
+nature, are not many. For they live barely up to the present relief of
+their necessities, and make all things easy and comfortable to
+themselves, by the indulgence of a kind climate, without toiling and
+perplexing their minds for riches, which other people often trouble
+themselves to provide for uncertain and ungrateful heirs. In short, they
+seem as possessing nothing, and yet enjoying all things.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+OF THE TREASURE OR RICHES OF THE INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 46. The Indians had nothing which they reckoned riches, before the
+English went among them, except peak, roenoke, and such like trifles
+made out of the conch shell. These past with them instead of gold and
+silver, and served them both for money and ornament. It was the English
+alone that taught them first to put a value on their skins and furs, and
+to make a trade of them.
+
+Peak is of two sorts, or rather of two colors, for both are made of one
+shell, though of different parts; one is a dark purple cylinder, and the
+other a white; they are both made in size and figure alike, and commonly
+much resembling the English bugles, but not so transparent nor so
+brittle. They are wrought as smooth as glass, being one third of an inch
+long, and about a quarter diameter, strung by a hole drilled through the
+centre. The dark color is the dearest, and distinguished by the name of
+wampom peak. The Englishmen that are called Indian traders, value the
+wampom peak at eighteen pence per yard, and the white peak at nine
+pence. The Indians also make pipes of this, two or three inches long,
+and thicker than ordinary, which are much more valuable. They also make
+runtees of the small shell, and grind them as smooth as peak. These are
+either large like an oval bead, and drilled the length of the oval, or
+else they are circular and flat, almost an inch over, and one third of
+an inch thick, and drilled edgeways. Of this shell they also make round
+tablets of about four inches diameter, which they polish as smooth as
+the other, and sometimes they etch or grave thereon circles, stars, a
+half moon, or any other figure suitable to their fancy. These they wear
+instead of medals before or behind their neck, and use the peak, runtees
+and pipes for coronets, bracelets, belts, or long strings hanging down
+before the breast, or else they lace their garments with them, and adorn
+their tomahawks, and every other thing that they value.
+
+They have also another sort which is as current among them, but of far
+less value; and this is made of the cockle shell, broken into small bits
+with rough edges, drilled through in the same manner as beads, and this
+they call roenoke, and use it as the peak.
+
+These sorts of money have their rates set upon them as unalterable, and
+current as the values of our money are.
+
+The Indians have likewise some pearl amongst them, and formerly had many
+more, but where they got them is uncertain, except they found them in
+the oyster banks, which are frequent in this country.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+OF THE HANDICRAFTS OF THE INDIANS.
+
+
+§ 47. Before I finish my account of the Indians, it will not be amiss to
+inform you, that when the English went first among them, they had no
+sort of iron or steel instruments; but their knives were either
+sharpened reeds or shells, and their axes sharp stones, bound to the end
+of a stick, and glued in with turpentine. By the help of these, they
+made their bows of the locust tree, an excessive hard wood when it is
+dry, but much more easily cut when it is green, of which they always
+took the advantage. They made their arrows of reeds or small wands,
+which needed no other cutting, but in the length, being otherwise ready
+for notching, feathering and heading. They fledged their arrows with
+turkey feathers, which they fastened with glue made of the velvet horns
+of a deer; but it has not that quality it's said to have, of holding
+against all weathers; they arm'd the heads with a white transparent
+stone, like that of Mexico mentioned by Peter Martyr, of which they have
+many rocks; they also headed them with the spurs of the wild turkey
+cock.
+
+They rubbed fire out of particular sorts of wood (as the ancients did
+out of the ivy and bays) by turning the end of a hard piece upon the
+side of a piece that is soft and dry, like a spindle on its inke, by
+which it heats, and at length burns; to this they put sometimes also
+rotten wood and dry leaves, to hasten the work.
+
+§ 48. Under the disadvantage of such tools they made a shift to fell
+vast great trees, and clear the land of wood in places where they had
+occasion.
+
+They bring down a great tree by making a small fire round the root,
+and keeping the flame from running upward, until they burn away so much
+of the basis, that the least puff of wind throws it down. When it is
+prostrate, they burn it off to what length they would have it, and with
+their stone tomahawks break off all the bark, which when the sap runs
+will easily strip, and at other times also, if it be well warmed with
+fire. When it is brought to a due length, they raise it upon a bed to a
+convenient height for their working, and then, begin by gentle fires to
+hollow it, and with scrapers rake the trunk, and turn away the fire from
+one place to another, till they have deepened the belly of it to their
+desire. Thus also they shape the ends, till they have made it a fit
+vessel for crossing the water, and this they call a canoe, one of which
+I have seen thirty feet long.
+
+When they wanted any land to be cleared of the woods, they chopped a
+notch round the trees quite through the bark with their stone hatchets
+or tomahawks, and that deadened the trees, so that they sprouted no
+more, but in a few years fell down. However, the ground was plant-able,
+and would produce immediately upon the withering of the trees. But now
+for all these uses they employ axes and little hatchets, which they buy
+of the English. The occasions aforementioned, and the building of their
+cabins, are still the greatest use they have for these utensils, because
+they trouble not themselves with any other sort of handicraft, to which
+such tools are necessary. Their household utensils are baskets made of
+silk grass, gourds, which grow to the shapes they desire them, and
+earthen pots to boil victuals in, which they make of clay.
+
+[Illustration: _Lith. of Ritchies & Dunnavant Richmond, Va._
+Tab: 14. Book: 3 Pag: 183]
+
+TAB. 14. Shows their manner of felling great trees (before they had
+iron instruments) by firing the root, and bringing them to fit lengths,
+and shaping them for use by fire alone.
+
+The Indians of Virginia are almost wasted, but such towns or people as
+retain their names and live in bodies are hereunder set down, all which
+together can't raise five hundred fighting men. They live poorly, and
+much in fear of the neighboring Indians. Each town, by the articles of
+peace, 1677, pays three Indian arrows for their land, and twenty beaver
+skins for protection every year.
+
+In Accomac are eight towns, viz:
+
+ Metomkin is much decreased of late by the small pox, that was
+ carried thither.
+
+ Gingoteague. The few remains of this town are joined with a nation
+ of the Maryland Indians.
+
+ Kiequotank is reduced to very few men.
+
+ Matchopungo has a small number yet living.
+
+ Occahanock has a small number yet living.
+
+ Pungoteague. Governed by a queen, but a small nation.
+
+ Onancock has but four or five families.
+
+ Chiconessex has very few, who just keep the name.
+
+ Nanduye. A seat of the empress. Not above twenty families, but she
+ hath all the nations of this shore under tribute.
+
+In Northampton, Gangascoe, which is almost as numerous as all the
+foregoing nations put together.
+
+In Prince George Wyanoke is extinct.
+
+In Charles City Appomattox is extinct.
+
+In Surry. Nottawayes, which are about a hundred bowmen, of late a
+thriving and increasing people.
+
+By Nansemond. Meherrin has about thirty bowmen, who keep at a stand.
+
+Nansemond. About thirty bowmen. They have increased much of late.
+
+In King William's county two. Pamunky has about forty bowmen, who
+decrease.
+
+Chickahominy, which had about sixteen bowmen, but lately increased.
+
+In Essex. Rappahannock extinct.
+
+In Richmond. Port Tobacco extinct.
+
+In Northumberland. Wiccomocca has but few men living, which yet keep up
+their kingdom and retain their fashion, yet live by themselves, separate
+from all other Indians, and from the English.
+
+§ 49. Thus I have given a succinct account of the Indians; happy, I
+think, in their simple state of nature, and in their enjoyment of
+plenty, without the curse of labor. They have on several accounts reason
+to lament the arrival of the Europeans, by whose means they seem to have
+lost their felicity as well as their innocence. The English have taken
+away great part of their country, and consequently made everything less
+plentiful amongst them. They have introduced drunkenness and luxury
+amongst them, which have multiplied their wants, and put them upon
+desiring a thousand things they never dreamt of before. I have been the
+more concise in my account of this harmless people, because I have
+inserted several figures, which I hope have both supplied the defect of
+words, and rendered the descriptions more clear. I shall, in the next
+place, proceed to treat of Virginia as it is now improved, (I should
+rather say altered,) by the English, and of its present constitution and
+settlement.
+
+
+
+
+OF THE PRESENT STATE OF VIRGINIA.
+
+AS THIS BOOK MUST CONSIST OF TWO PARTS, FIRST, THE POLITY OF THE
+GOVERNMENT; SECONDLY, THE HUSBANDRY AND IMPROVEMENTS OF THE
+COUNTRY; I SHALL HANDLE THEM SEPARATELY.
+
+
+BOOK IV.
+
+
+PART I.
+
+OF THE CIVIL POLITY AND GOVERNMENT OF VIRGINIA.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+OF THE CONSTITUTION OF GOVERNMENT IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 1. I have already hinted, that the first settlement of this country
+was under the direction of a company of merchants incorporated.
+
+That the first constitution of government appointed by them was a
+president and council, which council was nominated by the corporation or
+company in London, and the president annually chosen by the people in
+Virginia.
+
+That in the year 1610, this constitution was altered, and the company
+obtained a new grant of his majesty; whereby they themselves had the
+nomination of the governor, who was obliged to act only by advice in
+council.
+
+That in the year 1620, an assembly of burgesses was first called, from
+all the inhabited parts of the country, who sat in consultation with the
+governor and council, for settling the public affairs of the plantation.
+
+That when the company was dissolved, the king continued the same method
+of government, by a governor, council and burgesses; which three being
+united were called the general assembly.
+
+That this general assembly debated all the weighty affairs of the
+colony, and enacted laws for the better government of the people; and
+the governor and council were to put them in execution.
+
+That the governor and council were appointed by the king, and the
+assembly chosen by the people.
+
+Afterwards the governor had a more extensive power put into his hands,
+so that his assent in all affairs become absolutely necessary; yet was
+he still bound to act by advice of council in many things.
+
+Until the rebellion 1676, the governor had no power to suspend the
+counsellors, nor to remove any of them from the council board.
+
+Then a power was given him of suspending them, but with proviso, that he
+gave substantial reasons for so doing; and was answerable to his majesty
+for the truth of the accusation.
+
+Then also this model of government by a governor, council and assembly,
+was confirmed to them with a farther clause, that if the governor should
+happen to die, or be removed, and no other person in the country
+nominated by the crown to supply his place, then the president, or
+eldest councillor, with the assistance of any five of the council,
+should take upon him the administration of the government, all which are
+authorized by commission and instructions to the governor.
+
+Before the year 1680, the council sat in the same house with the
+burgesses of assembly, much resembling the model of the Scotch
+parliament; and the Lord Colepepper, taking advantage of some disputes
+among them, procured the council to sit apart from the assembly; and so
+they became two distinct houses, in imitation of the two houses of
+parliament in England, the lords and commons; and so is the constitution
+at this day.
+
+§ 2. The governor is appointed by the crown; his commission is under
+seal, and runs during pleasure.
+
+He represents the king's person there in all things, and is subject to
+his instructions.
+
+His assent is necessary to the laws, agreed upon by the council and
+assembly; without it no law can be made.
+
+His test to all laws so assented to is also requisite.
+
+He calls assemblies by advice of council, but prorogues or dissolves
+them without.
+
+He calls and presides in all councils of State, and hath his negative
+there also.
+
+He appoints commissioners of county courts for the administration of
+justice, by consent of council.
+
+He grants commissions to all officers of the militia, under the degree
+of a lieutenant general, (which title he bears himself,) as he thinks
+fit.
+
+He orders and disposes the militia for the defence of the country.
+
+He tests proclamations.
+
+He disposes of the unpatented land according to the charter, the laws of
+that country, and his instructions; for which end, and for other public
+occasions, the seal of the colony is committed to his keeping.
+
+All issues of the public revenue must bear his test.
+
+And by virtue of a commission from the admiralty he is made
+vice-admiral.
+
+The governor's salary, till within these forty-five years last past, was
+no more than a thousand pounds a year; besides which, he had about five
+hundred more in perquisites. Indeed, the general assembly, by a public
+act, made an addition of two hundred pounds a year to Sir William
+Berkeley in particular, out of the great respect and esteem they bore to
+that gentleman, who had been a long time a good and just governor; and
+who had laid out the greatest part of his revenue in experiments, for
+the advantage and improvement of the country; and who had, besides,
+suffered extremely in the time of the usurpation. But this addition was
+to determine with his government.
+
+Sir William Berkeley, after the short interval of Jeffery's and
+Chicheley's being deputy-governors, was succeeded by the Lord
+Colepepper, who, under pretence of his being a peer of England, obtained
+of King Charles II. a salary of two thousand pounds, besides one hundred
+and sixty pounds a year for house rent, because there was no house
+appointed by the country for the governor's reception. This salary has
+continued ever since, to the succeeding governors.
+
+If the administration of the government happen to fall into the hands of
+the president and council, there is then usually allowed to the
+president, the addition of five hundred pounds a year only; and to the
+council, no more than what is given them at other times.
+
+§ 3. The gentlemen of the council are appointed by letter or instruction
+from his majesty, which says no more, but that they be sworn of the
+council.
+
+The number of the counsellors when complete, is twelve; and if at
+anytime, by death or removal, there happen to be fewer than nine
+residing in the country, then the governor has power to appoint and
+swear into the council, such of the gentlemen of the country as he shall
+think fit to make up that number, without expecting any direction from
+England.
+
+The business of the council, is to advise and assist the governor in all
+important matters of government, which he shall consult them in.
+
+In the general assembly, the council make the upper house, and claim an
+entire negative voice to all laws, as the house of lords in England.
+
+The salary of the council is in all but three hundred and fifty pounds
+per annum, to be proportioned among them according to their attendance
+on general courts and assemblies.
+
+§ 4. The burgesses of assembly are elected, and returned from all parts
+of the country, viz: from each county, two; and from James City, one;
+and from the college, one; which make up in all sixty burgesses. They
+are convened by writs issued from the secretary's office, under the seal
+of the colony, and the test of the governor. These are directed to the
+sheriff of each county respectively, and ought to bear date at least
+forty days before the return. The freeholders are the only electors, and
+wherever they have a freehold (if they be not women, or under age, or
+aliens) they have a vote in the election. The method of summoning the
+freeholders, is by publication of the writ, together with the day
+appointed by the sheriff for election, at every church and chapel in the
+county, two several Sundays successively. The election is concluded by
+plurality of voices; and if either party be dissatisfied, or thinks he
+has not fair treatment, he may demand a copy of the poll, and upon
+application to the house of burgesses, shall have his complaint inquired
+into. But to prevent undue elections, many acts have been there made,
+agreeably to some lately enacted in England.
+
+The first business of a convention, by the governor's direction, is to
+make choice of a speaker, and to present him in full house to the
+governor. Upon this occasion, the speaker, in the name of the house,
+petitions the governor to confirm the usual liberties and privileges of
+assembly, namely, access to his person whenever they shall have
+occasion; a freedom of speech and debate in the house, without being
+farther accountable; a protection of their persons, and their servants
+from arrest, &c. And these being granted by the governor, and the cause
+of their meeting declared by him, they proceed to do business, choosing
+committees, and in other things imitating as near as they can the
+method of the honorable house of commons in England.
+
+The laws having duly passed the house of burgesses, the council, and the
+governor's assent, they are transmitted to the king by the next shipping
+for his approbation, his majesty having another negative voice. But they
+immediately become laws, and are in force upon the governor's first
+passing them, and so remain if his majesty don't actually repeal them,
+although he be not pleased to declare his royal assent, one way or
+other.
+
+There are no appointed times for their convention, but they are called
+together whenever the exigencies of the country make it necessary, or
+his majesty is pleased to order anything to be proposed to them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+OF THE SUBDIVISIONS OF VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 5. The country is divided into twenty-nine counties, and the counties,
+as they are in bigness, into fewer or more parishes, as they are filled
+with inhabitants.
+
+The method of bounding the counties is at this time with respect to the
+convenience of having each county limited to one single river, for its
+trade and shipping, so that any one whose concerns are altogether in one
+county, may not be obliged to seek his freight and shipping in more than
+one river. Whereas at first, they were bounded with respect to the
+circuit, and the propinquity of the extremes to one common centre, by
+which means one county reached then quite across a neck of land from
+river to river. But this way of bounding the counties being found more
+inconvenient than the other, it was changed by a law into what it is
+now.
+
+Besides this division into counties and parishes, there are two other
+subdivisions, which are subject to the rules and alterations made by the
+county courts, namely: into precincts or burroughs, for the limits of
+constables; and into precincts or walks, for the surveyors of highways.
+
+§ 6. There is another division of the country into necks of land, which
+are the boundaries of the escheators, viz:
+
+ 1. The northern neck between Potomac and Rappahannock rivers. This
+ is the proprietary in the Lord Colepepper's family.
+
+ 2. The neck between Rappahannock and York rivers, within which
+ Pamunky neck is included.
+
+ 3. The neck between York and James rivers.
+
+ 4. The lands on the south side of James river.
+
+ 5. The land on the eastern shore; in all, five divisions. Each of
+ which has its particular escheat-master.
+
+In the northern neck are contained six counties. 1. Lancaster, viz: in
+which are two parishes, viz: Christ Church, and Saint Mary White Chapel.
+2. Northumberland, two parishes, viz: Fairfield and Boutracy, and
+_Wiccocomoco_. 3. Westmoreland, two parishes, viz: Copely and
+Washington. 4. Stafford, two parishes, viz: Saint Paul and Overworton.
+5. Richmond, one parish, viz: North Farnham, and part of another, viz:
+Sittenburn. 6. King George county, one parish, viz: Hanover, the other
+part of Sittenburn.
+
+In the neck between Rappahannock and York rivers, are contained six
+other counties, viz:
+
+1. Gloucester, in which are four parishes, viz: Pesso, Abingdon, Ware
+and Kingston. 2. Middlesex, only one parish, viz: Christ Church. 3. King
+and Queen, two parishes, viz: Stratton Major, Saint Stephen. 4. King
+William, two parishes, viz: Saint John and Saint Margaret. 5. Essex,
+three parishes, viz: South Farnham, Saint Anne, Saint Mary. 6.
+Spottsylvania, one parish, viz: Saint George.
+
+In the neck between York and James river, there are seven counties and
+part of an eighth. The seven entire counties are: 1. Elizabeth City, in
+which is only one parish, named also Elizabeth City parish. 2. The
+Warwick, in which are two parishes, viz: Denby, Mulberry Island. 3.
+York, in which are two parishes, viz: Charles and Yorkhampton, and part
+of a third called Braton. 4. James City, in which are three parishes and
+part of two others, viz: James City, part of Wilmington, Merchants'
+Hundred, and the other half of Braton. 5. New Kent, two parishes, viz:
+Blisland, and Saint Peter. 6. Charles City, two parishes, viz:
+Westover, and part of Wilmington. 7. Hanover, one parish, viz: Saint
+Paul. And 8. Part of Henrico county, on the north side of James river,
+by which river the parishes are also divided, there being two parishes
+in the whole county, viz: Henrico and Saint James, and part of a third
+called Bristol.
+
+On the south side James river are seven counties, and the other part of
+Henrico. The seven counties, beginning at the bay as I have done in all
+the rest are, viz: 1. Princess Anne, in which is but one parish, viz:
+Lynhaven. 2. Norfolk, also one parish, called Elizabeth River. 3.
+Nansemond, in which are three parishes, viz: Lower Parish, Upper Parish,
+Chickaluck. 4. Isle of Wight, in which are two parishes, viz: Warwick
+Squeeke Bay, and Newport. 5. Surry, two parishes, viz: Lyon's Creek,
+Southwark. 6. Prince George, in which is one parish, viz: Martin
+Brandon, and the other part of Bristol Parish, in Henrico. 7. Brunswick,
+a new county constituted towards the southern pass of the mountains, on
+purpose that by extraordinary encouragements the settlements may send up
+that way first, as is given also to Spottsylvania county for the
+northern pass. It is made one parish, by the name of Saint Andrew.
+
+On the eastern shore, that is, on the east side the great bay of
+Chesapeake, the place where Sir William Berkeley retired to in the
+rebellion, without withdrawing from his government, (as Mr. Oldmixon
+declares he did) are two counties. 1. Northampton, having one parish,
+named Hungers. 2. Accomac, having one parish, named also Accomac.
+
+In all there are at present twenty-nine counties, and fifty-four
+parishes.
+
+§ 7. There is yet another division of the country into districts,
+according to the rivers, with respect to the shipping and navigation.
+These are the bounds appointed for the naval officers, and collectors of
+the public duties, and are as follows:
+
+ 1. The upper parts of James river, from Hog island upwards.
+
+ 2. The lower parts of James river, from Hog island downwards to
+ the capes, and round Point Comfort to Back river.
+
+ 3. York, Poquoson, Mobjack bay, and Piankatank rivers.
+
+ 4. Rappahannock river.
+
+ 5. Potomac river.
+
+ 6. Pocomoke, and the other parts on the eastern, made formerly two
+ districts, but they are now united into one.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+OF THE PUBLIC OFFICES OF GOVERNMENT.
+
+
+§ 8. Besides the governor and council aforementioned, there are three
+other general officers in that colony bearing his majesty's immediate
+commission, viz: the auditor of the revenue, the receiver general of it,
+and the secretary of state.
+
+The auditor's business is to audit the accounts of the public money of
+the government, and duly to transmit the state of them to England. Such
+as the quitrents, the money arising by the two shillings per hogshead,
+fort duties, the fines and forfeitures, and the profit of escheats and
+rights of land. His salary is six per cent of all the public money. The
+present auditor is John Grimes, esq.
+
+The receiver general is to sell the public tobacco, collect and receive
+the money, make the account thereof, and pay it out again by the king's
+order. His salary is also six per cent. The present receiver general is
+James Roscow, esq.
+
+The secretary's business is to keep the public records of the country,
+and to take care that they be regularly and fairly made up, viz: all
+judgments of the general court, as likewise all deeds, and other
+writings there proved; and farther, to issue all writs, both ministerial
+and judicial, relating thereto. To make out and record all patents for
+land, and to take the return of all inquests of escheats.
+
+In his office is kept a register of all commissions of administration,
+and probates of wills granted throughout the colony; as also of all
+births, burials, marriages, and persons that go out of the country, of
+all houses of public entertainment, and of all public officers in the
+country, and of many other things proper to be kept in so general an
+office.
+
+From this office are likewise issued all writs for choosing of
+burgesses, and in it are filed authentic copies of all proclamations.
+
+The present secretary is Thomas Ficket, esq.
+
+The secretary's income arises from fees for all business done in his
+office, which come (_communibus annis_) to about seventy thousand pounds
+tobacco per annum, out of which he pays twelve thousand five hundred,
+and cask, to the clerks. His other perquisites proceed out of the
+acknowledgments paid him annually by the county clerks, and are besides
+about forty thousand pounds of tobacco and cask.
+
+§ 9. There are two other general officers in the country who do not
+receive their commission and authority immediately from the crown, and
+those are: 1. The ecclesiastical commissary, viz: the Rev. James Blair,
+authorized by the right reverend father in God, the lord bishop of
+London, ordinary of all the plantations. 2. The country's treasurer,
+viz: the Hon. Peter Beverley, esq., authorized by the general assembly.
+
+The commissary's business is to make visitations of churches and have
+the inspection of the clergy. He is allowed one hundred pounds per annum
+out of the quitrents.
+
+The treasurer's business is to receive the money from the several
+collectors, and to make up the accounts of the duties raised by some
+late acts of assembly for extraordinary occasions. His salary is six per
+cent. of all money passing through his hands.
+
+These are all the general officers belonging to that government, except
+the court of admiralty, which has no standing officer. The present judge
+of the admiralty is John Clayton, esq.
+
+§ 10. The other public commission officers in the government, (except
+those of the militia, for whom a chapter is reserved,) are escheators,
+naval officers, collectors, clerks of courts, sheriffs of counties,
+surveyors of land, and coroners.
+
+The escheators have their precincts or bounds, according to the several
+necks of land; for their profits, they demand five pound for each
+inquest taken, being paid only as business happens.
+
+The naval officers have their bounds according to the districts on the
+rivers, and so have the collectors. The profits of the first arise from
+large fees, upon the entering and clearing of all ships and vessels. The
+collectors have each a salary out of the treasury in England of forty
+pounds, sixty pounds, or an hundred pounds, according to their several
+districts, they being appointed by the honorable commissioners of the
+customs in England, pursuant to the statute made in the twenty-fifth
+year of King Charles the second; and have, moreover, salaries of twenty
+per cent. on all the duties they collect, by virtue of the same statute,
+and also large fees for every entry and clearing.
+
+The naval officers' other profits, are ten per cent. for all moneys by
+them received; both on the two shillings per hogshead, port duties,
+skins and furs, and also on the new imposts on servants and liquors when
+such duty is in being.
+
+The clerks of courts, sheriffs and surveyors, are limited according to
+the several counties. The clerks of courts receive their commissions
+from the secretary of State; the sheriffs theirs from the governor, and
+the surveyors of land theirs from the governors of the college, in whom
+the office of surveyor general is vested by their charter.
+
+The clerks' profits proceed from stated fees, upon all law suits and
+business in their respective courts, except the clerk of the general
+court, who is paid a salary by the secretary, who takes the fees of that
+court to himself.
+
+The sheriff's profit is likewise by fees on all business done in the
+county courts, to which he is the ministerial officer, and not judge of
+the county court, as Mr. Oldmixon styles him, page 298; but the best of
+his income is by a salary of all public tobacco, which is constantly put
+into the sheriff's hands, to be collected and put into hundreds,
+convenient for the market. He has likewise several other advantages,
+which make his place very profitable.
+
+The profits of the surveyors of land are according to the trouble they
+take. Their fees being proportioned to the surveys they make.
+
+The coroner is a commissioner officer also, but his profits are not
+worth naming, though he has large fees allowed him when he does any
+business. There are two or more of them appointed in each parish, as
+occasion requires; but in the vacancy or absence of any, upon an
+exigency, the next justice of peace does the business and receives the
+fee, which is one hundred and thirty-three pounds of tobacco for an
+inquest on a dead corpse, any other business seldom falling in his way.
+
+§ 11. There are other ministerial officers that have no commission;
+which are, surveyors of the highways, constables and headboroughs. These
+are appointed, relieved and altered annually by the county courts, as
+they see occasion; and such bounds are given them as those courts think
+most convenient.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+OF THE STANDING REVENUES, OR PUBLIC FUNDS IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 12. There are five sorts of standing public revenues in that country,
+viz: 1. A rent reserved by the crown upon all the lands granted by
+patent. 2. A revenue granted to his majesty by act of assembly, for the
+support and maintenance of the government. 3. A revenue raised by the
+assembly, and kept in their own disposal, for extraordinary occasions.
+4. A revenue raised by the assembly, and granted to the college. And 5.
+A revenue raised by act of parliament in England upon the trade there.
+
+§ 13. 1. The rent reserved upon their lands, is called his majesty's
+revenue of quit rents, and is two shillings for every hundred acres of
+land, patented by any person in that country, and two pence per acre for
+all lands found to escheat; this is paid into the treasury there by all,
+except the inhabitants of the Northern Neck, who pay nothing to the
+king; but the whole quit rent of that neck is paid to certain
+proprietors of the Lord Colepepper's family, who have the possession
+thereof to themselves, upon the pretensions before rehearsed in the
+first part of this book.
+
+This revenue has been upwards of fifteen hundred pounds a year, since
+tobacco has held a good price. It is lodged in the receiver general's
+hands, to be disposed of by his majesty. This money is left in bank
+there, to be made use of upon any sudden and dangerous emergency, except
+when it is called home to England; and for want of such a bank, Sir
+William Berkeley was not able to make any stand against Bacon, whom
+otherwise he might easily have subdued, and consequently have prevented
+above one hundred thousand pounds expense to the crown of England, to
+pacify those troubles.
+
+§ 14. 2. The revenue granted 10 his majesty by act of assembly, for the
+support and maintenance of the government, arises first out of a duty of
+two shillings per hogshead, which is paid for every hogshead of tobacco
+exported out of that colony. 2. By a rate of fifteen pence per ton for
+every ship, upon each return of her voyage, whether she be empty or
+full. 3. By a duty of sixpence per poll for every passenger, bound or
+free, going into that country to remain. 4. By the fines and forfeitures
+imposed by several acts of assembly. There is also an addition, by wafts
+and strays having no owner, composition of two pence per acre for
+escheat land, chattels escheat, and the sale of land instead of rights,
+at five shillings per right; all which are paid into the hands of the
+receiver general, and disposed of by the governor and council, (with
+liberty for the assembly to inspect the accounts when they meet,) for
+defraying the public charges of the government.
+
+The revenue, _communibus annis_, amounts to more than three thousand
+pounds a year.
+
+§ 15. 3. The revenue arising by act of assembly, and reserved to their
+own disposal, is of two sorts, viz: a duty upon liquors imported from
+the neighboring plantations, and a duty upon all slaves and servants
+imported, except English.
+
+The duty on liquors used to be 4d. per gallon on all wines, rum, and
+brandy; and 1d. per gallon on beer, cider and other liquors, discounting
+twenty per cent. upon the invoice, except oats.
+
+The duty on servants and slaves used to be twenty shillings for each
+servant, not being a native of England or Wales, and five pounds for
+each slave or negro.
+
+The former of these duties amounts _communibus annis_, to six hundred
+pounds a year, and the latter to more or less, as the negro ships happen
+to arrive.
+
+The charge of building and adorning the governor's house and capitol,
+was defrayed by these duties, and so was the erecting of the public
+prison.
+
+These funds are gathered into the hands of the treasurer of the country,
+and are disposed of only by order of assembly.
+
+§ 16. 4. The revenue raised by the assembly, and granted to the college,
+is a duty on all skins and furs exported. This fund raises about an
+hundred pounds a year, and is paid by the collectors, to the college
+treasurer.
+
+§ 17. 5 and last. The fund raised by act of parliament in England upon
+the trade there, is a duty of one penny per pound, upon all tobacco
+exported to the plantations, and not carried directly to England. This
+duty was laid by Stat. 25, Car. 2, cap. 7, and granted to the king and
+his successors; and by their gracious majesties King William and Queen
+Mary, it was given to the college. This duty does not raise, both in
+Virginia and Maryland, above two hundred pounds a year, and is accounted
+for to the college treasurer.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+OF THE LEVIES FOR PAYMENT OF THE PUBLIC COUNTY AND PARISH DEBTS.
+
+
+§ 18. They have but two ways of raising money publicly in that country,
+viz: by duties upon trade, and a poll tax, which they call levies. Of
+the duties upon trade, I have spoken sufficiently in the preceding
+chapter. I come, therefore, now to speak of the levies, which are a
+certain rate or proportion of tobacco charged upon the head of every
+tithable person in the country, upon all alike, without distinction.
+
+They call all negroes above sixteen years of age tithable, be they male
+or female, and all white men of the same age; but children and white
+women are exempted from all manner of duties.
+
+That a true account of all these tithable persons may be had, they are
+annually listed in crop time, by the justices of each county
+respectively; and the masters of families are obliged, under great
+penalties, then to deliver to those justices a true list of all the
+tithable persons in their families.
+
+Their levies are threefold, viz: public, county and parish levies.
+
+§ 19. Public levies are such as are proportioned and laid equally, by
+the general assembly, upon every tithable person throughout the whole
+colony. These serve to defray several expenses appointed by law, to be
+so defrayed, such as the executing of a criminal slave, who must be made
+good to his owner. The taking up of runaways, and the paying of the
+militia, when they happen to be employed upon the service. Out of these
+they likewise pay the several officers of the assembly, and some other
+public officers. They further defray the charge of the writs, for the
+meeting of the house of burgesses, public expresses, and such like.
+
+The authority for levying this rate is given by a short act of assembly,
+constantly prepared for that purpose.
+
+§ 20. The county levies are such as are peculiar to each county, and
+laid by the justices upon all tithable persons, for defraying the charge
+of their counties, such as the building and repairing their court
+houses, prisons, pillories, stocks, &c., and the payment of all
+services, rendered to the county in general.
+
+§ 21. The parish levies are laid by the vestry, for the payment of all
+charges incident to the several parishes, such as the building,
+furnishing, and adorning their churches and chapels, buying glebes and
+building upon them, paying their ministers, readers, clerks, and
+sextons.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+OF THE COURTS OF LAW IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 22. I have already, in the chronology of the government, hinted what
+the constitution of their courts was in old time, and that appeals lay
+from the general court to the assembly; that the general court, from the
+beginning, took cognizance of all causes whatsoever, both ecclesiastical
+and civil, determining everything by the standard of equity and good
+conscience. They used to come to the merits of the cause as soon as they
+could without injustice, never admitting such impertinences of form and
+nicety as were not absolutely necessary; and when the substance of the
+case was sufficiently debated, they used directly to bring the suit to a
+decision. By this method, all fair actions were prosecuted with little
+attendance, all just debts were recovered with the least expense of
+money and time, and all the tricking and foppery of the law happily
+avoided.
+
+The Lord Colepepper, who was a man of admirable sense, and well skilled
+in the laws of England, admired the construction of their courts, and
+kept them close to this plain method, retrenching some innovations that
+were then creeping into them, under the notion of form, although, at the
+same time, he was the occasion of taking away the liberty of appeals to
+the assembly.
+
+But the Lord Howard, who succeeded him, endeavored to introduce as many
+of the English forms as he could, being directly opposite to the Lord
+Colepepper in that point.
+
+And lastly, Governor Nicholson, a man the least acquainted with law of
+any of them, endeavored to introduce all the quirks of the English
+proceedings, by the help of some wretched pettifoggers, who had the
+direction both of his conscience and his understanding.
+
+§ 23. They have two sorts of courts, that differ only in jurisdiction,
+namely: the general court, and the county courts.
+
+§ 24. The general court is a court held by the governor and council, or
+any five of them, who by law are the judges of it, and take cognizance
+of all causes, criminal, penal, ecclesiastical and civil. From this
+court there is no appeal, except the thing in demand exceed the value of
+three hundred pounds sterling, in which case an appeal is allowed to the
+king and council, in England, and there determined by a committee of the
+privy council, called the lords of appeals; the like custom being used
+for all the other plantations. In criminal cases, I don't know that
+there's any appeal from the sentence of this court; but the governor is
+authorized, by his commission, to pardon persons found guilty of any
+crime whatsoever, except of treason and wilful murder; and even in those
+cases, he may reprieve the criminal, which reprieve stands good, and may
+be continued from time to time until his majesty's pleasure be signified
+therein.
+
+§ 25. This court is held twice a year, beginning on the 15th of April,
+and on the 15th of October. Each time it continues eighteen days,
+excluding Sundays, if the business hold them so long, and these were
+formerly the only times of goal delivery; but now, by the governor's
+commission, he appoints two other courts of goal delivery, and the king
+allows one hundred pounds for each court to defray the charge thereof.
+
+§ 26. The officers attending this general court, are the sheriff of the
+county wherein it sits, and his under officers. Their business is to
+call the litigants, and the evidences into court, and to empannel
+juries. But each sheriff, in his respective county, makes arrests, and
+returns the writs to this court.
+
+§ 27. The way of empanneling juries to serve in this court, is thus: the
+sheriff and his deputies every morning that the court sits, goes about
+the town, summoning the best of the gentlemen, who resort thither from
+all parts of the country. The condition of this summons is, that they
+attend the court that day to serve upon the jury, (it not being known
+whether there will be occasion or no.) And if any cause happen to
+require a jury, they are then sworn to try the issue, otherwise, they
+are in the evening, of course, dismissed from all further attendance,
+though they be not formally discharged by the court. By this means are
+procured the best juries this country can afford; for if they should be
+summoned by writ of venire, from any particular county, that county
+cannot afford so many qualified persons as are here to be found, because
+of the great resort of gentlemen from all parts of the colony to these
+courts, as well to see fashions, as to dispatch their particular
+business. Nor is vicinage necessary there, to distinguish the several
+customs of particular places, the whole country being as one
+neighborhood, and having the same tenures of land, usages and customs.
+
+The grand juries are empanneled much after the same manner; but because
+they require a greater number of men, and the court is always desirous
+to have some from all parts of the country, they give their sheriff
+order a day or two before, to provide this pannel.
+
+§ 28. In criminal matters this method is a little altered; because a
+knowledge of the life, and conversation of the party, may give light to
+the jury in their verdict. For this reason a writ of venire issues in
+such cases, to summon six of the nearest neighbors to the criminal, who
+must be of the same county wherein he lived; which writ of venire is
+returned by the sheriff of the respective county, to the secretary's
+office, and the names are taken from thence, by the sheriff attending
+the general court, and put in the front of the pannel, which is filled
+up with the names of the other gentlemen summoned in the town, to be of
+the petty jury for the trial of that criminal. If the prisoner have a
+mind to challenge the jurors, the same liberty is allowed him there as
+in England; and if the pannel fall short, by reason of such challenge,
+it must then be made up of the bystanders.
+
+§ 29. All actions in that country are generally brought to a
+determination the third court, unless some special, extraordinary reason
+be shown why the party can't make his defence so soon. The course is
+thus: upon the defendant's nonappearance, order goes against the bail,
+(for a capias is generally their first process,) on condition, that
+unless the defendant appear, and plead at the next court, judgment shall
+then be awarded for the plaintiff. When the defendant comes to the next
+court he is held to plead. Thus, by common course, a year and a half
+ends a cause in the general court, and three or four months in the
+county court. If any one appeal from the judgment of the county court,
+the trial always comes on the succeeding general court; so that all
+business begun in the county court, tho' it runs to the utmost of the
+law, (without some extraordinary event,) ought to be finished in nine
+months.
+
+§ 30. Every one that pleases, may plead his own cause, or else his
+friends for him, there being no restraint in that case, nor any licensed
+practitioners in the law. If any one be dissatisfied with the judgment
+of the county court, let it be for any sum, little or great, he may have
+an appeal to the next general court, giving security to answer, and
+abide the judgment of that court; but an action cannot originally be
+brought in the general court, under the value of ten pounds sterling, or
+of two thousand pounds of tobacco, except in some particular cases of
+penal laws.
+
+§ 31. The county courts are constituted by law, and the justices thereof
+appointed by commission from the governor with advice of council. They
+consist of eight or more gentlemen of the county, called justices of the
+peace, the sheriff being only a ministerial officer to execute its
+process. This court is held monthly, and has jurisdiction of all causes
+within the county, cognizable by common law or chancery, and not
+touching life or member, and never was limited to any value in its
+jurisdiction, as Mr. Oldmixion would have it, pag. 298. But in the case
+of hog stealing, they may sentence the criminal to lose his ears; which
+is allowed by a particular act for that purpose, as the punishment of
+the second offence, the third is felony. In all things they proceed in
+the same manner as the general court.
+
+§ 32. This monthly court hath the care of all orphans, and of their
+estates, and for the binding out and well ordering of such fatherless
+children, who are either without an estate, or have very little.
+
+In September annually they are to enquire into the keeping and
+management of the orphan, as to his sustenance and education, to examine
+into his estate, and the securities thereof, viz: whether the sureties
+continue to be responsible, and his lands and plantations be kept
+improving, and in repair, &c. If the orphan be poor, and bound an
+apprentice to any trade, then their business is to enquire, how he is
+kept to his schooling and trade; and if the court find he is either
+misused or untaught, they take him from that master, and put him to
+another of the same trade, or of any other trade, which they judge best
+for the child. They cannot bind an orphan boy but to a trade, or the
+sea.
+
+Another charitable method in favor of the poor orphans there, is this:
+that besides their trade and schooling, the masters are generally
+obliged to give them at their freedom, cattle, tools, or other things,
+to the value of five, six, or ten pounds, according to the age of the
+child when bound, over and above the usual quantity of corn and clothes.
+The boys are bound till one and twenty years of age, and the girls till
+eighteen. At which time, they who have taken any care to improve
+themselves, generally get well married, and live in plenty, though they
+had not a farthing of paternal estate.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+OF THE CHURCH AND CHURCH AFFAIRS.
+
+
+§ 33. Their parishes are accounted large or small, in proportion to the
+number of tithables contained in them, and not according to the extent
+of land.
+
+§ 34. They have in each parish a convenient church, built either of
+timber, brick or stone, and decently adorned with everything necessary
+for the celebration of divine service.
+
+If a parish be of greater extent than ordinary, it hath generally a
+chapel of ease; and some of the parishes have two such chapels, besides
+the church, for the greater convenience of the parishioners. In these
+chapels the minister preaches alternately, always leaving a reader to
+read prayers when he can't attend himself.
+
+§ 35. The people are generally of the church of England, which is the
+religion established by law in that country, from which there are very
+few dissenters. Yet liberty of conscience is given to all other
+congregations pretending to Christianity, on condition they submit to
+all parish duties. They have but one set conventicle amongst them, viz:
+a meeting of Quakers in Nansemond county, others that have lately, been
+being now extinct; and 'tis observed by letting them alone they decrease
+daily.
+
+§ 36. The maintenance for a minister there, is appointed by law at
+sixteen thousand pounds of tobacco per annum, (be the parish great or
+small;) as also a dwelling house and glebe, together with certain
+perquisites for marriages and funeral sermons. That which makes the
+difference in the benefices of the clergy is the value of the tobacco,
+according to the distinct species of it, or according to the place of
+its growth. Besides, in large and rich parishes, more marriages will
+probably happen, and more funeral sermons.
+
+The fee by law for a funeral sermon is forty shillings, or four hundred
+pounds of tobacco; for a marriage by license twenty shillings, or two
+hundred pounds of tobacco, and where the banns are proclaimed, only five
+shillings, or fifty pounds of tobacco.
+
+When these salaries were granted, the assembly valued tobacco at ten
+shillings per hundred; at which rate, the sixteen thousand pounds comes
+to fourscore pounds sterling; but in all parishes where the
+sweet-scented grows, since the law for appointing agents to view the
+tobacco was made, it has generally been sold for double that value, and
+never under.
+
+In some parishes, likewise, there are by donation stocks of cattle and
+negroes on the glebes, which are also allowed to the minister for his
+use and encouragement, he only being accountable for the surrender of
+the same value when he leaves the parish.
+
+§ 37. For the well governing of these, and all other parochial affairs,
+a vestry is appointed in each parish. These vestries consist of twelve
+gentlemen of the parish, and were at first chosen by the vote of the
+parishioners; but upon the death of any, have been continued by the
+survivors electing another in his place. These, in the name of the
+parish, make presentation of ministers, and have the sole power of all
+parish assessments. They are qualified for this employment by
+subscribing, to be conformable to the doctrine and discipline of the
+church of England. If there be a minister incumbent, he always presides
+in the vestry.
+
+For the ease of the vestry in general, and for discharging the business
+of the parish, they choose two from among themselves to be
+church-wardens, which must be annually changed, that the burthen may lie
+equally upon all. The business of these church-wardens, is to see the
+orders and agreements of the vestry performed; to collect all the parish
+tobacco, and distribute it to the several claimers; to make up the
+accounts of the parish, and to present all profaneness and immorality to
+the county courts, and there prosecute it.
+
+By these the tobacco of the minister is collected, and brought to him in
+hogsheads convenient for shipping, so that he is at no farther trouble
+but to receive it in that condition. This was ordained by the law of the
+country, for the ease of the ministers, that so they being delivered
+from the trouble of gathering in their dues, may have the more time to
+apply themselves to the exercises of their holy function, and live in a
+decency suitable to their order. It may here be observed, that the labor
+of a dozen negroes does but answer this salary, and seldom yields a
+greater crop of sweet scented tobacco than is allowed to each of their
+ministers.
+
+§ 38. Probates of wills and administrations are, according to their law,
+petitioned for in the county courts; and by them security taken and
+certified to the governor, which, if he approves the commission, is then
+signed by them without fee. Marriage licenses are issued by the clerks
+of those courts, and signed by the justice in commission, or by any
+other person deputed by the governor, for which a fee of twenty
+shillings must be paid to the governor. The power of induction, upon
+presentation of ministers, is also in the governor.
+
+In the year 1642, when the sectaries began to spread themselves so much
+in England, the assembly made a law against them, to prevent their
+preaching and propagating their doctrines in that colony. They admitted
+none to preach in their churches but ministers ordained by some reverend
+bishop of the church of England, and the governor, for the time being,
+as the most suitable public person among them, was left sole judge of
+the certificates of such ordination, and so he has continued ever
+since.
+
+§ 39. The only thing I have heard the clergy complain of there, is what
+they call precariousness in their livings; that is, that they have not
+inductions generally, and therefore are not entitled to a freehold; but
+are liable, without trial or crime alledged, to be put out by the
+vestry. And though some have prevailed with their vestries, to present
+them for induction, yet the greater number of the ministers have no
+induction, but are entertained by agreement with their vestries, yet are
+they very rarely turned out without some great provocation, and then, if
+they have not been abominably scandalous, they immediately get other
+parishes, for there is no benefice whatsoever in that country that
+remains without a minister if they can get one, and no qualified
+minister ever yet returned from that country for want of preferment.
+They have now several vacant parishes.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+CONCERNING THE COLLEGE.
+
+
+§ 40. The college, as has been hinted, was founded by their late
+majesties, King William and Queen Mary, of happy memory, in the year
+1692. Towards the founding of which, they gave one thousand nine hundred
+and eighty-five pounds, fourteen shillings and ten pence. They gave
+moreover, towards the endowment of it, twenty thousand acres of land;
+the revenue of one pence per pound on tobacco exported to the
+plantations from Virginia and Maryland; and the surveyor general's
+place, then avoid; and appointed them a burgess to represent them in the
+assemblies. The land hitherto has yielded little or no profit; the duty
+of one pence per pound, brings in about two hundred pounds a year; and
+the surveyor general's place, about fifty pounds a year. To which the
+assembly had added a duty on skins and furs exported, worth about an
+hundred pounds a year.
+
+§ 41. By the same charter, likewise, their majesties granted a power to
+certain gentlemen, and the survivors of them, as trustees, to build and
+establish the college, by the name of William and Mary college; to
+consist of a president and six masters, or professors, and an hundred
+scholars, more or less, graduates or non-graduates; enabling the said
+trustees, as a body corporate, to enjoy annuities, spiritual and
+temporal, of the value of two thousand pounds sterling per annum, with
+proviso to convert it to the building and adorning the college; and then
+to make over the remainder to the president and masters, and their
+successors, who are likewise to become a corporation, and be enabled to
+purchase and hold to the value of two thousand pounds a year, but no
+more.
+
+§ 42. The persons named in the charter for trustees, are made governors
+and visitors of the college, and to have a perpetual succession, by the
+name of governors and visitors, with power to fill up their own
+vacancies, happening by the death or removal of any of them. Their
+complete number may be eighteen, but not to exceed twenty, of which one
+is to be rector, and annually chosen by themselves, on the first Monday
+after the 25th of March.
+
+These have the nomination of the president and masters of the college,
+and all other officers belonging to it; and the power of making statutes
+and ordinances, for the better rule and government thereof.
+
+§ 43. The building is to consist of a quadrangle, two sides of which are
+not yet carried up. In this part are contained all conveniencies of
+cooking, brewing, baking, &c., and convenient rooms for the reception of
+the president and masters, with many more scholars than are as yet come
+to it. In this part are also the hall and school room.
+
+§ 44. The college was intended to be an intire square when finished. Two
+sides of this were finished in the latter end of Governor Nicholson's
+time, and the masters and scholars, with the necessary housekeepers and
+servants, were settled in it, and so continued till the first year of
+Governor Nott's time, in which it happened to be burnt (no body knows
+how) down to the ground, and very little saved that was in it, the fire
+breaking out about ten o'clock at night in a public time.
+
+The governor, and all the gentlemen that were in town, came up to the
+lamentable spectacle, many getting out of their beds. But the fire had
+got such power before it was discovered, and was so fierce, that there
+was no hope of putting a stop to it, and therefore no attempts made to
+that end.
+
+In this condition it lay till the arrival of Colonel Spotswood, their
+present governor, in whose time it was raised again the same bigness as
+before, and settled.
+
+There had been a donation of large sums of money, by the Hon. Robert
+Boyle, esq., to this college, for the education of Indian children
+therein. In order to make use of this, they had formerly bought half a
+dozen captive Indian children slaves, and put them to the college. This
+method did not satisfy this governor, as not answering the intent of the
+donor. So to work he goes, among the tributary and other neighboring
+Indians, and in a short time brought them to send their children to be
+educated, and brought new nations, some of which lived four hundred
+miles off, taking their children for hostages and education equally, at
+the same time setting up a school in the frontiers convenient to the
+Indians, that they might often see their children under the first
+managements, where they learned to read, paying fifty pounds per annum
+out of his own pocket to the schoolmaster there; after which many were
+brought to the college, where they were taught till they grew big enough
+for their hunting and other exercises, at which time they were returned
+home, and smaller taken in their stead.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+OF THE MILITIA IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 45. The militia are the only standing forces in Virginia. They are
+happy in the enjoyment of an everlasting peace, which their poverty and
+want of towns secure to them. They have the Indians round about in
+subjection, and have no sort of apprehension from them: and for a
+foreign enemy, it can never be worth their while to carry troops
+sufficient to conquer the country; and the scattering method of their
+settlement will not answer the charge of an expedition to plunder them:
+so that they feel none but the distant effect of war, which, however,
+keeps 'em so poor, that they can boast of nothing but the security of
+their persons and habitations.
+
+§ 46. The governor is lieutenant-general by his commission, and in each
+county does appoint the colonel, lieutenant-colonel and major, who have
+under them captains, and other commissioned and subaltern officers.
+
+Every freeman, (by which denomination they call all, but indented, or
+bought servants,) from sixteen to sixty years of age, is listed in the
+militia; which by a law is to be mustered in a general muster for each
+county once a year; and in single troops and companies, four times more
+at the least: most people there are skilful in the use of fire-arms,
+being all their lives accustomed to shoot in the woods. This, together
+with a little exercising, would soon make the militia useful.
+
+§ 47. The exact number of the militia is not now known, there not being
+any account of the number taken of late years, but I guess them at this
+time to be about eighteen thousand effective men in all.
+
+And whereas by the practice of former times upon the militia law,
+several people were obliged to travel sometimes thirty or forty miles to
+a private muster of a troop or company, which was very burdensome to
+some, more than others, to answer only the same duty; this governor,
+just and regular in all his conduct, and experienced to put his desires
+in execution, so contrived, by dividing the counties into several
+cantons or military districts, forming the troops and companies to each
+canton, and appointing the musterfields in the centre of each, that now
+throughout the whole country, none are obliged to travel above ten miles
+to a private muster, and yet the law put in due execution.
+
+§ 48. Instead of the soldiers they formerly kept constantly in forts,
+and of the others after them by the name of rangers, to scour the
+frontiers clear of the Indian enemy, they have by law appointed the
+militia to march out upon such occasions, under the command of the chief
+officer of the county, where any incursion shall be notified. And if
+they upon such expedition remain in arms three days and upwards, they
+are then entitled to the pay for the whole time; but if it prove a false
+alarm, and they have no occasion to continue out so long, they can
+demand nothing.
+
+§ 49. The number of soldiers in each troop of light horse, are from
+thirty to sixty, as the convenience of the canton will admit; and in a
+company of foot about fifty or sixty. A troop or company may be got
+together at a day's warning.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+OF THE SERVANTS AND SLAVES IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 50. Their servants they distinguish by the names of slaves for life,
+and servants for a time.
+
+Slaves are the negroes and their posterity, following the condition of
+the mother, according to the maxim, _partus frequitur ventrem_. They are
+called slaves, in respect of the time of their servitude, because it is
+for life.
+
+Servants, are those which serve only for a few years, according to the
+time of their indenture, or the custom of the country. The custom of the
+country takes place upon such as have no indentures. The law in this
+case is, that if such servants be under nineteen years of age, they must
+be brought into court to have their age adjudged; and from the age they
+are judged to be of, they must serve until they reach four and twenty;
+but if they be adjudged upwards of nineteen, they are then only to be
+servants for the term of five years.
+
+§ 51. The male servants, and slaves of both sexes, are employed together
+in tilling and manuring the ground, in sowing and planting tobacco,
+corn, &c. Some distinction indeed is made between them in their clothes,
+and food; but the work of both is no other than what the overseers, the
+freemen, and the planters themselves do.
+
+Sufficient distinction is also made between the female servants, and
+slaves; for a white woman is rarely or never put to work in the ground,
+if she be good for anything else; and to discourage all planters from
+using any women so, their law makes female servants working in the
+ground tithables, while it suffers all other white women to be
+absolutely exempted; whereas, on the other hand, it is a common thing to
+work a woman slave out of doors, nor does the law make any distinction
+in her taxes, whether her work be abroad or at home.
+
+§ 52. Because I have heard how strangely cruel and severe the service of
+this country is represented in some parts of England, I can't forbear
+affirming, that the work of their servants and slaves is no other than
+what every common freeman does; neither is any servant required to do
+more in a day than his overseer; and I can assure you, with great truth,
+that generally their slaves are not worked near so hard, nor so many
+hours in a day, as the husbandmen, and day laborers in England. An
+overseer is a man, that having served his time, has acquired the skill
+and character of an experienced planter, and is therefore entrusted with
+the direction of the servants and slaves.
+
+But to complete this account of servants, I shall give you a short
+relation of the care their laws take, that they be used as tenderly as
+possible:
+
+
+ BY THE LAWS OF THEIR COUNTRY,
+
+ 1. All servants whatsoever have their complaints heard without fee
+ or reward; but if the master be found faulty, the charge of the
+ complaint is cast upon him, otherwise the business is done _ex
+ officio_.
+
+ 2. Any justice of the peace may receive the complaint of a
+ servant, and order everything relating thereto, till the next
+ county court, where it will be finally determined.
+
+ 3. All masters are under the correction and censure of the county
+ courts, to provide for their servants good and wholesome diet,
+ clothing and lodging.
+
+ 4. They are always to appear upon the first notice given of the
+ complaint of their servants, otherwise to forfeit the service of
+ them until they do appear.
+
+ 5. All servants' complaints are to be received at any time in
+ court, without process, and shall not be delayed for want of form;
+ but the merits of the complaint must be immediately enquired into
+ by the justices; and if the master cause any delay therein, the
+ court may remove such servants, if they see cause, until the
+ master will come to trial.
+
+ 6. If a master shall at any time disobey an order of court, made
+ upon any complaint of a servant, the court is empowered to remove
+ such servant forthwith to another master who will be kinder,
+ giving to the former master the produce only, (after fees
+ deducted,) of what such servants shall be sold for by public
+ outcry.
+
+ 7. If a master should be so cruel, as to use his servant ill, that
+ is fallen sick or lame in his service, and thereby rendered unfit
+ for labor, he must be removed by the church-wardens out of the way
+ of such cruelty, and boarded in some good planter's house, till
+ the time of his freedom, the charge of which must be laid before
+ the next county court, which has power to levy the same, from time
+ to time, upon the goods and chattels of the master, after which,
+ the charge of such boarding is to come upon the parish in general.
+
+ 8. All hired servants are entitled to these privileges.
+
+ 9. No master of a servant can make a new bargain for service, or
+ other matter with his servant, without the privity and consent of
+ the county court, to prevent the masters overreaching, or scaring
+ such servant into an unreasonable compliance.
+
+ 10. The property of all money and goods sent over thither to
+ servants, or carried in with them, is reserved to themselves, and
+ remains entirely at their disposal.
+
+ 11. Each servant at his freedom receives of his master ten bushels
+ of corn, (which is sufficient for almost a year,) two new suits of
+ clothes, both linen and woolen, and a gun, twenty shillings value,
+ and then becomes as free in all respects, and as much entitled to
+ the liberties and privileges of the country, as any of the
+ inhabitants or natives are, if such servants were not aliens.
+
+ 12. Each servant has then also a right to take up fifty acres of
+ land, where he can find any unpatented.
+
+This is what the laws prescribe in favor of servants, by which you may
+find, that the cruelties and severities imputed to that country, are an
+unjust reflection. For no people more abhor the thoughts of such usage,
+than the Virginians, nor take more precaution to prevent it now,
+whatever it was in former days.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+OF THE OTHER PUBLIC CHARITABLE WORKS, AND PARTICULARLY THEIR PROVISION
+FOR THE POOR.
+
+
+§ 53. They live in so happy a climate, and have so fertile a soil, that
+nobody is poor enough to beg, or want food, though they have abundance
+of people that are lazy enough to deserve it. I remember the time when
+five pounds was left by a charitable testator to the poor of the parish
+he lived in, and it lay nine years before the executors could find one
+poor enough to accept of this legacy, but at last it was given to an old
+woman. So that this may in truth be termed the best poor man's country
+in the world. But as they have nobody that is poor to beggary, so they
+have few that are rich; their estates being regulated by the merchants
+in England, who it seems know best what is profit enough for them in the
+sale of their tobacco and other trade.
+
+§ 54. When it happens, that by accident or sickness, any person is
+disabled from working, and so is forced to depend upon the alms of the
+parish, he is then very well provided for, not at the common rate of
+some countries, that give but just sufficient to preserve the poor from
+perishing; but the unhappy creature is received into some charitable
+planter's house, where he is at the public charge boarded plentifully.
+
+Many when they are crippled, or by long sickness become poor, will
+sometimes ask to be free from levies and taxes; but very few others do
+ever ask for the parish alms, or, indeed, so much as stand in need of
+them.
+
+§ 55. There are large tracts of land, houses, and other things granted
+to free schools, for the education of children in many parts of the
+country; and some of these are so large, that of themselves they are a
+handsome maintenance to a master; but the additional allowance which
+gentlemen give with their sons, render them a comfortable subsistence.
+These schools have been founded by the legacies of well inclined
+gentlemen, and the management of them hath commonly been left to the
+direction of the county court, or to the vestry of the respective
+parishes. In all other places where such endowments have not been
+already made, the people join, and build schools for their children,
+where they may learn upon very easy terms.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+OF THE TENURE BY WHICH THEY HOLD THEIR LANDS, AND OF THEIR GRANTS.
+
+
+§ 56. The tenure of their land there is free and common soccage,
+according to custom of east Greenwich; and is created by letters
+patents, issuing under the seal of the colony, and under the test of the
+governor in chief for the time being. I don't find that the name of any
+other officer is necessary to make the patent valid.
+
+§ 57. There are three ways of obtaining from his majesty a title to land
+there, viz: 1. By taking a patent upon a survey of new land. 2. By
+petition for land lapsed. 3. By petition for land escheated. The
+conditions of the two former are the entry of rights; the condition of
+the third a composition of two pounds of tobacco for every acre.
+
+§ 58. A right is a title any one hath by the royal charter to fifty
+acres of land, in consideration of his personal transportation into that
+country, to settle and remain there; by this rule also, a man that
+removes his family is entitled to the same number of acres for his wife,
+and each of his children; a right may be also obtained by paying five
+shillings, according to a late royal instruction to the government.
+
+§ 59. A patent upon land for survey is acquired thus: 1. The man proves
+his rights; that is, he makes oath in court of the importation of so
+many persons, with a list of their names. This list is then certified by
+the clerk of that court to the clerk of the secretary's office, who
+examines into the validity of them, and files them in that office,
+attesting them to be regular, or he purchases them at five shillings
+each as aforesaid. When the rights are thus obtained, they are produced
+to the surveyor of the county, and the land is showed to him; who,
+thereupon, is bound to make the survey if the land had not been patented
+before. These rights to land are as commonly sold by one man to another,
+as the land itself; so that any one, not having rights by his own
+importation, may have them by purchase.
+
+It is the business of the surveyor also to take care that the bounds of
+his survey be plainly marked, either by natural boundaries, or else by
+chopping notches in the trees, that happen in the lines of his courses;
+but this is done at the charge of the man that employs him.
+
+This survey being made, a copy thereof is carried, with a certificate of
+rights to the secretary's office, and there (if there be no objection) a
+patent of course is made out upon it, which is presented to the governor
+and council for them to pass; the patentee having no more to do but to
+send for it when it is perfected, and to pay the fee at the first crop
+to the sheriff of the county, by whom annually the fees are collected.
+
+This patent gives an estate in fee simple, upon condition of paying a
+quit rent of twelve pence for every fifty acres, and of planting or
+seating thereon, within three years, according to their law; that is, to
+clear, plant, and tend three acres of ground for every fifty, and to
+build an house, and keep a stock of cattle, sheep, or goats, in
+proportion to the meaner part of the land in the patent.
+
+§ 60. Lapsed land, is when any one having obtained a patent as before,
+doth not set or plant thereon within three years, as the condition of
+the patent requires; but leaves it still all or part uninhabited and
+uncultivated. In such case it is said to be lapsed, and any man is at
+liberty to obtain a new patent in his own name of so much as is lapsed,
+the method of acquiring which patent is thus.
+
+The party must apply himself by petition to the general court, another
+to the governor, setting forth all the circumstances of the lapse. If
+this petition be allowed, the court makes an order, to certify the same
+to the governor, in whose breast it is then to make a new grant thereof
+to such person if he thinks they deserve it, upon the same condition, of
+setting or planting within three years, as was in the former patent.
+Thus land may be lapsed or lost several times, by the negligence of the
+patentees; who, by such omission, lose not only the land, but all their
+rights and charges into the bargain.
+
+But if within the three years after the date of the patent, or before
+any new petition is preferred for it, the patentee shall set or plant
+the said land, as the law directs; it cannot afterwards be forfeited,
+but by attainder, or escheat, in which case it returns to his majesty
+again.
+
+Also when it happens, that the patentee dies within the three years,
+leaving the heir under age, there is farther time given the heir after
+he comes of age to set and save such land.
+
+§ 61. When land is suggested to escheat, the governor issues his warrant
+to the escheator, to make inquest thereof: and when upon such inquest,
+office is found for the king, it must be recorded in the secretary's
+office, and there kept nine months, to see if any person will lay claim
+to it, or can traverse the escheat. If any such appear, upon his
+petition to the general court he is heard, before any grant can be made.
+If no person oppose the inquest, the land is given to the man that shews
+the best equitable right thereto; and if there be none such, it is then
+granted to any one, that the governor and council shall think fit, the
+grantee always paying two pounds of tobacco per acre into the treasury
+of the country, as a fine of composition with his majesty for his
+escheat: and thereupon a patent issues reciting premises.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+OF THE LIBERTIES AND NATURALIZATION OF ALIENS IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 62. Christians of all nations have equal freedom there, and upon their
+arrival become _ipso facto_ entitled to all the liberties and privileges
+of the country, provided they take the oaths of obedience to the crown
+and government, and obtain the governor's testimonial thereof.
+
+The method of obtaining naturalization is thus: the party desiring it
+goes before the governor, and tenders his oath of allegiance, which the
+governor thereupon administers, and immediately makes certificate of it
+under the seal of the colony. By this means, the person alien is
+completely naturalized to all intents and purposes.
+
+§ 63. The French refugees sent in thither by the charitable exhibition
+of his late majesty king William, are naturalized, by a particular law
+for that purpose.
+
+In the year 1699, there went over about three hundred of these, and the
+year following about two hundred more, and so on, till there arrived in
+all between seven and eight hundred men, women and children, who had
+fled from France on account of their religion.
+
+Those who went over the first year, were advised to seat on a piece of
+very rich land, about twenty miles above the falls of James river, on
+the south side of the river; which land was formerly the seat of a great
+and warlike nation of Indians, called the Manicans, none of which are
+now left in those parts; but the land still retains their name, and is
+called the Manican town.
+
+The refugees that arrived the second year, went also first to the
+Manican town, but afterwards upon some disagreement, several dispersed
+themselves up and down the country; and those that have arrived since
+have followed their example, except some few, that settled likewise at
+the Manican town.
+
+The assembly was very bountiful to those who remained at this town,
+bestowing on them large donations, money and provisions for their
+support; they likewise freed them from every public tax, for several
+years to come, and addressed the governor to grant them a brief, to
+entitle them to the charity of all well disposed persons throughout the
+country; which together with the king's benevolence, supported them very
+comfortably, till they could sufficiently supply themselves with
+necessaries, which now they do indifferently well, and have stocks of
+cattle and hogs.
+
+The year 1702, they began an essay of wine, which they made of the wild
+grapes gathered in the woods; the effect of which was a strong bodied
+claret, of good flavor. I heard a gentleman, who tasted it, give it
+great commendation. Now if such may be made of the wild vine in the
+woods, without pruning, weeding, or removing it out of the shade, what
+may not be produced from a vineyard skilfully cultivated? But I don't
+hear that they have done any thing since towards it, being still very
+poor, needy, and negligent.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+OF THE CURRENCY AND VALUATION OF COINS IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 64. The coin which chiefly they have among them, is either gold, of
+the stamp of Arabia, or silver and gold, of the stamp of France,
+Portugal or the Spanish America: Spanish, French and Portuguese coined
+silver is settled by law at three pence three farthings the pennyweight.
+Gold of the same coin, and of Arabia, at five shillings the pennyweight.
+English guineas at twenty-six shillings each, and the silver two pence
+in every shilling advance, English old coin goes by weight as the other
+gold and silver.
+
+
+
+
+OF THE
+HUSBANDRY AND IMPROVEMENTS
+OF
+VIRGINIA.
+
+
+PART II.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+OF THE PEOPLE, INHABITANTS OF VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 65. I can easily imagine with Sir Josiah Child, that this, as well as
+all the rest of the plantations, was for the most part, at first,
+peopled by persons of low circumstances, and by such as were willing to
+seek their fortunes in a foreign country. Nor was it hardly possible it
+should be otherwise; for 'tis not likely that any man of a plentiful
+estate should voluntarily abandon a happy certainty, to roam after
+imaginary advantages in a new world. Besides which uncertainty, he must
+have proposed to himself to encounter the infinite difficulties and
+dangers that attend a new settlement. These discouragements were
+sufficient to terrify any man, that could live easily in England, from
+going to provoke his fortune in a strange land.
+
+§ 66. Those that went over to that country first, were chiefly single
+men who had not the incumbrance of wives and children in England; and if
+they had, they did not expose them to the fatigue and hazard of so long
+a voyage, until they saw how it should fare with themselves. From hence
+it came to pass, that when they were settled there in a comfortable way
+of subsisting a family, they grew sensible of the misfortune of wanting
+wives, and such as had left wives in England sent for them, but the
+single men were put to their shifts. They excepted against the Indian
+women on account of their being pagans, as well as their complexions,
+and for fear they should conspire with those of their own nation to
+destroy their husbands. Under this difficulty they had no hopes, but
+that the plenty in which they lived might invite modest women, of small
+fortunes, to go over thither from England. However, they would not
+receive any, but such as could carry sufficient certificate of their
+modesty and good behavior. Those, if they were but moderately qualified
+in all other respects, might depend upon marrying very well in those
+days, without any fortune. Nay, the first planters were so far from
+expecting money with a woman, that 'twas a common thing for them to buy
+a deserving wife, that carried good testimonials of her character, at
+the price of one hundred pounds, and make themselves believe they had a
+bargain.
+
+§ 67. But this way of peopling the colony was only at first. For after
+the advantages of the climate, and the fruitfulness of the soil were
+well known, and all the dangers incident to infant settlements were
+over, people of better condition retired thither with their families,
+either to increase the estates they had before, or else to avoid being
+persecuted for their principles of religion or government.
+
+Thus, in the time of the rebellion in England, several good cavalier
+families went thither with their effects, to escape the tyranny of the
+usurper, or acknowledgement of his title. And so again, upon the
+restoration, many people of the opposite party took refuge there, to
+shelter themselves from the king's resentment. But Virginia had not many
+of these last, because that country was famous for holding out the
+longest for the royal family, of any of the English dominions. For
+which reason the Roundheads went, for the most part, to New England, as
+did most of those that in the reign of King Charles II were molested on
+account of their religion, though some of these fell likewise to the
+share of Virginia. As for malefactors condemned to transportation, tho'
+the greedy planter will always buy them, yet it is to be feared they
+will be very injurious to the country, which has already suffered many
+murders and robberies, the effect of that new law of England.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+OF THE BUILDINGS OF VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 68. There are three fine public buildings in this country, which are
+said to be the most magnificent of any in the English America: one of
+which is the college before spoken of, another the capitol or state
+house, as it was formerly called; that is, the house for convention of
+the general assembly, for the sitting of the general court, for the
+meeting of the council, and for keeping of their several offices,
+belonging to them.
+
+Not far from this, is also built the public prison of the country for
+criminals, which is a large and convenient structure, with partitions
+for the different sexes, and distinct rooms for petty offenders. To this
+is also annexed a convenient yard to air the criminals in, for the
+preservation of their life and health, till the time of their trial; and
+at the end of that, another prison for debtors.
+
+The third is a house for the governor, not the largest, but by far the
+most beautiful of all the others. It was granted by the assembly in
+Governor Nott's time, begun in President Jennings' time, but received
+its beauty and conveniency for the many alterations and decorations, of
+the present governor, Colonel Spotswood; who, to the lasting honor and
+happiness of the country, arrived there, while this house was carrying
+up.
+
+In his time was also built a new brick church, and brick magazine for
+arms and ammunition, and the streets of the town altered from the
+fanciful forms of Ws and Ms to much more conveniences.
+
+These are all erected at Middle plantation, now named Williamsburg,
+where land is laid out for a town. They all are built of brick, and
+covered with shingle, except the debtors' prison which is flat roofed
+anew; a very useful invention of the present governor also.
+
+§ 69. The private buildings are also in his time very much improved,
+several gentlemen there, having built themselves large brick houses of
+many rooms on a floor; but they don't covet to make them lofty, having
+extent enough of ground to build upon; and now and then they are visited
+by high winds, which would incommode a towering fabric. They love to
+have large rooms, that they may be cool in summer. Of late they have
+made their stories much higher than formerly, and their windows larger,
+and sashed with crystal glass; adorning their apartments with rich
+furniture.
+
+All their drudgeries of cookery, washing, dairies, &c., are performed in
+offices apart from the dwelling houses, which by this means are kept
+more cool and sweet.
+
+Their tobacco houses are all built of wood, as open and airy as is
+consistent with keeping out the rain; which sort of building is most
+convenient for the curing of their tobacco.
+
+Their common covering for dwelling houses is shingle, which is an oblong
+square of cypress or pine wood; but they cover their tobacco houses with
+thin clap board; and though they have slate enough in some particular
+parts of the country, and as strong clay as can be desired for making of
+tile, yet they have very few tiled houses; neither has any one yet
+thought it worth his while to dig up the slate, which will hardly be
+made use of, till the carriage there becomes cheaper, and more common;
+the slate lying far up the frontiers above water carriage.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+OF THE EDIBLES, POTABLES, AND FUEL IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 70. The families being altogether on country seats, they have their
+graziers, seedsmen, gardeners, brewers, bakers, butchers and cooks,
+within themselves. They have plenty and variety of provisions for their
+table; and as for spicery, and other things that the country don't
+produce, they have constant supplies of them from England. The gentry
+pretend to have their victuals dressed, and served up as nicely, as if
+they were in London.
+
+§ 71. When I come to speak of their cattle, I can't forbear charging my
+countrymen with exceeding ill husbandry, in not providing sufficiently
+for them all winter, by which means they starve their young cattle, or
+at least stint their growth; so that they seldom or never grow so large
+as they would do, if they were well managed; for the humor is there, if
+people can but save the lives of their cattle, though they suffer them
+to be never so poor in the winter, yet they will presently grow fat
+again in the spring, which they esteem sufficient for their purpose. And
+this is the occasion, that their beef and mutton are seldom or never so
+large, or so fat as in England. And yet with the least feeding
+imaginable, they are put into as good case as can be desired; and it is
+the same with their hogs.
+
+Their fish is in vast plenty and variety, and extraordinary good in
+their kind. Beef and pork are commonly sold there, from one penny, to
+two pence the pound, or more, according to the time of year; their
+fattest and largest pullets at sixpence a piece; their capons at eight
+pence or nine pence a piece; their chickens at three or four shillings
+the dozen; their ducks at eight pence, or nine pence a piece; their
+geese at ten pence or a shilling; their turkey hens at fifteen or
+eighteen pence; and their turkey cocks at two shillings or half a crown.
+But oysters and wild fowl are not so dear, as the things I have reckoned
+before, being in their season the cheapest victuals they have. Their
+deer are commonly sold from five to ten shillings, according to the
+scarcity and goodness.
+
+§ 72. The bread in gentlemen's houses is generally made of wheat, but
+some rather choose the pone, which is the bread made of Indian meal.
+Many of the poorer sort of people so little regard the English grain,
+that though they might have it with the least trouble in the world, yet
+they don't mind to sow the ground, because they won't be at the trouble
+of making a fence particularly for it. And, therefore, their constant
+bread is pone, not so called from the Latin panis, but from the Indian
+name oppone.
+
+§ 73. A kitchen garden don't thrive better or faster in any part of the
+universe than there. They have all the culinary plants that grow in
+England, and in greater perfection than in England. Besides these, they
+have several roots, herbs, vine fruits, and salad flowers peculiar to
+themselves, most of which will neither increase nor grow to perfection
+in England. These they dish up various ways, and find them very
+delicious sauce to their meats, both roast and boiled, fresh and salt;
+such are the Indian cresses, red buds, sassafras flowers, cymlings,
+melons and potatoes, whereof I have spoken at large in the 4th chapter
+of the second book, section 20.
+
+It is said of New England, that several plants will not grow there,
+which thrive well in England; such as rue, southernwood, rosemary, bays
+and lavender; and that others degenerate, and will not continue above a
+year or two at the most; such are July flowers, fennel, enula campana,
+clary and bloodwort. But I don't know any English plant, grain or fruit,
+that miscarries in Virginia: but most of them better their kinds very
+much by being sowed or planted there. It was formerly said of the red
+top turnip, that there, in three or four, years time, it degenerated
+into rape; but that happened merely by an error in saving the seed; for
+now it appears that if they cut off the top of such a turnip, that has
+been kept out of the ground all the winter, and plant that top alone
+without the body of the root, it yields a seed which mends the turnip in
+the next sowing.
+
+§ 74. Their small drink is either wine and water, beer, milk and water,
+or water alone. Their richer sort generally brew their small beer with
+malt, which they have from England, though barley grows there very well;
+but for want of the convenience of malthouses, the inhabitants take no
+care to sow it. The poorer sort brew their beer with molasses and bran;
+with Indian corn malted by drying in a stove; with persimmons dried in
+cakes, and baked; with potatoes; with the green stalks of Indian corn
+cut small, and bruised; with pompions, and with the batates canadensis,
+or Jerusalem artichoke, which some people plant purposely for that use;
+but this is the least esteemed of all the sorts before mentioned.
+
+Their strong drink is Madeira wine, cider, mobby punch, made either of
+rum from the Caribbee islands, or brandy distilled from their apples and
+peaches; besides brandy, wine, and strong beer, which they have
+constantly from England.
+
+§ 75. Their fuel is altogether wood, which every man burns at pleasure,
+it being no other charge to him than the cutting and carrying it home.
+In all new grounds it is such an incumbrance, that they are forced to
+burn great heaps of it to rid the land. They have very good pit coal (as
+is formerly mentioned) in several places of the country; but no man has
+yet thought it worth his while to make use of them, having wood in
+plenty, and lying more convenient for him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+OF THE CLOTHING IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 76. They have their clothing of all sorts from England; as linen,
+woollen, silk, hats and leather. Yet flax and hemp grow no where in the
+world better than there. Their sheep yield good increase, and bear good
+fleeces; but they shear them only to cool them. The mulberry tree, whose
+leaf is the proper food of the silk worm, grows there like a weed, and
+silk worms have been observed to thrive extremely, and without any
+hazard. The very furs that their hats are made of perhaps go first from
+thence; and most of their hides lie and rot, or are made use of only for
+covering dry goods in a leaky house. Indeed, some few hides with much
+ado are tanned and made into servants' shoes, but at so careless a rate,
+that the planters don't care to buy them if they can get others; and
+sometimes perhaps a better manager than ordinary will vouchsafe to make
+a pair of breeches of a deerskin. Nay, they are such abominable ill
+husbands, that though their country be overrun with wood, yet they have
+all their wooden ware from England; their cabinets, chairs, tables,
+stools, chests, boxes, cart wheels, and all other things, even so much
+as their bowls and birchen brooms, to the eternal reproach of their
+laziness.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+OF THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CLIMATE, AND THE INCONVENIENCIES ATTENDING IT.
+
+
+§ 77. The natural temperature of the inhabited part of the country is
+hot and moist, though this moisture I take to be occasioned by the
+abundance of low grounds, marshes, creeks and rivers, which are
+everywhere among their lower settlements; but more backward in the
+woods, where they are now seating, and making new plantations, they have
+abundance of high and dry land, where there are only crystal streams of
+water, which flow gently from their springs in innumerable branches to
+moisten and enrich the adjacent lands, and where a fog is rarely seen.
+
+§ 78. The country is in a very happy situation, between the extremes of
+heat and cold, but inclining rather to the first. Certainly it must be a
+happy climate, since it is very near of the same latitude with the land
+of promise. Besides, as the land of promise was full of rivers and
+branches of rivers, so is Virginia. As that was seated upon a great bay
+and sea, wherein were all the conveniencies for shipping and trade, so
+is Virginia. Had that fertility of soil? So has Virginia, equal to any
+land in the known world. In fine, if any one impartially considers all
+the advantages of this country, as nature made it, he must allow it to
+be as fine a place as any in the universe, but I confess I am ashamed to
+say any thing of its improvements, because I must at the same time
+reproach my countrymen with unpardonable sloth. If there be any excuse
+for them in this matter, 'tis the exceeding plenty of good things with
+which nature has blest them; for where God Almighty is so merciful as
+to give plenty and ease, people easily forget their duty.
+
+All the countries in the world, seated in or near the latitude of
+Virginia, are esteemed the fruitfullest and pleasantest of all climates.
+As for example, Canaan, Syria, Persia, great part of India, China and
+Japan, the Morea, Spain, Portugal, and the coast of Barbary, none of
+which differ many degrees of latitude from Virginia. These are reckoned
+the gardens of the world, while Virginia is unjustly neglected by its
+own inhabitants, and abused by other people.
+
+§ 79. That which makes this country most unfortunate, is, that it must
+submit to receive its character from the mouths not only of unfit, but
+very unequal judges; for all its reproaches happen after this manner.
+
+Many of the merchants and others, that go thither from England, make no
+distinction between a cold and hot country; but wisely go sweltering
+about in their thick clothes all the summer, because forsooth they used
+to do so in their northern climate; and then unfairly complain of the
+heat of the country. They greedily surfeit with their delicious fruits,
+and are guilty of great intemperance therein, through the exceeding
+plenty thereof, and liberty given by the inhabitants; by which means
+they fall sick, and then unjustly complain of the unhealthiness of the
+country. In the next place, the sailors for want of towns there, were
+put to the hardship of rolling most of the tobacco, a mile or more, to
+the water side; this splinters their hands sometimes, and provokes them
+to curse the country. Such exercise and a bright sun made them hot, and
+then they imprudently fell to drinking cold water, or perhaps new cider,
+which, in its season they found in every planter's house; or else they
+greedily devour the green fruit, and unripe trash they met with, and so
+fell into fluxes, fevers, and the belly ache; and then, to spare their
+own indiscretion, they in their tarpaulin language, cry, God d----m the
+country. This is the true state of the case, as to the complaints of its
+being sickly; for, by the most impartial observation I can make, if
+people will be persuaded to be temperate, and take due care of
+themselves, I believe it is as healthy a country as any under heaven:
+but the extraordinary pleasantness of the weather, and plenty of the
+fruit, lead people into many temptations. The clearness and brightness
+of the sky, add new vigor to their spirits, and perfectly remove all
+splenetic and sullen thoughts. Here they enjoy all the benefits of a
+warm sun, and by their shady trees are protected from its inconvenience.
+Here all their senses are entertained with an endless succession of
+native pleasures. Their eyes are ravished with the beauties of naked
+nature. Their ears are serenaded with the perpetual murmur of brooks,
+and the thorough-base which the wind plays, when it wantons through the
+trees; the merry birds too, join their pleasing notes to this rural
+comfort, especially the mock birds, who love society so well, that often
+when they see mankind, they will perch upon a twig very near them, and
+sing the sweetest wild airs in the world. But what is most remarkable in
+these melodious animals, if they see a man take notice of them, they
+will frequently fly at small distances, warbling out their notes from
+perch to perch, be it house or tree convenient, and sometimes too fly
+up, to light on the same again, and by their music make a man forget the
+fatigues of his mind. Men's taste is regaled with the most delicious
+fruits, which, without art, they have in great variety and perfection.
+And then their smell is refreshed with an eternal fragrancy of flowers
+and sweets, with which nature perfumes and adorns the woods and branches
+almost the whole year round.
+
+Have you pleasure in a garden? All things thrive in it most
+surprisingly; you can't walk by a bed of flowers, but besides the
+entertainment of their beauty, your eyes will be saluted with the
+charming colors and curiosity of the humming bird, which revels among
+the flowers, and licks off the dew and honey from their tender leaves,
+on which it only feeds. Its size is not half so large as an English
+wren, and its color is a glorious shining mixture of scarlet, green and
+gold.
+
+§ 80. On the other side, all the annoyances and inconveniences of the
+country may fairly be summed up, under these three heads, thunder, heat,
+and troublesome vermin.
+
+I confess, in the hottest part of the summer, they have sometimes very
+loud and surprising thunder, but rarely any damage happens by it. On the
+contrary, it is of such advantage to the cooling and refining of the
+air, that it is oftener wished for than feared. But they have no
+earthquakes, which the Caribbee islands are so much troubled with.
+
+Their heat is very seldom troublesome, and then only by the accident of
+a perfect calm, which happens perhaps two or three times in a year, and
+lasts but a few hours at a time; and even that inconvenience is made
+easy by cool shades, open airy rooms, summer houses, arbors, and
+grottos: but the spring and fall afford as pleasant weather as Mahomet
+promised in his paradise.
+
+All the troublesome vermin that ever I heard anybody complain of, are
+either frogs, snakes, musquitoes, chinches, seed ticks, or red worms, by
+some called potato lice. Of all which I shall give an account in their
+order.
+
+Some people have been so ill informed, as to say, that Virginia is full
+of toads, though there never yet was seen one toad in it. The marshes,
+fens, and watery grounds, are indeed full of harmless frogs which do no
+hurt, except by the noise of their croaking notes: but in the upper
+parts of the country, where the land is high and dry, they are very
+scarce. In these swamps and running streams, they have frogs of an
+incredible bigness, which are called bull frogs, from the roaring they
+make. Last year I found one of these near a stream of fresh water, of so
+prodigious a magnitude, that when I extended its legs, I found the
+distance betwixt them to be seventeen inches and an half. If any are
+good to eat, these must be the kind.
+
+Some people in England are startled at the very name of the rattle
+snake, and fancy every corner of that province so much pestered with
+them, that a man goes in constant danger of his life, that walks abroad
+in the woods. But this is as gross a mistake, as most of the other ill
+reports of that country. For in the first place this snake is very
+rarely seen; and when that happens, it never does the least mischief,
+unless you offer to disturb it, and thereby provoke it to bite in its
+own defence. But it never fails to give you fair warning, by making a
+noise with its rattle, which may be heard at a convenient distance. For
+my own part I have traveled the country as much as any man in it of my
+age, by night and by day, above the inhabitants, well as among them; and
+yet before the first impression of this book I had never seen a rattle
+snake alive, and at liberty, in all my life. I had seen them indeed
+after they had been killed, or pent up in boxes to be sent to England.
+The bite of this viper without some immediate application is certainly
+death; but remedies are so well known, that none of their servants are
+ignorant of them. I never knew any killed by these, or any other of
+their snakes, although I had a general knowledge all over the country,
+and had been in every part of it. They have several other snakes which
+are seen more frequently, and have very little or no hurt in them, viz:
+such as they call black snakes, water snakes, and corn snakes. The black
+viper snake, and the copper-bellied snake, are said to be as venomous as
+the rattle snake, but they are as seldom seen; these three poisonous
+snakes bring forth their young alive, whereas the other three sorts lay
+eggs, which are hatched afterwards; and that is the distinction they
+make, esteeming only those to be venomous, which are viviparous. They
+have likewise the horn snake, so called from a sharp horn it carries in
+its tail, with which it assaults anything that offends it, with that
+force, that as it is said it will strike its tail into the butt end of a
+musket, from which it is not able to disengage itself.
+
+All sorts of snakes will charm both birds and squirrels, and the
+Indians pretend to charm them. Several persons have seen squirrels run
+down a tree directly into a snake's mouth; they have likewise seen birds
+fluttering up and down, and chattering at these snakes, till at last
+they have dropped down just before them.
+
+In the end of May, 1715, stopping at an orchard by the road side to get
+some cherries, being three of us in company, we were entertained with
+the whole process of a charm between a rattle snake and a hare, the hare
+being better than half grown. It happened thus: one of the company in
+his search for the best cherries espied the hare sitting, and although
+he went close by her she did not move, till he, (not suspecting the
+occasion of her gentleness,) gave her a lash with his whip; this made
+her run about ten feet, and there sit down again. The gentleman not
+finding the cherries ripe, immediately returned the same way, and near
+the place where he struck the hare, he spied a rattle snake; still not
+suspecting the charm, he goes back about twenty yards to a hedge to get
+a stick to kill the snake, and at his return found the snake removed,
+and coiled in the same place from whence he had moved the hare. This put
+him into immediate thoughts of looking for the hare again, and he soon
+spied her about ten feet off the snake, in the same place to which she
+had started when he whipt her. She was now lying down, but would
+sometimes raise herself on her fore feet struggling as it were for life
+or to get away, but could never raise her hinder parts from the ground,
+and then would fall flat on her side again, panting vehemently. In this
+condition the hare and snake were when he called me; and though we all
+three came up within fifteen feet of the snake to have a full view of
+the whole, he took no notice at all of us, nor so much as gave a glance
+towards us. There we stood at least half an hour, the snake not altering
+a jot, but the hare often struggling and falling on its side again, till
+at last the hare lay still as dead for some time. Then the snake moved
+out of his coil, and slid gently and smoothly on towards the hare, his
+colors at that instant being ten times more glorious and shining than at
+other times. As the snake moved along, the hare happened to fetch
+another struggle, upon which the snake made a stop, laying at his
+length, till the hare had lain quiet again for a short space; and then
+he advanced again till he came up to the hinder parts of the hare, which
+in all this operation had been towards the snake; there he made a survey
+all over the hare, raising part of his body above it, then turned off
+and went to the head and nose of the hare, after that to the ears, took
+the ears in his mouth one after the other, working each apart in his
+mouth as a man does a wafer to moisten it, then returned to the nose
+again, and took the face into his mouth, straining and gathering his
+lips sometimes by one side of his mouth, sometimes by the other; at the
+shoulders he was a long time puzzled, often hauling and stretching the
+hare out at length, and straining forward first one side of his mouth
+then the other, till at last he got the whole body into his throat. Then
+we went to him, and taking the twist band off from my hat, I made a
+noose and put it about his neck. This made him at length very furious,
+but we having secured him, put him into one end of a wallet, and carried
+him on horseback five miles to Mr. John Baylor's house, where we lodged
+that night, with a design to have sent him to Dr. Cock, at Williamsburg;
+but Mr. Baylor was so careful of his slaves that he would not let him be
+put into his boat, for fear he should get loose and mischief them;
+therefore, the next morning we killed him, and took the hare out of his
+belly. The head of the hare began to be digested and the hair falling
+off, having lain about eighteen hours in the snake's belly.
+
+I thought this account of such a curiosity would be acceptable, and the
+rather because though I lived in a country where such things are said
+frequently to happen, yet I never could have any satisfactory account of
+a charm, though I have met with several persons who have pretended to
+have seen them. Some also pretend that those sort of snakes influence
+children, and even men and women, by their charms. But this that I have
+related of my own view, I aver, (for the satisfaction of the learned,)
+to be punctually true, without enlarging or wavering in any respect,
+upon the faith of a Christian.
+
+In my youth I was a bear hunting in the woods above the inhabitants, and
+having straggled from my companions, I was entertained at my return,
+with the relation of a pleasant rencounter, between a dog and a rattle
+snake, about a squirrel. The snake had got the head and shoulders of the
+squirrel into his mouth, which being something too large for his throat,
+it took him up some time to moisten the fur of the squirrel with his
+spawl, to make it slip down. The dog took this advantage, seized the
+hinder parts of the squirrel, and tugged with all his might. The snake,
+on the other side, would not let go his hold for a long time, till at
+last, fearing he might be bruised by the dog's running away with him, he
+gave up his prey to the dog. The dog ate the squirrel, and felt no harm.
+
+Another curiosity concerning this viper, which I never met with in
+print, I will also relate from my own observation:
+
+Sometime after my observation of the charm, my waiting boy being sent
+abroad on an errand, also took upon himself to bring home a rattle snake
+in a noose. I cut off the head of this snake, leaving about an inch of
+the neck with it. This I laid upon the head of a tobacco hogshead, one
+Stephen Lankford, a carpenter, now alive, being with me. Now you must
+note that these snakes have but two teeth, by which they convey their
+poison; and they are placed in the upper jaw, pretty forward in the
+mouth, one on each side. These teeth are hollow and crooked like a
+cock's spur. They are also loose or springing in the mouth, and not
+fastened in the jaw bone as all other teeth are. The hollow has a vent,
+also, through by a small hole a little below the point of the tooth.
+These two teeth are kept lying down along the jaw, or shut like a spring
+knife, and don't shrink up as the talons of a cat or panther. They have
+also over them a loose thin film or skin of a flesh color, which rises
+over them when they are raised, which I take to be only at the will of
+the snake to do injury. This skin does not break by the rising of the
+tooth only, but keeps whole till the bite is given, and then is pierced
+by the tooth, by which the poison is let out. The head being laid upon
+the hogshead, I took two little twigs or splinters of sticks, and having
+turned the head upon its crown, opened the mouth, and lifted up the fang
+or springing tooth on one side several times, in doing of which I at
+last broke the skin. The head gave a sudden champ with its mouth,
+breaking from my sticks, in which I observed that the poison ran down in
+a lump like oil, round the root of the tooth. Then I turned the other
+side of the head, and resolved to be more careful to keep the mouth open
+on the like occasion, and observe more narrowly the consequence. For it
+is observed, that though the heads of snakes, terrapins and such like
+vermin, be cut off, yet the body will not die in a long time after--the
+general saying is, till the sun sets. After opening the mouth on the
+other side, and lifting up that fang also several times, he endeavored
+to give another bite or champ; but I kept his mouth open, and the tooth
+pierced the film and emitted a stream like one full of blood in blood
+letting, and cast some drops upon the sleeve of the carpenter's shirt,
+who had no waistcoat on. I advised him to pull off his shirt, but he
+would not, and received no harm; and tho' nothing could then be seen of
+it upon the shirt, yet in washing there appeared five green specks,
+which every washing appeared plainer and plainer, and lasted so long as
+the shirt did, which the carpenter told me was about three years after.
+The head we threw afterwards down upon the ground, and a sow came and
+eat it before our faces, and received no harm. Now I believe had this
+poison lighted upon any place of the carpenter's skin that was scratched
+or hurt, it might have poisoned him. I take the poison to rest in a
+small bag or receptacle, in the hollow at the root of these teeth; but
+I never had the opportunity afterwards to make a farther discovery of
+that.
+
+I will likewise give you a story of the violent effects of this sort of
+poison, because I depend upon the truth of it, having it from an
+acquaintance of mine of good credit, one Colonel James Taylor, of
+Mattapony, still alive, he being with others in the woods a surveying.
+Just as they were standing to light their pipes, they found a rattle
+snake and cut off his head, and about three inches of the body. Then he,
+with a green stick which he had in his hand, about a foot and a half
+long, the bark being newly peeled off, urged and provoked the head, till
+it bit the stick in fury several times. Upon this the colonel observed
+small green streaks to rise up along the stick towards his hand. He
+threw the stick upon the ground, and in a quarter of hour the stick of
+its own accord split into several pieces, and fell asunder from end to
+end. This account I had from him again at the writing hereof.
+
+Musquitoes are a sort of vermin of less danger, but much more
+troublesome, because more frequent. They are a long tailed gnat, such as
+are in all fens and low grounds in England, and I think have no other
+difference from them than the name. Neither are they in Virginia
+troubled with them anywhere but in their low grounds and marshes. These
+insects I believe are stronger, and continue longer there, by reason of
+the warm sun, than in England. Whoever is persecuted with them in his
+house, may get rid of them by this easy remedy: let him but set open his
+windows at sunset, and shut them again before the twilight be quite shut
+in. All the musquitoes in the room will go out at the windows, and leave
+the room clear.
+
+Chinches are a sort of flat bug, which lurks in the bedsteads and
+bedding, and disturbs people's rest a nights. Every neat housewife
+contrives there, by several devices, to keep her beds clear of them. But
+the best way I ever heard, effectually to destroy them, is by a narrow
+search among the bedding early in the spring, before these vermin begin
+to nit and run about; for they lie snug all the winter, and are in the
+spring large and full of the winter's growth, having all their seed
+within them; and so they become a fair mark to find, and may with their
+whole breed be destroyed; they are the same as they have in London near
+the shipping.
+
+Seed tick, and red worms are small insects, that annoy the people by
+day, as musquitoes and chinches do by night; but both these keep out of
+your way, if you keep out of theirs; for seed ticks are no where to be
+met with, but in the track of cattle, upon which the great ticks fatten,
+and fill their skins so full of blood, that they drop off, and wherever
+they happen to fall, they produce a kind of egg, which lies about a
+fortnight before the seedlings are hatched. These seedlings run in
+swarms up the next blade of grass that lies in their way; and then the
+first thing that brushes that blade of grass, gathers off most of these
+vermin, which stick like burs upon anything that touches them. They void
+their eggs at the mouth.
+
+Red worms lie only in old dead trees, and rotten logs; and without
+sitting down upon such, a man never meets with them, nor at any other
+season, but only in the midst of summer. A little warm water immediately
+brings off both seed ticks and red worms, though they lie ever so thick
+upon any part of the body. But without some such remedy they will be
+troublesome; for they are so small that nothing will lay hold of them,
+but the point of a penknife, needle, or such like. But if nothing be
+done to remove them, the itching they occasion goes away after two days.
+
+§ 81. Their winters are very short, and don't continue above three or
+four months, of which they have seldom thirty days of unpleasant
+weather, all the rest being blest with a clear air, and a bright sun.
+However, they have very hard frost sometimes, but it rarely lasts above
+three or four days, that is, till the wind change: for if it blow not
+between the north and north-west points, from the cold Appalachian
+mountains, they have no frost at all. But these frosts are attended with
+a serene sky, and are otherwise made delightful by the tameness of the
+wild fowl and other game, which by their incredible number, afford the
+pleasantest shooting in the world.
+
+Their rains, except in the depth of winter, are extremely agreeable and
+refreshing. All the summer long they last but a few hours at a time, and
+sometimes not above half an hour, and then immediately succeeds clear
+sunshine again. But in that short time it rains so powerfully, that it
+quits the debt of a long drought, and makes everything green and gay.
+
+I have heard that this country is reproached with sudden and dangerous
+changes of weather, but that imputation is unjust; for tho' it be true,
+that in the winter, when the wind comes over those vast mountains and
+lakes to the north-west, which are supposed to retain vast magazines of
+ice, and snow, the weather is then very rigorous; yet in spring, summer
+and autumn, such winds are only cool and pleasant breezes, which serve
+to refresh the air, and correct those excesses of heat, which the
+situation would otherwise make that country liable to.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+OF THE DISEASES INCIDENT TO VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 82. While we are upon the climate, and its accidents, it will not be
+improper to mention the diseases incident to Virginia. Distempers come
+not there by choaking up the spirits, with a foggy and thick air, as in
+some northern climes; nor by a stifling heat, that exhales the vigor of
+those that dwell in a more southerly latitude: but by a willful and
+foolish indulging themselves in those pleasures, which in a warm and
+fruitful country, nature lavishes upon mankind, for their happiness, and
+not for their destruction.
+
+Thus I have seen persons impatient of heat, lie almost naked upon the
+cold grass in the shades, and there, often forgetting themselves, fall
+asleep. Nay, many are so imprudent, as to do this in an evening, and
+perhaps lie so all night; when between the clew from heaven, and the
+damps from the earth, such impressions are made upon the humors of their
+body, as occasion fatal distempers.
+
+Thus also have I seen persons put into a great heat by excessive action,
+and in the midst of that heat, strip off their clothes, and expose their
+open pores to the air. Nay, I have known some mad enough in this hot
+condition, to take huge draughts of cold water, or perhaps of milk and
+water, which they esteem much more cold in operation than water alone.
+
+And thus likewise have I seen several people, (especially new-comers,)
+so intemperate in devouring the pleasant fruits, that they have fallen
+into dangerous fluxes and surfeits. These, and such like disorders, are
+the chief occasions of their diseases.
+
+§ 83. The first sickness that any new-comer happens to have there, he
+unfairly calls a seasoning, be it fever, ague, or any thing else, that
+his own folly or excesses bring upon him.
+
+Their intermitting fevers, as well as their agues, are very troublesome,
+if a fit remedy be not applied; but of late the doctors there have made
+use of the Cortex Peruviana with success, and find that it seldom or
+never fails to remove the fits. The planters, too, have several roots
+natural to the country, which in this case they cry up as infallible;
+and I have found by many examples a total immersion in cold spring
+water, just at the accession of the fit an infallible cure.
+
+§ 84. When these damps, colds and disorders affect the body more gently,
+and do not seize people violently at first; then for want of some timely
+application, (the planters abhorring all physic, except in desperate
+cases,) these small disorders are suffered to go on, until they grow
+into a cachexia, by which the body is overrun with obstinate scorbutic
+humors. And this in a more fierce, and virulent degree, I take to be the
+yaws.
+
+§ 85. The gripes is a distemper of the Caribbee islands, not of that
+country, and seldom gets footing there, and then only upon great
+provocations; namely, by the intemperance before mentioned, together
+with an unreasonable use of filthy and unclean drinks. Perhaps too it
+may come by new unfine cider, perry or peach drink, which the people are
+impatient to drink before it is ready; or by the excessive use of lime
+juice, and foul sugar in punch and flip; or else by the constant
+drinking of uncorrected beer, made of such windy unwholesome things as
+some people make use of in brewing.
+
+Thus having fairly reckoned up the principal inconveniences of the
+climate, and the distempers incident to the country, I shall add a
+chapter of the recreations and amusements used there, and proceed to the
+natural benefits they enjoy. After which, I shall conclude with some
+hints concerning their trade and improvements.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+OF THE RECREATIONS AND PASTIMES USED IN VIRGINIA.
+
+
+§ 86. For their recreation, the plantations, orchards and gardens
+constantly afford them fragrant and delightful walks. In their woods and
+fields, they have an unknown variety of vegetables, and other rarities
+of nature to discover and observe. They have hunting, fishing and
+fowling, with which they entertain themselves an hundred ways. There is
+the most good nature and hospitality practiced in the world, both
+towards friends and strangers: but the worst of it is, this generosity
+is attended now and then with a little too much intemperance. The
+neighborhood is at much the same distance as in the country in England;
+but the goodness of the roads, and the fairness of the weather, bring
+people often together.
+
+§ 87. The Indians, as I have already observed, had in their hunting, a
+way of concealing themselves, and coming up to the deer, under the blind
+of a stalking head, in imitation of which, many people have taught their
+horses to stalk it, that is, to walk gently by the huntsman's side, to
+cover him from the sight of the deer. Others cut down trees for the deer
+to browse upon, and lie in wait behind them. Others again set stakes, at
+a certain distance within their fences, where the deer have been used to
+leap over into a field of peas, which they love extremely; these stakes
+they so place, as to run into the body of the deer, when he pitches, by
+which means they impale him; and for a temptation to the leap take down
+the top part of the fence.
+
+§ 88. They hunt their hares, (which are very numerous,) a foot, with
+mongrels or swift dogs, which either catch them quickly, or force them
+to hole in a hollow tree, whither all their hares generally tend when
+they are closely pursued. As soon as they are thus holed, and have
+crawled up into the body of the tree, the business is to kindle a fire,
+and smother them with smoke, till they let go their hold, and fall to
+the bottom stifled; from whence they take them. If they have a mind to
+spare their lives, upon turning them loose, they will be as fit as ever
+to hunt at another time; for the mischief done them by the smoke
+immediately wears off again.
+
+§ 89. They have another sort of hunting, which is very diverting, and
+that they call vermin hunting; it is performed a foot, with small dogs
+in the night, by the light of the moon or stars. Thus in summer time
+they find abundance of raccoons, opossums and foxes in the corn fields,
+and about their plantations: but at other times they must go into the
+woods for them. The method is to go out with three or four dogs, and as
+soon as they come to the place they bid the dogs seek out, and all the
+company follow immediately. Wherever a dog barks, you may depend upon
+finding the game; and this alarm draws both men and dogs that way. If
+this sport be in the woods, the game, by the time you come near it, is
+perhaps mounted to the top of an high tree, and then they detach a
+nimble fellow up after it, who must have a scuffle with the beast before
+he can throw it down to the dogs; and then the sport increases, to see
+the vermin encounter those little curs. In this sort of hunting, they
+also carry their great dogs out with them; because wolves, bears,
+panthers, wild cats, and all other beasts of prey, are abroad in the
+night.
+
+For wolves they make traps and set guns baited in the woods, so that
+when he offers to seize the bait, he pulls the trigger, and the gun
+discharges upon him. What Ælian and Pliny write, of the horses being
+benumed in their legs, if they tread in the track of a wolf, does not
+hold good here; for I myself, and many others, have rid full speed
+after wolves in the woods, and have seen live ones taken out of a trap,
+and dragged at a horse's tail; and yet those that followed on horse
+back, have not perceived any of their horses to falter in their pace.
+
+§ 90. They have many pretty devices besides the gun to take wild
+turkeys; and among others, a friend of mine invented a great trap,
+wherein he at times caught many turkeys, and particularly seventeen at
+one time; but he could not contrive it so as to let others in, after he
+had entrapped the first flock, until they were taken out.
+
+§ 91. The Indian invention of weirs in fishing is mightily improved by
+the English, besides which they make use of seins, trolls, casting nets,
+setting nets, hand fishing and angling, and in each find abundance of
+diversion. I have sat in the shade at the heads of the rivers angling,
+and spent as much time in taking the fish off the hook as in waiting for
+their taking it. Like those of the Euxine sea, they also fish with
+spilyards, which is a long line staked out in the river, and hung with a
+great many hooks on short strings, fastened to the main line, about
+three or four feet asunder, supported by stakes, or buoyed up with
+gourds. They use likewise the Indian way of striking the light of a fire
+in the night, as is described in the second book, chapter 5, section 23.
+
+§ 92. Their fowling is answerable to their fishing for plenty of game in
+its proper season. Some plantations have a vast variety of it, several
+sorts of which I have not yet mentioned, as beaver, otter, squirrels,
+partridges, pigeons, and an infinite number of small birds, &c.
+
+§ 93. The admirable economy of the beavers deserves to be particularly
+remembered. They cohabit in one house are incorporated in a regular form
+of government, something like monarchy, and have over them a
+superintendent, which the Indians call pericu. He leads them out to
+their several employments, which consist in felling of trees, biting off
+the branches, and cutting them into certain lengths, suitable to the
+business they design them for, all which they perform with their teeth.
+When this is done, the pericu orders several of his subjects to join
+together, and take up one of those logs, which they must carry to their
+house or dam, as occasion requires. He walks in state by them all the
+while, and sees that every one bears his equal share of the burthen;
+while he bites with his teeth, and lashes with his tail, those that lag
+behind, and do not lend all their strength; their way of carriage is
+upon their tail. They commonly build their houses in swamps, and then to
+raise the water to a convenient height, they make a dam with logs, and a
+binding fort of clay, so firm, that though the water runs continually
+over, it cannot wash it away. Within these dams they'll inclose water
+enough to make a pool like a mill pond; and if a mill happen to be built
+on the same stream, below their dam, the miller, in a dry season, finds
+it worth his while to cut it, to supply his mill with water. Upon which
+disaster the beavers are so expert at their work, that in one or two
+nights' time they will repair the breach, and make it perfectly whole
+again. Sometimes they build their houses in a broad marsh, where the
+tide ebbs and flows, and then they make no dam at all. The doors into
+their houses are under water. I have been at the demolishing of one of
+these houses, that was found in a marsh, and was surprised to find it
+fortified with logs, that were six feet long, and ten inches through,
+and had been carried at least one hundred and fifty yards. This house
+was three stories high, and contained five rooms, that is to say, two in
+the lower, two in the middle story, and but one at the top. These
+creatures have a great deal of policy, and know how to defeat all the
+subtilty and stratagems of the hunter, who seldom can meet with them,
+tho' they are in great numbers all over the country.
+
+§ 94. There is yet another kind of sport, which the young people take
+great delight in, and that is, the hunting of wild horses; which they
+pursue sometimes with dogs, and sometimes without. You must know they
+have many horses foaled in the woods of the uplands, that never were in
+hand, and are as shy as any savage creature. These having no mark upon
+them, belong to him that first takes them. However, the captor commonly
+purchases these horses very dear, by spoiling better in the pursuit; in
+which case he has little to make himself amends, besides the pleasure of
+the chase. And very often this is all he has for it; for the wild horses
+are so swift, that 'tis difficult to catch them; and when they are
+taken, 'tis odds but their grease is melted, or else being old, they are
+so sullen, that they can't be tamed.
+
+§ 95. The inhabitants are very courteous to travelers, who need no other
+recommendation, but the being human creatures. A stranger has no more to
+do, but to enquire upon the road, where any gentleman or good
+housekeeper lives, and there he may depend upon being received with
+hospitality. This good nature is so general among their people, that the
+gentry, when they go abroad, order their principal servant to entertain
+all visitors, with everything the plantation affords. And the poor
+planters, who have but one bed, will very often sit up, or lie upon a
+form or couch all night, to make room for a weary traveler, to repose
+himself after his journey.
+
+If there happen to be a churl, that either out of covetousness, or ill
+nature, won't comply with this generous custom, he has a mark of infamy
+set upon him, and is abhorred by all.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+OF THE NATURAL PRODUCTS OF VIRGINIA, AND THE ADVANTAGES OF THEIR
+ HUSBANDRY.
+
+
+§ 96. The extreme fruitfulness of that country, has been sufficiently
+shown in the second book, and I think we may justly add, that in that
+particular it is not exceeded by any other. No seed is sown there, but
+it thrives; and most of the northern plants are improved, by being
+transplanted thither. And yet there's very little improvement made among
+them, seldom anything used in traffic but tobacco.
+
+Besides all the natural productions mentioned in the second book, you
+may take notice that apples from the seed never degenerate into crabs
+there, but produce as good or perhaps better fruit than the mother tree,
+(which is not so in England,) and are wonderfully improved by grafting
+and managing; yet there are very few planters that graft at all, end
+much fewer that take any care to get choice fruits.
+
+The fruit trees are wonderfully quick of growth; so that in six or seven
+years time from the planting, a man may bring an orchard to bear in
+great plenty, from which he may make store of good cider, or distill
+great quantities of brandy; for the cider is very strong, and yields
+abundance of spirit. Yet they have very few, that take any care at all
+for an orchard; nay, many that have good orchards are so negligent of
+them as to let them go to ruin, and expose the trees to be torn and
+barked by the cattle.
+
+Peaches, nectarines, and apricots, as well as plumbs and cherries, grow
+there upon standard trees. They commonly bear in three years from the
+stone, and thrive so exceedingly, that they seem to have no need of
+grafting or inoculating, if any body would be so good a husband; and
+truly I never heard of any that did graft either plum, nectarine, peach
+or apricot in that country, before the first edition of this book.
+
+Peaches and nectarines I believe to be spontaneous, somewhere or other
+on that continent, for the Indians have, and ever had greater variety,
+and finer sorts of them than the English. The best sort of these cling
+to the stone, and will not come off clear, which they call plum
+nectarines, and plum peaches, or cling stones. Some of these are twelve
+or thirteen inches in the girt. These sorts of fruits are raised so
+easily there, that some good husbands plant great orchards of them,
+purposely for their hogs; and others make a drink of them, which they
+call mobby, and either drink it as cider, or distill it off for brandy.
+This makes the best spirit next to grapes.
+
+Grape vines of the English stock, as well as those of their own
+production, bear most abundantly, if they are suffered to run near the
+ground, and increase very kindly by slipping; yet very few have them at
+all in their gardens, much less endeavor to improve them by cutting or
+laying. But since the first impression of this book, some vineyards have
+been attempted, and one is brought to perfection, of seven hundred and
+fifty gallons a year. The wine drinks at present greenish, but the owner
+doubts not of good wine, in a year or two more, and takes great delight
+that way.
+
+When a single tree happens in clearing the ground, to be left standing,
+with a vine upon it, open to the sun and air, that vine generally
+produces as much as four or five others, that remain in the woods. I
+have seen in this case, more grapes upon one single vine, than would
+load a London cart. And for all this, the people till of late never
+removed any of them into their gardens, but contented themselves
+throughout the whole country with the grapes they found thus wild.
+
+A garden is no where sooner made than there, either for fruits or
+flowers. Tulips from the seed, flower the second year. All sorts of
+herbs have there a perfection in their flavor, beyond what I ever tasted
+in a more northern climate. And yet they haven't many gardens in that
+country, fit to bear the name of garden.
+
+§ 97. All sorts of English grain thrive, and increase there, as well as
+in any other part of the world, as for example, wheat, barley, oats,
+rye, peas, rape, &c. And yet they don't make a trade of any of them.
+Their peas indeed are troubled with weevils, which eat a hole in them,
+but this hole does neither damage the seed, nor make the peas unfit for
+boiling. And such as are sowed late, and gathered after August, are
+clear of that inconvenience.
+
+It is thought too much for the same man, to make the wheat, and grind
+it, bolt it, and bake it himself. And it is too great a charge for every
+planter, who is willing to sow barley, to build a malt house, and brew
+house too, or else to have no benefit of his barley; nor will it answer,
+if he would be at the charge. These things can never be expected from a
+single family; but if they had cohabitations, it might be thought worth
+attempting. Neither as they are now settled, can they find any certain
+market for their other grain, which, if they had towns, would be quite
+otherwise.
+
+Rice has been tried there, and is found to grow as well as in Carolina;
+but it labors under the same inconvenience, the want of a community to
+husk and clean it, and, after all, to take it off the planter's hands.
+
+§ 98. I have related at large in the first book how flax, hemp, cotton,
+and the silk worms have thriven there in the several essays made upon
+them; how formerly there was encouragement given for making of linen,
+silk, &c., and how all persons not performing several things towards
+producing of them were put under a fine; but now all encouragement of
+such things is taken away or entirely dropped by the assemblies, and
+such manufactures are always neglected when tobacco bears anything of a
+price.
+
+Silk grass is there spontaneous in many places. I need not mention what
+advantage may be made of so useful a plant, whose fibres are as fine as
+flax, and much stronger than hemp. Mr. Purchase tells us, in his Fourth
+Pilgrim, page 1786, that in the first discovery of this part of the
+world they presented Queen Elizabeth with a piece of grogram that had
+been made of it. And yet to this day they make no manner of use of this
+plant, no, not so much as the Indians did, before the English came among
+them, who then made their baskets, fishing nets, and lines of it.
+
+§ 99. The sheep increase well, and bear good fleeces; but they generally
+are suffered to be torn off their backs by briars and bushes, instead of
+being shorn, or else are left rotting upon the dunghill with their
+skins.
+
+Bees thrive there abundantly, and will very easily yield to the careful
+housewife a full hive of honey, and besides lay up a winter store
+sufficient to preserve their stocks.
+
+The beeves, when any care is taken of them in the winter, come to good
+perfection. They have noble marshes there, which, with the charge of
+draining only, would make as fine pastures as any in the world; and yet
+there is hardly an hundred acres of marsh drained throughout the whole
+country.
+
+Hogs swarm like vermin upon the earth, and are often accounted such,
+insomuch, that when an inventory of any considerable man's estate is
+taken by the executors the hogs are left out, and not listed in the
+appraisement. The hogs run where they list, and find their own support
+in the woods, without any care of the owner; and in many plantations it
+is well if the proprietor can find and catch the pigs, or any part of a
+farrow, when they are young to mark them; for if there be any marked in
+a gang of hogs, they determine the propriety of the rest, because they
+seldom miss their gangs; but as they are bred in company, so they
+continue to the end, except sometimes the boars ramble.
+
+§ 100. The woods produce great variety of incense and sweet gums, which
+distill from several trees; as also trees bearing honey and sugar, as
+before was mentioned. Yet there's no use made of any of them, either for
+profit or refreshment.
+
+All sorts of naval stores may be produced there, as pitch, tar, rosin,
+turpentine, plank, timber, and all sorts of masts and yards, besides
+sails, cordage and iron, and all these may be transported by an easy
+water carriage.
+
+§ 101. These, and a thousand other advantages, that country naturally
+affords, which its inhabitants make no manner of use of. They can see
+their naval stores daily benefit other people, who send thither to build
+ships, while they, instead of promoting such undertakings among
+themselves, and easing such as are willing to go upon them, allow them
+no manner of encouragement, but rather the contrary. They receive no
+benefit, nor refreshment, from the sweets and precious things they have
+growing amongst them, but make use of the industry of England for all
+such things.
+
+What advantages do they see the neighboring plantations make of their
+grain and provisions, while they, who can produce them infinitely
+better, not only neglect the making a trade thereof, but even a
+necessary provision against an accidental scarcity, contenting
+themselves with a supply of food from hand to mouth; so that if it
+should please God to send them an unseasonable year, there would not be
+found in the country provision sufficient to support the people for
+three months extraordinary.
+
+By reason of the unfortunate method of the settlement, and want of
+cohabitation, they cannot make a beneficial use of their flax, hemp,
+cotton, silk, silk grass and wool, which might otherwise supply their
+necessities, and leave the produce of tobacco to enrich them, when a
+gainful market can be found for it.
+
+Thus, they depend altogether upon the liberality of nature, without
+endeavoring to improve its gifts by art or industry. They sponge upon
+the blessings of a warm sun, and a fruitful soil, and almost grudge the
+pains of gathering in the bounties of the earth. I should be ashamed to
+publish this slothful indolence of my countrymen, but that I hope it
+will sometime or other rouse them out of their lethargy, and excite them
+to make the most of all those happy advantages which nature has given
+them; and if it does this, I am sure they will have the goodness to
+forgive me.
+
+
+FINIS.
+
+
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+1. The author or printer has irregularly capitalized references to
+"king" and queen".
+
+2. Illustrations: printer's inconsistancies have been retained.
+(example: Ritchie and Ritchies, Fig: and Fig., etc.)
+
+3. Printer's correction:
+
+ pg. x Table of Contents Chapter VI. §22., pg ref. 140 to 147.
+
+4. Spelling corrections (verified by multiple uses of correctly spelled
+word elsewhere in text)
+
+ pg. vi - "jr." to "Jr." (Nathan Bacon, Jr.)
+ pg. vi - "procecute" to "prosecute" (intends to prosecute)
+ pg. xviii - "abridgment" to "abridgement" (made an abridgement)
+ pg. xix - "Guina" to "Guiana" (brough by some Guiana ships)
+ pg. 1 - "malecontents" to "malcontents" (malcontents in the)
+ pg. 3 - "Beverly" to "Beverley" (mainly to Robert Beverley)
+ pg. 12 - "Cheaspeake" to "Chesapeake" (cape of Chesapeake bay)
+ pg. 26 - "Burmuda" to "Bermuda" (put to sea from Bermuda)
+ pg. 28 - "palisado" to "palisade" (run a palisade on)
+ pg. 31 - "christianity" to "Christianity" (to us and Christianity)
+ pg. 36 - "setttlement" to "settlement" (settlement at Port Royal)
+ pg. 38 - "foundatian" to "foundation" (which laid the foundation)
+ pg. 50 - "Carribbee" to "Caribbee" (the Caribbee islands)
+ pg. 66 - "againt" to "against" (against the presented arms)
+ pg. 70 - "butcheriug" to "butchering" (in butchering the English)
+ pg. 76 - "Fitz-Hugh" to "Fitzhugh" (Col. William Fitzhugh)
+ pg. 84 - "forbiding" to "forbidding" (forbidding the plantations)
+ pg. 97 - "chesnuts" to "chestnuts" (are stored with chestnuts)
+ pg. 105 - "ripen" to "ripens" (buds, ripens and drops off)
+ pg. 118 - "eat" to "eaten" (had ever eaten before)
+ pg. 118 - "frog fish" to "frog-fish" (saw-fish, toad-fish, frog-fish)
+ pg. 118 - "feets" to "feet" (it wants feet and wings)
+ pg. 120 - "eagel" to "eagle" (a bald eagle pursuing)
+ pg. 136 - "our" to "out" (keep out wild beasts)
+ pg. 140 - "Hazlenuts" to "Hazelnuts" (Hazelnuts they will not)
+ pg. 143 - "the" to "they" (they daub with clay)
+ pg. 146 - "steem" to "esteem" (They steem it a breach)
+ pg. 157 - "extingush" to "extinguish" (flames that never extinguish)
+ pg. 160 - "undestand" to "understand" (letting him understand)
+ pg. 163 - "dont" to "don't" (I don't know)
+ pg. 171 - "scarrifying" to "scarifying" (and scarifying which)
+ pg. 172 - "Purchass" to "Purchase" (Smith, Purchase and De Laet)
+ pg. 172 - "saplins" to "saplings" (stick saplings into the ground)
+ pg. 173 - "anchuse" to "anchusa" (a kind of anchusa)
+ pg. 174 - "vermine" to "vermin" (other troublesome vermin)
+ pg. 189 - "Cinchley's" to "Cincheley's" (Jeffery's and Cincheley's)
+ pg. 191 - "aws" to "laws" (The laws having duly passed)
+ pg. 197 - "Petes" to "Peter" (Hon. Peter Beverley)
+ pg. 208 - "nonapperance" to "nonappearance" (the defendant's
+ nonappearance)
+ pg. 215 - "Spottswood" to "Spotswood" (arrival of Colonel Spotswood)
+ pg. 234 - "coveniency" to "conveniency" (its beauty and conveniency)
+ pg. 235 - "daries" to "dairies" (cookery, washing, dairies,)
+ pg. 237 - "sallad" to "salad" (vine fruits, and salad flowers)
+ pg. 241 - "imtemperance" to "intemperance" (of great intemperance)
+ pg. 247 - "eat" to "ate" (The dog ate the squirrel)
+ pg. 251 - "Apalachain" to "Appalachain" (Appalachain mountains)
+ pg. 253 - "cachexie" to "cachexia" (grow into a cachexia)
+ pg. 256 - "patridges" to "partridges" (squirrels, partridges,
+ pigeons,)
+ pg. 257 - "they'l" to "they'll" (Within these dams they'll)
+ pg. 259 - "stong" to "strong" (cider is very strong)
+ pg. 261 - "havn't" to "haven't" (they haven't many gardens)
+ pg. 262 - "Purchass" to "Purchase" (Mr. Purchase tells us)
+ pg. 264 - "spunge" to "sponge" (They sponge upon the)
+
+5. A list of word variations wherein both appear in this text and have
+been retained as printed.
+
+ "Edmond Jennings" and "Edmund Jenings"
+ "Tab." and "tab."
+ "lime juice" and "lime-juice"
+ "acknowledgment" and "acknowledgement"
+ "Chickahominy" (for river and county) and "Chickahomony" (for place)
+ "cover" and "covert" (i.e. covert of a shady tree)
+ "conjuror(s)" and "conjurer(s)"
+ "Culpepper" (throughout Introduction) and "Colepepper" (regular Text)
+ "divers" and "diverse" (divers sectaries in religion)
+ "firewood" and "fire-wood"
+ "fishing hawk" and "fishing-hawk"
+ "Harriot" and "Heriot" (it is unclear if the author refers to the
+ same person)
+ "lieutenant governor (general)" and "lieutenant-governor (general)
+ "man of war" and "man-of-war"
+ "northwest" and "north-west"
+ "Oldmixon" and "Oldmixion" (proper name)
+ "one half" and "one-half"
+ "Pocoson" and "Poquoson" (place)
+ "Pungoteague" and "Pungotegue" (place)
+ "quioccasan" (1), "quioccassan" (2) and "quioccosan" (1)
+ "quitrents" and "quit-rents"
+ "resettled" and "re-settled"
+ "roasting ear" and "roasting-ear"
+ "savanna" and "savannah"
+ "silk worm" and "silk-worm"
+ "south west" and "south-west"
+ "staid" and "stayed" (used interchangably by author)
+ "subdivisions" and "sub-divisions"
+ "sweet scented" and "sweet-scented"
+ "sweet woods" and "sweet-woods"
+ "timber trees" and "timber-trees"
+ "traveled" and "travelled"
+ "traveling" and "travelling"
+ "turkeys" and "turkies"
+ "war captain" and "war-captain"
+ "water carriage" and "water-carriage"
+ "water side" and "water-side"
+ "wild geese" and "wild-geese"
+ "wilful" and "willful"
+ "woolen" and "woollen"
+ "George Yardley" and "George Yardly"
+
+6. Defined archaic words appearing in this text:
+
+ "benumed" (benumbed)
+ "burthen" (burden)
+ "burthensome" (burdensome)
+ "choaking" (choking)
+ "chrystal" (crystal)
+ "covert" (protected; sheltered)
+ "disperst" (dispersed)
+ "divers" (diverse)
+ "intire" (entire)
+ "mascarado" (var. of mascarade(Fr) for masquerade)
+ "snear" (sneer)
+ "subtilty" (subtlety)
+ "vertuosi" (pl. of virtuoso, alt. virtuosi)
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE HISTORY OF VIRGINIA, IN FOUR
+PARTS***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 32721-8.txt or 32721-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/2/7/2/32721
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2026-06-04 11:52:19 +0000